<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" >

<channel>
	<title>DVRCMS.Com</title>
	<atom:link href="https://www.dvrcms.com/tag/dss-express/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>https://www.dvrcms.com</link>
	<description>Survelliance CMS and VMS Support</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Wed, 18 Oct 2023 19:57:56 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>https://wordpress.org/?v=6.9.4</generator>
	<itunes:subtitle>DVRCMS.Com</itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary>Survelliance CMS and VMS Support</itunes:summary>
	<itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
	<item>
		<title>AV200 Setup and User Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/av200-setup-and-user-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/av200-setup-and-user-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 18 Oct 2023 19:57:56 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[AV200]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DSS Express]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DSS Express V8]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[live video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network Video Recorder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Panoramic cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[System Requirements]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=7423</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Arecont Vision’s AV200 software is a Network Video Recorder (NVR) software application able to record MJPEG or H.264 (MPEG‐4 part ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="AV200 Setup and User Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/av200-setup-and-user-guide/#more-7423" aria-label="Read more about AV200 Setup and User Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Arecont Vision’s AV200 software is a Network Video Recorder (NVR) software application able to record MJPEG or H.264 (MPEG‐4 part 10) digital images from all Arecont Vision megapixel cameras. The system is capable of recording images at the maximum transmission rate supported by each camera model limited only by the bandwidth throughput of the network infrastructure and host PC hardware. This application features an intuitive graphical Windows®‐based architecture, scheduled and event driven recording, time and event based playback.</p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.9pt;">Overview of <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Features</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 59.9pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Easy</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">wizard‐driven</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">setup</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">of</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">software</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">automated</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">camera</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">connection</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 59.9pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Flexible</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">easy</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">customize</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">video</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Workspace</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 59.95pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Camera</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">tree</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">for</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">easy</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">browsing</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">configuration</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">of</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">cameras</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 60pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Access</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">all</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">settings</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">features</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">of</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Arecont</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Vision</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">cameras</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 60.05pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Integrated</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">region</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">of</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">interest</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">(ROI)</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Zoom</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Windows</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 60.05pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Live</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">snapshot</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">feature</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 60.05pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">User</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">selected</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">archive</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">from</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">available</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">storage</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 60.1pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Ability</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">easily</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">export</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">video</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">clips</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">an</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">AVI</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">file</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 60.15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Easy</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">configuration</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">of</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">scheduled</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">motion‐based</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">recording</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 60pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.37em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">◦</span> </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Easy</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">time</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">or</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">event</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">search</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">playback</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 6pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Hardware</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">&amp;</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Operating</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">System</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Requirements</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin-left: 24pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">SERVER</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">HARDWARE</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">REQUIREMENTS</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">–</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Medium</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">system</span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; text-indent: -0.05pt; margin: 0pt 181pt 0pt 24.1pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Processor:</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Intel®</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Dual</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Core®</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Pentium</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">E2160,</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">1.8</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">GHz</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">or</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">greater Graphics: 1280 x 1024 x 32 bits</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 24.1pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">RAM:</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">1</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">GB</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin-left: 24.1pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">NIC:</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">10/100/1000BASE‐T</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Ethernet</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 23.95pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Hard</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Disk:</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">30</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">GB</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">reserved</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">for</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">OS</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">VMS</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">server</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">software,</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">secondary</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">drive</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">recommended</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">for</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">archive </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">storage</span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; text-indent: -0.05pt; margin: 0pt 181pt 0pt 24pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Operating</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">System:</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Microsoft®</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Windows</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">2003</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Server</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">(or) Microsoft® Windows XP® (all versions) (or)</span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; text-indent: -0.05pt; margin: 0pt 245.5pt 0pt 24pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Microsoft®</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Windows</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Vista®</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">(all</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">versions) Microsoft® Windows 7® (all versions)</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 24.05pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Configuration</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">example:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 147.75pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img decoding="async" width="259" height="117" class="wp-image-7424 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image1-259w117h.jpeg" alt="image1 259w117h" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 117"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Installation</small></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;">Running the Program<span style="font-size: 11pt;"> Installer</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 0pt 7.7pt 0pt 5.9pt;">To begin the installation of the AV200 software, launch the AVsetup.msi installer (double‐click or right click and chose Open).</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img decoding="async" width="95" height="87" class="wp-image-7425 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image2.jpeg" alt="image2" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 118"></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.9pt;">This will start the installation and is followed by the installation welcome <span style="font-size: 11pt;">screen.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" width="625" height="507" class="wp-image-7426 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image3.jpeg" alt="image3" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 119" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image3.jpeg 625w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image3-300x243.jpeg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 625px) 100vw, 625px" /></p>
<h2>AV200 Setup and User Guide</h2>
<p>Read More : <a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/pc-software/323/dss-express-v8-user-manual/">DSS Express V8 User Manual</a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">Click next and be prompted to enter the installation<span style="font-size: 11pt;"> folder.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="625" height="508" class="wp-image-7427 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image4.jpeg" alt="image4" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 120" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image4.jpeg 625w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image4-300x244.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 625px) 100vw, 625px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt; text-indent: -0.05pt;">The default folder for the 64bit Windows®‐based operating system is C:\Program Files (x86)\Arecont <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Vision\AV200.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.36; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0.05pt 57.05pt 0pt 6pt;">The default folder for the 32bit Windows operating system is C:\Program Files\Arecont Vision\AV200. Or browse to select a different installation folder location to install the application.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;">The Disk Cost option will display the required space the application will occupy on the hard drive selected to install the application.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.36; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 57.05pt 0pt 5.95pt;">Choose to make the application available for all users or only the user currently logged in to the PC. Click Next to proceed to the next screen.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;">The next screen asks for confirmation that the user is ready to install the<span style="font-size: 11pt;"> application.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="623" height="507" class="wp-image-7428 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image5.jpeg" alt="image5" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 121" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image5.jpeg 623w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image5-300x244.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 623px) 100vw, 623px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">Click Next to confirm and start the<span style="font-size: 11pt;"> installation.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">Next see the installation screen and progress bar as the application is <span style="font-size: 11pt;">installed.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="624" height="507" class="wp-image-7429 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image6.jpeg" alt="image6" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 122" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image6.jpeg 624w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image6-300x244.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">The installation screen will complete when the progress bar is <span style="font-size: 11pt;">full.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">Next you will be prompted to select language, choose your language preference from the drop <span style="font-size: 11pt;">menu.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="252" height="155" class="wp-image-7430 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image7.png" alt="image7" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 123"></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.05pt;">Then click OK to the final install<span style="font-size: 11pt;"> screen.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.05pt;">The installation status will be displayed on this <span style="font-size: 11pt;">screen.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="625" height="507" class="wp-image-7431 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image8.jpeg" alt="image8" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 124" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image8.jpeg 625w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image8-300x243.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 625px) 100vw, 625px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">Click Close to exit and end the installation <span style="font-size: 11pt;">wizard.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">Adding Cameras with System Setup <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Wizard</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">After the application is installed, the first time it is launched the System Setup Wizard will be <span style="font-size: 11pt;">started.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.1pt; margin: 0.05pt 8pt 0pt 6pt;">Anytime you wish to re run the setup wizard in the future you can access it from your desktop by clicking on the icon called “AVSysSetup”.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.15pt; margin: 0pt 8pt 0pt 6.1pt;">To launch the AV200 application and run the set up wizard for the first time, use the AV logo icon installed on the PC desktop.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="63" height="46" class="wp-image-7432 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image9-63w46h.png" alt="image9 63w46h" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 125"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.36; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 113.35pt 0pt 5.95pt;">This wizard will walk through installing and configuring cameras on the AV200 system. This message may be encountered when the application is first launched.</p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-style: italic; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;">“Discovery process cannot find any cameras on your network. Application will exit <span style="font-size: 11pt;">now”</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt; text-indent: -0.05pt;">The application will attempt to add a firewall exception to the Windows® firewall on install. If Windows is not running with Administrator permissions, the exception will not be made. If so, as Administrator ensure that</p>
<p style="margin-top: 1.9pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.9pt; text-indent: 0.05pt;">exceptions are made for the following applications in the Windows® firewall or other firewall software installed on the computer. Exceptions should be made for AV6Pro.exe which can be found in the Applications folder.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.05pt; text-indent: -0.1pt;">Next, the Arecont Vision splash screen will displayed briefly as the application loads the system setup wizard. This screen will be displayed every time the application is launched and is loading.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="595" height="483" class="wp-image-7433 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image10.jpeg" alt="image10" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 126" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image10.jpeg 595w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image10-300x244.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 595px) 100vw, 595px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.1pt;">The first screen the wizard displays is the welcome<span style="font-size: 11pt;"> scre</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">en.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="540" class="wp-image-7434 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image11.jpeg" alt="image11" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 127" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image11.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image11-300x211.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">Click Next to continue and set up any connected cameras with the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">software.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="767" height="539" class="wp-image-7435 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image12.jpeg" alt="image12" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 128" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image12.jpeg 767w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image12-300x211.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 767px) 100vw, 767px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">Following the welcome screen, the Accounts screen will ask to set up Administrator and User <span style="font-size: 11pt;">passwords.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.05pt; text-indent: -0.05pt;">An Administrator password must be set and confirmed. The wizard will not allow a blank password for Administrator and setup cannot proceed without setting one.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.1pt; margin: 0pt 7.7pt 0pt 6.15pt;">User password can be left blank, allowing standard users to launch the application without a password. Click Next to continue.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.15pt;">The next screen in the wizard is the camera discovery <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="766" height="539" class="wp-image-7436 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image13.jpeg" alt="image13" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 129" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image13.jpeg 766w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image13-300x211.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 766px) 100vw, 766px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.15pt; margin: 3pt 7.95pt 0pt 5.8pt;">A range of IP addresses can be defined to apply to the cameras. If unchanged, the default address range will be defined by the IP address currently assigned to the computer. The second IP range means cameras within this range will be not selected by default. No changes will be made to any cameras not selected (see next wizard page).</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.85pt;">Click Next to <span style="font-size: 11pt;">continue.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.85pt;">The following screen will display a list of cameras discovered on the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">network.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="766" height="539" class="wp-image-7437 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image14.jpeg" alt="image14" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 130" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image14.jpeg 766w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image14-300x211.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 766px) 100vw, 766px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 0pt 8pt 0pt 5.9pt;">The Refresh button provides an option to make sure all cameras are found or to rediscover cameras that were connected after wizard started.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.9pt;">If Refresh is selected, the wizard will display the discovery screen while it searches for cameras on the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">network.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.1pt; margin: 0pt 7.85pt 0pt 5.85pt;">If you have recording licenses click the button called “Import licenses” to browse to the folder on your computer the license files are located. As example if you had licenses for cameras previously in AV100 software they will usually be found in the “C:\Program Files\Arecont Vision\Video Surveillance\license” directory.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.9pt;">After the license files are successfully imported you will see the following pop up <span style="font-size: 11pt;">display.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="370" height="204" class="wp-image-7438 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image15.jpeg" alt="image15" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 131" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image15.jpeg 370w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image15-300x165.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 370px) 100vw, 370px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 1.9pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">Click “OK” and then next to proceed to<span style="font-size: 11pt;"> discovery.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="765" height="540" class="wp-image-7439 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image16.jpeg" alt="image16" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 132" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image16.jpeg 765w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image16-300x212.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 765px) 100vw, 765px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">When the discovery process ends, a list of cameras found on the network will be <span style="font-size: 11pt;">displayed.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.05pt;">The camera model, MAC address, current IP address and status of the camera will be displayed in the<span style="font-size: 11pt;"> list.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="766" height="539" class="wp-image-7440 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image14-1.jpeg" alt="image14 1" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 133" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image14-1.jpeg 766w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image14-1-300x211.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 766px) 100vw, 766px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 2.45pt; margin: 3pt 7.95pt 0pt 5.8pt;">If the current IP address assigned to the camera is incompatible with the subnet the computer running AV200 is assigned to; a warning icon will be displayed next to the camera title and the Action message will display signifying the camera as inaccessible.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 0pt 8.2pt 0pt 5.7pt;">No camera IP addresses are changed at this stage. To apply an IP change to all selected cameras check the radio button labeled Force IP renewal.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="766" height="539" class="wp-image-7441 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image17.jpeg" alt="image17" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 134" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image17.jpeg 766w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image17-300x211.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 766px) 100vw, 766px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;">If changes are made to the address, the screen will be followed by an individual confirmation of the IP address change and the title of each camera found on the network.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt; text-indent: -0.05pt;">Individual confirmation screens for each camera can be skipped, but the software will change the IP addresses of each camera found without confirmation.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0.05pt 8pt 0pt 5.95pt;">To change all the addresses and skip to the end of the set up process, check the radio button called do not show info for individual cameras.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.05pt; margin: 0.05pt 7.7pt 0pt 5.95pt;">Click next and receive a pop‐up confirmation window warning that camera IP addresses will be changed. Click yes to continue.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;">If the option for Do not show info for individual cameras is selected, the wizard will jump to the summary<span style="font-size: 11pt;"> screen.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.05pt; margin: 0pt 7.7pt 0pt 5.95pt;">If Do not show info for individual cameras is not selected, the next series of screens will display a screen for each camera discovered.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;">The Model, MAC address, Firmware/ Hardware version, and a preview image from the camera will be <span style="font-size: 11pt;">displayed.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1236" height="865" class="wp-image-7442 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image18.png" alt="image18" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 135" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image18.png 1236w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image18-300x210.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image18-1024x717.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image18-768x537.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1236px) 100vw, 1236px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1232" height="864" class="wp-image-7443 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image19.png" alt="image19" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 136" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image19.png 1232w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image19-300x210.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image19-1024x718.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image19-768x539.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1232px) 100vw, 1232px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt; text-indent: 2.25pt;">There is an option to change the camera Name or configure a custom IP address different than the one currently <span style="font-size: 11pt;">assigned.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">There is also an option to choose to restore the camera to its previous IP <span style="font-size: 11pt;">address.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 7.7pt 0pt 5.95pt;">To skip any remaining individual camera information pages, check the radio button for “do not show info for individual cameras”.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;">Select Next to <span style="font-size: 11pt;">continue.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;">Following the camera discovery process a summary of all cameras set up in the system will be <span style="font-size: 11pt;">displayed.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;">Check the cameras listed on this screen to confirm that all cameras connected to the network have been discovered and successfully installed.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;">If necessary, click Back to re‐run the discovery process or click next to proceed to the final setup <span style="font-size: 11pt;">screen.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="764" height="538" class="wp-image-7444 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image20.jpeg" alt="image20" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 137" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image20.jpeg 764w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image20-300x211.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 764px) 100vw, 764px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.36; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.05pt; margin: 3pt 215.1pt 0pt 6pt;">The final screen indicates that the system setup is complete. Click “Close” to complete the wizard and exit the software.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 6.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">AV200</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Operation</small></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 4.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">To launch the AV200 application click on the desktop icon called <span style="font-size: 11pt;">“AV200”.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="34" height="44" class="wp-image-7445 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image21-34w44h.png" alt="image21 34w44h" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 138"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 0pt 7.8pt 0pt 6pt;">You will be prompted to enter the password you created in the set up wizard and then the main application window will launch.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">Initial View/ Main Control <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Elements</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 0pt 7.9pt 0pt 5.95pt;">When the AV200 software is launched, there are three main control elements in the main window. These can be found to the upper left of the main window.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="699" height="189" class="wp-image-7446 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image22.jpeg" alt="image22" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 139" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image22.jpeg 699w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image22-300x81.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 699px) 100vw, 699px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;">The three main control elements are <span style="font-size: 11pt;">called:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; margin: 0pt 7.85pt 0pt 41.95pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Quick Access Toolbar. </span></strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">This gives quick access to the Options menu, Saving </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">WWorkspaces</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">, Arranging</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Views with the auto tile or Magnet function. This can also be customized to add or remove these</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">functions from the tool bar.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; margin: 0pt 7.95pt 0pt 41.85pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -17.9pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Ribbon Bar Tabs. T</span></strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">his set of tabs allows access to the four main function sets which can be displayed on the ribbon bar. The functi</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">ons are called Home, Camera, Archiving and Archive View. When a camera is selected and open for viewing, the following tabs will also be available Image, Exposure and Motion </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">detection.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.37; margin: 0pt 8.05pt 0pt 41.8pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Ribbon Bar. A</span></strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">s</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">each menu tab is selected, a</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">different set of settings panels is displayed on the ribbon</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">bar. Ribbon Bar Panels contain related settings or functions.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="349" height="39" class="wp-image-7447 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image23.png" alt="image23" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 140" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image23.png 349w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image23-300x34.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 349px) 100vw, 349px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.05pt; margin: 0pt 8pt 0pt 5.8pt;">The Status Bar is shown across the bottom of the main window. CPU usage and number of cameras connected are displayed here. Events and current status messages are also displayed here while in progress. Motion event messages are displayed in a pop‐up from Windows taskbar notification area.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.85pt;">Other Control <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Elements</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="207" height="154" class="wp-image-7448 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image24.png" alt="image24" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 141"></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 6pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Camera</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Tree</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Window</span> </strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">is</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">open</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">by</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">default</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">in</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">initial</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">view.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">This window displays all cameras configured on the system in an expandable menu <span style="font-size: 11pt;">tree.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 7.9pt 0pt 6.05pt;">Functions in the tree window allow creation of groups of cameras for organization and refreshing the list of cameras through network discovery.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 0pt 7.95pt 0pt 5.95pt;">Blocked cameras (cameras not installed in AV200 but detected on the same network) can be hidden or shown in the tree.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.1pt; margin: 0pt 7.8pt 0pt 6.05pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="13" height="12" class="wp-image-7449 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image25-13w12h.png" alt="image25 13w12h" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 142"></span>When a group is created, it is displayed as a group icon in the tree<span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span>. Cameras in the tree can be rightleft clicked and dragged and dropped into the group from anywhere on the tree.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.1pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Live</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">View</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Window.</span> </strong>This is the large grey space to the lower right part of the main<span style="font-size: 11pt;"> window.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.05pt; margin: 0pt 7.65pt 0pt 6.15pt;">To open Live View for a camera, double click a camera in the Camera Tree Wwindow or drag it from the tree into the Live View Window .</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.15pt;">The camera’s own individual Live View Window will open in the Live View Window <span style="font-size: 11pt;">space.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.1pt; margin: 0pt 7.5pt 0pt 6.25pt;">Camera windows can be resized and moved into custom viewing arrangements within the Live View Window area and then saved as a Workspace.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="401" height="32" class="wp-image-7450 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image26.png" alt="image26" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 143" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image26.png 401w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image26-300x24.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 401px) 100vw, 401px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 7.55pt 0pt 6.25pt;">For Panoramic cameras an additional icon called “Sensor alignment” is also displayed in this menu allowing vertical alignment of the four image sensors.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="203" height="112" class="wp-image-7451 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image27.png" alt="image27" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 144"></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.05pt; margin: 0pt 7.75pt 0pt 6pt;">When a camera is dragged into the Live View Window, an additional menu is displayed at the top of each Camera View Window. This contains control elements specific to that camera.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 5.65pt 0pt 5.95pt;">Controls here can create a separate Zoom View Window, set an exposure reference, change the displayed resolution of the camera, start and stop recording, capture a snapshot, display motion detection, create a privacy mask or view the camera in full screen mode. In addition when the window contains Panoramic or remote focus cameras additional buttons supporting functions unique to these models will also be displayed.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="303" height="29" class="wp-image-7452 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image28.png" alt="image28" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 145" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image28.png 303w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image28-300x29.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 303px) 100vw, 303px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 3pt 7.9pt 0pt 5.9pt;">At the bottom of the Live View window for each camera is a status bar displaying current frame rate, bandwidth usage, and resolution for the live camera displayed.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="30" height="27" class="wp-image-7453 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image29.png" alt="image29" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 146"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="46" class="wp-image-7454 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image30.png" alt="image30" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 147"></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 0pt 8pt 0pt 5.85pt;">The About button can be found in the upper right corner of the window When clicked, this will display a splash screen, copyright information and the version number of the AV200 software currently installed.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.9pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Application</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Permissions</small></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 1.85pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 6pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;">There</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">are</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">only</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">two</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">user</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">account</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">options</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">in</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">AV200</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">software:</span> <strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Administrator</span> </strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">and</span> <strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">User</span></strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 0pt 7.9pt 0pt 5.9pt;">During the set up process, a password must be set for the Administrator, and can be set for the User accounts if <span style="font-size: 11pt;">desired.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.9pt;">When AV200 is run as Administrator, all settings and controls are accessible from the main <span style="font-size: 11pt;">window.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.1pt; margin: 0pt 7.8pt 0pt 6.05pt;">When the application is run as User, only Live and Playback functions related to the user will be available. Software options, archive settings, and camera image settings will not be accessible or grayed out.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.05pt; margin: 0pt 7.7pt 0pt 6.15pt;">The user cannot add or delete cameras or delete protected Workspaces; they can browse and view archived video but cannot export clips.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.1pt; margin: 0pt 7.8pt 0pt 6pt;">When the remote client is run, the AV200 program will look and operate at the User permissions level for live viewing. When the archive is accessed remotely, permissions and operation will also be the same as User level, except only one camera archive can be played at a time.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.05pt; margin: 0pt 7.75pt 0pt 6.1pt;">In the instructions regarding the operation of the Ribbon Menu control elements, operations only available to the Administrator permissions level will display <strong><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">(Administrator Only) </span></strong>next to the section heading.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.1pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="627" height="138" class="wp-image-7455 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image31-627w138h.jpeg" alt="image31 627w138h" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 148" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image31-627w138h.jpeg 627w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image31-627w138h-300x66.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 627px) 100vw, 627px" /></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Ribbon</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Bar</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Overview</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">(Control</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Menu</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Overview</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">and</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Functions):</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Home</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Tab</small></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 7.75pt 0pt 5.95pt;">The <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Home </span></strong>tab is the first to be displayed when logging into the software and can be found to the farthest left of the menu tabs.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;">Home\Options Panel <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">(Administrator</span> <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Only)</span></h1>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 1.9pt 7.95pt 0pt 5.9pt;">The Home Ribbon Bar panel closest to the left called Options contains the Administrator Log Out button allowing administrative functions to be locked. There is also a short cut to the Options menus.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.9pt;">The Options menus contain advanced features that can only be accessed and changed by the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Administrator.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0.05pt 7.85pt 0pt 5.95pt;">Please see the Options panel settings section further on in this manual for detailed description of the Options <span style="font-size: 11pt;">settings.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;">Home\Workspaces <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Panel</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.15pt; margin: 0pt 7.85pt 0pt 130.2pt;">This panel allows the saving and loading of customized Workspaces (camera view arrangements). The AV200 is a uniquely flexible application allowing any arrangement of cameras a user configures in the Live View Window to be saved as a Workspace. Cameras and saved ROI Zoom Windows can be dragged from the tree in the Camera List Window and arranged on the Live View Window in <span style="font-size: 11pt;">any</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="186" height="127" class="wp-image-7456 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image32.jpeg" alt="image32" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 149"></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.1pt; margin: 8pt 7.7pt 0pt 250.45pt;">configuration the user requires. Workspace arrangements can be saved by selecting the Save button in this window. When Save is selected, the user will be prompted to enter a title or name for the Workspace. There is also an option to select Protected. This option can be used when setting Workspaces up as Administrator. When the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Protected</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="388" height="146" class="wp-image-7457 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image33.jpeg" alt="image33" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 150" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image33.jpeg 388w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image33-300x113.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 388px) 100vw, 388px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.36; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.05pt; margin: 0pt 48.75pt 0pt 6pt;">option is selected, users will not be able to delete Workspaces created by the Administrator from the list. The Load button will display a dropdown list of saved Workspaces available.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="188" height="182" class="wp-image-7458 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image34.jpeg" alt="image34" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 151"></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 0pt 129.75pt 0pt 5.95pt;">Selecting a Workspace from the list will change the Live View Window to the saved Workspace camera arrangement. If the Default option is chosen the Live View Window will change to the initial view displayed when the application was launched. This will depend on Workspace setting in the Options menu which can be either the last Workspace viewed when the application was closed previously, or a blank Workspace with no cameras.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.1pt; margin: 0pt 7.85pt 0pt 5.85pt;">The List button will display the list of Workspaces in a pop‐up window. There is the option to delete or protect Workspaces if logged into the application as the Administrator, or select and load Workspaces to the Live View <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Window.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.85pt;">Home\Camera List <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Panel</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="86" height="125" class="wp-image-7459 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image35.jpeg" alt="image35" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 152"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="542" height="281" class="wp-image-7460 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image36.png" alt="image36" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 153" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image36.png 542w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image36-300x156.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.2pt; margin: 1.9pt 8pt 0pt 5.75pt;">The Camera List panel features a Re‐discover button which when pressed will manually run the camera discovery process. If new cameras are found connected to the network, a pop‐up window will appear announcing the new camera discovered and asking if a new IP address should be assigned and the camera installed to the Camera List <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Window.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.75pt;">Home\Camera View <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Panel</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="451" height="124" class="wp-image-7461 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image37.png" alt="image37" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 154" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image37.png 451w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image37-300x82.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 451px) 100vw, 451px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 0pt 8.05pt 0pt 5.75pt;">The View panel contains functions to control the Live View Window area and control elements visible in the application window.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.75pt;">Status Bar hides or restores the status bar at the bottom of the application<span style="font-size: 11pt;"> window.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.75pt;">Camera List hides or restores the Available Cameras camera list from the left side of the application <span style="font-size: 11pt;">window.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 8.05pt 0pt 5.75pt;">All Views Toolbars hides or restores the Camera Window toolbars for all cameras displayed in the Live View Window. This is the toolbar displayed at the top of each live Camera Window.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 0pt 8.1pt 0pt 5.75pt;">All Views Status Bars hides or restores the Camera Window status bars for all cameras displayed in the Live View Window. This is the status bar displayed at the bottom of each live Camera Window.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.1pt; margin: 0pt 8pt 0pt 5.85pt;">Arrange Views will arrange cameras displayed in the Live View Window. Additional layout options can be selected from a dropdown list at the bottom of this button.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="97" height="155" class="wp-image-7462 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image38.jpeg" alt="image38" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 155"></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt; text-indent: -0.05pt;">By default, the Live View Window is configured to Auto‐tile cameras dropped onto it, meaning that cameras dragged into the Live View Window will auto‐size their viewing windows to equal size. Cameras may display letterbox black space if the resolution being displayed does not fit the aspect ratio of the window.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 7.8pt 0pt 5.95pt;">If the option Magnet is selected, a grid of dotted lines is displayed in the Live View Window. Cameras dragged to the screen can be resized and arranged freely in the Workspace, but Camera Window edges will snap to the grid lines as they get close. This mode is helpful in arranging camera views with different sizes to prevent arrangement of Camera Windows that overlap each other</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 7.75pt 0pt 5.95pt;">If both Auto‐tile and Magnet modes are unselected in the dropdown list, cameras can be resized and arranged freely any way the user desires in the Workspace. Be aware in this mode that it is possible to overlap or entirely cover one Camera Window with another.</p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.1pt; margin: 1.9pt 7.9pt 0pt 6.05pt;">If the Arrange Views button is clicked without making selection from the dropdown menu the cameras displayed in the Workspace will auto tile to fill the entire Workspace.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 0pt 7.85pt 0pt 6pt;">Max View Area will hide the Ribbon Bar and List of Available Cameras maximizing the size of the Live View Windows area within the application window.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0.05pt 7.65pt 0pt 5.95pt;">Demo Mode will hide the application window and elements entirely, fill the entire display and maximize all viewable images in the Workspace. Demo Windows will have the same layout as Live View Area. If yes is selected, this mode will prompt to lock the view with the Administrator password. If No is selected, the Demo Mode can be exited using the Esc key without a password.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="503" height="218" class="wp-image-7463 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image39.jpeg" alt="image39" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 156" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image39.jpeg 503w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image39-300x130.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 503px) 100vw, 503px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="624" height="112" class="wp-image-7464 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image40-624w112h.jpeg" alt="image40 624w112h" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 157" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image40-624w112h.jpeg 624w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image40-624w112h-300x54.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Ribbon</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Bar</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Overview</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">(Control</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Menu</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Overview</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">and</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Functions):</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Camera</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Tab</small></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-style: italic; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.1pt; margin: 0.05pt 7.85pt 0pt 5.85pt;">When a camera is selected in the Live View Window by clicking on the camera’s window, additional menu tabs will appear related to camera configuration. In addition to the Camera tab visible in the initial menu tab view, new tabs for Image, Exposure, and Motion Detection will appear.</h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.05pt; margin: 0pt 7.9pt 0pt 5.9pt;">The <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Camera tab </span></strong>contains camera tools and settings for the selected camera regarding network status, reboot/reset, saving or loading current settings to or from a back up file, and changing image compression between H.264 and MJPEG.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.9pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Camera\Selected</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Camera(s)</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Panel</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="245" height="123" class="wp-image-7465 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image41.png" alt="image41" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 158"></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.9pt;">Selected Camera(s) displays the currently selected camera name, group membership and current <span style="font-size: 11pt;">status.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.05pt; margin: 1.9pt 7.8pt 0pt 6.05pt;">Also visible for the “Image”, “Exposure” and “Motion detection” tabs to specify which camera the tab controls are applied to.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.05pt;">By default, the camera name will be the camera model and the last two octets of the camera MAC<span style="font-size: 11pt;"> address.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.15pt; margin: 0.05pt 7.75pt 0pt 5.95pt;">Default title format Camera Model [**:**]. Camera names can be changed during initial setup through the system setup wizard, on individual camera pages or by left clicking once on the selected camera title in the Camera Tree Window .</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;">Camera\Network etc. <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Panel</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="264" height="86" class="wp-image-7466 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image42.png" alt="image42" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 159"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 29.95pt; text-indent: -24.05pt;">Network etc. panel when selected will display the selected camera’s full MAC address, installed firmware/ hardware versions, Model number, and IP address assignment.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.21; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 1.55pt; margin: 0pt 7.9pt 0pt 5.9pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="18" height="18" class="wp-image-7467 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image43-18w18h.jpeg" alt="image43 18w18h" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 160"></span> IP address is a button. Click it to change when the camera is not opened for live viewing or actively recording to change the Camera IP address. <strong><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">(Administrator Only)</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;">Camera\Reboot/ Reset Panel <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">(Administrator</span> <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Only)</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="126" height="124" class="wp-image-7468 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image44.jpeg" alt="image44" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 161"></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.1pt; margin: 0pt 7.95pt 0pt 5.8pt;">Reboot/Reset panel provides two buttons allowing the Administrator to reboot the currently selected camera, or reset all camera settings to factory default (IP assignment will remain the same). When either of these buttons is clicked, a pop‐up will appear requesting “Yes/ No” confirmation of the action before it is performed.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.85pt;">Camera\Camera Parameters Panel <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">(Administrator</span> <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Only)</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="153" height="98" class="wp-image-7469 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image45-153w98h.png" alt="image45 153w98h" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 162"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 7.9pt 0pt 5.95pt;">Camera Parameters panel provides a function to save all settings parameters for the currently selected camera to a browsed file location, or restore camera settings from a previously saved file.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;">The file name default will be the camera model followed by the date and the file extension <span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">avcs</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 1.95pt 7.95pt 0pt 5.9pt;">This panel function can be useful in backing up/restoring a camera configuration, or for duplicating chosen camera settings to other cameras of the same model. Settings can be restored to any camera model, but it’s not recommended to use settings from a different and a warning is displayed in case of model mismatch.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 0pt 7.8pt 0pt 5.9pt;">Choosing Save to flash option will apply image and settings changes made to a camera in the AV200 software directly to the camera’s flash memory. If this option is selected, the default camera image will be the same settings through HTTP as in the AV200 software.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">Camera\Compression Format Panel <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">(Administrator</span> <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Only)</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="131" height="123" class="wp-image-7470 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image46.jpeg" alt="image46" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 163"></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 0pt 7.8pt 0pt 5.9pt;">The Compression Format panel allows the Administrator to toggle between MJPEG and H.264 streaming from the selected camera. This panel will only be available for models supporting dual codec streaming. The panel will be grayed out for JPEG‐only models.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Ribbon</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Bar</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Overview</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">(Control</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Menu</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Overview</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">and</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Functions):</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Image</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Tab</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">(Administrator</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Only)</small></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1053" height="190" class="wp-image-7471 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image47.jpeg" alt="image47" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 164" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image47.jpeg 1053w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image47-300x54.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image47-1024x185.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image47-768x139.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1053px) 100vw, 1053px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;">The <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Image</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">tab</span> </strong>contains panel functions for adjusting the camera <span style="font-size: 11pt;">image.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;">The Image tab is available in Administrator mode only when a selected camera is opened for live<span style="font-size: 11pt;"> viewing.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 7.85pt 0pt 5.95pt;">Image orientation, compression quality, bit rate restriction; image brightness, sharpness, color settings and privacy mask configurations can be adjusted for the currently selected camera.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 7.7pt 0pt 5.95pt;">When a Panoramic camera model is selected an additional panel will be displayed here allowing option to enable or disable “Equalize Color” and “Equalize Brightness” settings. When enabled these settings will match brightness and color settings across all four sensors for these models.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;">In <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;">Image\Selected Camera(s) Panel <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">(Administrator</span> <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Only)</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="245" height="122" class="wp-image-7472 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image48.jpeg" alt="image48" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 165"></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.36; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.05pt; margin: 3pt 47.4pt 0pt 6pt;">Selected Camera(s), displays the currently selected camera title, group membership and current status. By default, the camera title will be the camera model and the last two octets of the camera MAC address.</p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.1pt; margin: 0pt 7.8pt 0pt 6pt;">Default Title Format Camera Model [**:**]. Camera titles can be changed on initial setup through the system setup wizard on individual camera pages or by left clicking two times on the camera title in the Camera List Window tree.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">Image\Adjustments Panel <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">(Administrator</span> <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Only)</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="549" height="123" class="wp-image-7473 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image49.jpeg" alt="image49" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 166" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image49.jpeg 549w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image49-300x67.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 549px) 100vw, 549px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">Adjustments panel allows the Administrator to make the following adjustments for the selected camera <span style="font-size: 11pt;">image:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 44.3pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Rotate</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">image</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">will</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">rotate</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">image</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">for</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">selected</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">camera</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> view.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; margin: 1.85pt 7.65pt 0pt 44.3pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Adjust the compression Quality for images from a dropdown slider bar; + will increase image quality and reduce image compression, ‐will reduce image quality and increase compression. Increasing image compression will reduce the overall file size of the ima</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">ge stream, but will also reduce the overall clarity and level of discernable detail in the images.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 0.05pt 7.65pt 0pt 60.05pt;">Set Bitrate Control for H.264 video streams from the camera. Bitrate Control is an option available only for H.264 capable model cameras. If Bitrate Control is enabled, any image quality settings under Image Quality are ignored and the camera will automatically adjust its video quality on a frame by frame basis to maintain the desired constant bit rate. The video quality may deteriorate at very low bit rate settings. Options for Bitrate are selected from a dropdown menu allowing selection of bitrate restriction options at several preset values. NOTE: Certain bit rate values may not be possible depending on the camera resolution, image cropping, light conditions, exposure settings and amount of motion. If a Bitrate option other than disabled is selected, the camera will try to maintain the rate within the selected value.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; margin: 0pt 7.75pt 0pt 60.05pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -17.9pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Brightness adjusts image brightness. This variable is important for configuration of </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Arecon</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">t</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> Vision cameras and will have an effect on the overall automatic exposure adjustment of the camera image. Once configured, the camera will monitor and try to maintain the selected brightness value for the image as illumination levels increase and decrease</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; margin: 0pt 7.8pt 0pt 59.95pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -17.9pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Sharpness adjusts the perceived image sharpness or the crispness of an image. Increasing sharpness will make image edges and fine details appear clearer particularly in Zoom Windows where individual pixels</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">can</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">be</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">discerned.</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">If</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">sharpness</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">is</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">set</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">high</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">in</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">image,</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">trade</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">off</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">is</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">that</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">there</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">can</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">be</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.15pt; margin: 1.9pt 8pt 0pt 59.8pt;">increased artifacts in the image especially in areas of large uniform color such as walls. While some details will appear crisper when high sharpening is applied, there is actually less detail contained in the overall image. This setting is subjective to the user’s perception. Be aware that any image detail lost to sharpening at the camera level cannot be restored after transmission.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; margin: 0pt 8pt 0pt 59.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -17.95pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Saturation adjusts image color saturation or the amount of color in an image. Lower saturation</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">causes colors to look faded an</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">d cooler, higher saturation makes colors look more vibrant and warm. The camera default saturation setting will provide the most accurate or true to life color</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">reproduction. Before adjusting the saturation setting on the camera, it is important to confirm </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">the current color reproduction perceived in the image is not resulting from settings made to the monitor/display the software is being viewed on.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; margin: 0pt 8.05pt 0pt 59.65pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -17.85pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Red/Blue levels adjust the red/blue tinting of the image.</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">This setting changes the target for a camera’s autom</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">atic white balance computation.</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">The effect is gradual and takes 20‐30 seconds for</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">the camera to fully adjust to the new setting. Normally these settings should not require end user adjustment if the Illumination setting is left in the default setting of au</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">tomatic. </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><em>(See the following section regarding the Exposure tab for more information on this setting).</em></span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; margin: 0pt 8.3pt 0pt 59.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -17.85pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Gamma adjusts image contrast to reveal</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">more or less shades of gray in the dark and light areas of the image. Gamma increase or</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">decrease will affect the im</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">age&#8217;s apparent luminance, causing the image to exhibit more or less contrast.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.5pt;">Image\Privacy Panel <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">(Administrator</span><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;"> Only)</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="119" height="122" class="wp-image-7474 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image50.jpeg" alt="image50" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 167"></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 0pt 8.3pt 0pt 5.45pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;">The Privacy panel allows the Administrator to turn on or off privacy masking set up on the camera, or clear previously configured privacy mask zones. </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><em>(See the following section for Image View Window to learn how to configure privacy masking.)</em></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Ribbon</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Bar</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Overview</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">(Control</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Menu</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Overview</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">and</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Functions):</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Exposure</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Tab</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">(Administrator</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Only)</small></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1025" height="190" class="wp-image-7475 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image51.jpeg" alt="image51" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 168" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image51.jpeg 1025w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image51-300x56.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image51-768x142.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1025px) 100vw, 1025px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">The <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Exposure</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">tab</span> </strong>contains panel functions for adjusting the camera <span style="font-size: 11pt;">exposure.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; margin: 0pt 7.8pt 0pt 5.95pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Settings</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">on</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">this</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">tab’s</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">ribbon</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">bar</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">control</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">automatic</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">white</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">balance, auto</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">exposure,</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">low</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">light mode</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">configuration, Day/ Night function (</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><em>if applicable to camera model</em></span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">), Auto Iris lens function (</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><em>if applicable to camera model</em></span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">),</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">and Binning mode function (</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><em>if applicable to the camera model</em></span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">).</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 1.9pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">Exposure\Selected Camera(s) Panel <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">(Administ</span><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">rator</span> <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Only)</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="243" height="124" class="wp-image-7476 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image52.jpeg" alt="image52" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 169"></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">Selected camera(s) displays the currently selected camera title, group membership and current <span style="font-size: 11pt;">status.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.05pt;">By default, the camera title will be the camera model and the last two octets of the camera MAC<span style="font-size: 11pt;"> address.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.1pt; margin: 0pt 7.6pt 0pt 6.2pt;">Default title format Camera Model [**:**]. Camera titles can be changed on initial setup through the system setup wizard on individual camera pages or by left clicking two times on the camera title in the Camera List Window tree.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.3pt;">Exposure\Exposure Panel <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">(Administrator</span> <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Only)</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="165" height="122" class="wp-image-7477 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image53.jpeg" alt="image53" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 170"></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.3pt;">Exposure panel contains settings for the following <span style="font-size: 11pt;">functions:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.36; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.05pt; margin: 0pt 111.1pt 0pt 6.35pt;">Illumination setting adjusts the camera’s white balance based on the scene’s illumination. There are four modes to select from:</p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; margin: 0pt 7.5pt 0pt 42.35pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -17.95pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Automatic</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">evaluates</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">scene</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">and determines</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">white</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">balance</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">au</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">tomatically.</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">This</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">is</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">default</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">setting for </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Arecont</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> Vision cameras and in most situations will provide the best results in different lighting </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">situations</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.37; margin: 0pt 7.65pt 0pt 42.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -17.95pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Indoor. Indoor lighting has a lot of red in it. This setting can be used to help the white balance con</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">trol overcome excessive red.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.37; margin: 0.25pt 7.6pt 0pt 42.2pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -17.95pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Outdoor. Sunlight has a lot of blue in it. This setting can be used to help the white balance control overcome excessive blue.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; margin: 0.25pt 7.7pt 0pt 42.15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -17.95pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Mix. When both sunlight and indoor lighting will be present; this setting can help the white balance</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> control compensate for the excessively mixed red and blue colors if the automatic setting is not compensating enough for mixed lighting situations.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 7.65pt 0pt 5.95pt;">Auto Exposure setting will disable/enable the selected camera’s automatic exposure control. Auto exposure maintains the user‐set image brightness under changing lighting conditions. This must be enabled to ensure that the ‘Low Light Mode’ settings function. The default setting is for Auto Exposure to be ON. Under normal conditions there is no reason to turn this setting OFF. If disabled, there will be an adverse affect on the camera’s ability to adjust to changing illumination levels. A pop‐up warning will be presented if this setting is disabled asking the Administrator to confirm (Yes/No?).</p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 7.65pt 0pt 5.95pt;">The disabling of this function “Lighting” setting adjusts the camera to prevent image flicker caused by differences in the oscillation frequency of indoor lighting: European (50 Hz) or US/Japan (60 Hz).</p>
<h1 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 1.9pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">Exposure\Low Light Mode Panel <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">(Administrator</span> <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Only)</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="185" height="123" class="wp-image-7478 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image54.jpeg" alt="image54" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 171"></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.1pt; margin: 0pt 7.7pt 0pt 6.1pt;">Low Light Mode panel allows selection of the low light mode for the selected camera. This setting is responsible for the camera’s exposure response to changing illumination levels.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 0pt 7.75pt 0pt 6.05pt;">Arecont Vision cameras are unique in their implementation of exposure and image controls in that a number of settings are grouped into selectable preset Low Light Mode. The settings controlled under these groupings include exposure and gain control, backlight compensation and noise reduction.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 0pt 7.75pt 0pt 6.05pt;">These functions are grouped together into these preset modes and will automatically adjust at rates determined by the Low Light Mode selected.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.1pt;">There are five different modes available to select <span style="font-size: 11pt;">from:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; margin: 0pt 7.65pt 0pt 42pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -17.9pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">High Speed: </span></strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Thi</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">s mode enables the shortest exposures between 1 and 80ms. Shorter exposures reduce motion blur for applications such as monitoring fast moving objects and reading license plates. The trade‐ off is an increased level of noise.</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Exposure time is user configur</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">able in this mode using the </span><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Short</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Exposure </span></strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">dropdown menu on the Low Light Mode panel. This is the only low light mode that allows for user selectable exposure time and this dropdown menu will be grayed out when any of the other modes are selected. It is re</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">commended that this mode be used only when there is constant scene illumination sufficient to provide a quality image.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.37; margin: 0pt 7.8pt 0pt 42.05pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18.1pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Speed:</span> </strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">In this mode, the first stage of exposure control limits exposure time to 10ms while allowing gain to</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">go</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">up</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">20ms.</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">The</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">second</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">stage</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">is</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">up</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">80ms</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">exposure</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">time</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">while</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">maintaining</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">gain</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">as</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">low</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">as</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">possible. In the second stage, the speed mode will behave the same as balanced mode.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; margin: 0.05pt 7.75pt 0pt 42pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -17.85pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Balanced</span></strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">: Similar to the Quality setting except the first stage is limited to 20ms with gain allowed up to</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">20, followed by the second stage with exposure time up to 80ms.</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">This is the default setting for </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Arecont</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> Vision cameras and will provide the best exposure set</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">tings balance for typical installations assuming good lighting conditions. Exposure times and motion blur will increase in low light, but not as much as with Quality or </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">MoonLight</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">™ modes</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; margin: 0pt 7.85pt 0pt 41.9pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -17.9pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Quality</span></strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">:</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">This mode is similar to </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">MoonLight</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">™ mode except for a shorter</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> exposure time – first stage is up</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">to 40ms exposure with the gain limited to 5ms, second stage is up to 200ms exposure while keeping the gain as low as possible. This mode is a good compromise between reducing noise and motion blur under most lighting cond</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">itions, but with an increase in motion blur under low light conditions.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; margin: 0.05pt 8pt 0pt 41.7pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -17.8pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">MoonLight</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">™:</span> </strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">This mode will produce the</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">best image</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">quality under very low light</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">conditions</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">with the least amount of image noise. The trade‐off is in favor of low noise at the expense o</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">f high motion blur.</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">There</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">are two stages of exposure control: first stage is limited to 40ms exposure time with gain limited to 5ms, followed by a second stage (if the target brightness was not reached) with up to 500ms exposure while maintaining gain as l</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">ow as possible.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h1 style="margin-top: 1.9pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">Exposure\Day/Night Panel <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">(Administrator</span> <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Only)</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="175" height="123" class="wp-image-7479 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image55.jpeg" alt="image55" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 172"></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">Day/Night panel allows configuration of the day night function for DN model <span style="font-size: 11pt;">cameras.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 0pt 7.8pt 0pt 6pt;">This panel is only available when a DN model camera is selected. For color only model cameras the panel will be grayed out and not available.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">Three modes can be selected from the panel Day/Night Mode dropdown<span style="font-size: 11pt;"> menu:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.37; margin: 0pt 7.8pt 0pt 42pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Automatic</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">enables</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">camera</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">automat</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">ically</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">switch</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">from</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">daylight</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">nighttime</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">conditions</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">vice versa based on the Threshold settings.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 42.05pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Day</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">forces</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">day</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">mode</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">disables</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">night</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> mode.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.85pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 42.05pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Night</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">forces</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">night</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">mode</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">disables</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">day</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">mode.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 0pt 7.7pt 0pt 6pt;">Switch Threshold adjusts the automatic switching of the camera from Day to Night mode. The slider bar for this option controls when the camera switches from Day (color) into Night (black and white) mode. Values set towards</p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 0pt 7.7pt 0pt 6pt;">‐will cause the camera to switch to Night mode when there is a higher illumination of the scene. Values set towards + will cause the camera to stay in Day mode longer requiring a greater drop in illumination to switch into Night mode.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.25pt; margin: 0pt 7.85pt 0pt 5.85pt;">Toggle Guard adjusts the level of brightness required to switch from Night to Day mode. Values set towards ‐will cause the camera to switch to Day mode when there is lower illumination of the scene. Values set towards + will cause the camera to stay in Night mode longer requiring a greater increase in illumination to switch into Day mode. Toggle Guard should be adjusted to prevent the mode from toggling between Night and Day modes in areas where transitional lighting exists in the scene.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;">Exposure\Binning Panel <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">(Administrator</span> <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Only)</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="74" height="123" class="wp-image-7480 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image56.jpeg" alt="image56" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 173"></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 7.65pt 0pt 5.95pt;">Binning panel controls the function of the Binning mode option on newer Arecont Vision model cameras. The Binning panel will only be available for newer cameras incorporating this function; this panel will be grayed out and unavailable to camera models that do not support binning. Binning mode combines 2&#215;2 pixels on sensor to improve low light performance. Low light sensitivity is improved by 4‐times as a larger pixel area is available to collect light. The binning mode also increases Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR) by two‐time.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 7.65pt 0pt 5.95pt;">The tradeoff with Binning is between low light performance and resolution as when active binning mode will decrease available resolution by</p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.1pt; margin: 1.9pt 7.85pt 0pt 6.05pt;">four times. The Binning option is currently available on AV3115, AV3125, AV5115, AV5125, AV10005 and AV10115 model cameras.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 0pt 7.7pt 0pt 6pt;">When selected, binning in Night mode is an option to get better image quality, increase sensitivity, produce better SNR and provide higher frame rate by combining and averaging pixels of binning capable models operated in low light environment. This setting will function in conjunction with the Day/ Night mode on the camera and binning will be active when the camera is in Night mode operation.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.1pt; margin: 0.05pt 7.8pt 0pt 6.1pt;">Binning in Day mode is a similar option as binning in night mode. However, binning in day mode keeps the image in <span style="font-size: 11pt;">color.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.1pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Ribbon</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Bar</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Overview</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">(Control</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Menu</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Overview</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">and</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Functions):</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Motion</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Detection</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Tab</small></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 1.85pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;"><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">(Administrator</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Only)</small></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="761" height="187" class="wp-image-7481 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image57.jpeg" alt="image57" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 174" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image57.jpeg 761w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image57-300x74.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 761px) 100vw, 761px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 0pt 7.9pt 0pt 5.9pt;">The <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Motion Detection tab </span></strong>contains panel functions for activating onboard motion detection, setting motion sensitivity and selecting image areas to be masked from motion detection on the selected camera. The Motion Detection tab is available in Administrator mode only when a selected camera is opened for live viewing.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 0pt 7.75pt 0pt 5.85pt;">Choosing the Motion Detection tab will display a motion detection grid overlay in green on the selected camera view window. Areas of the image a user wishes to select as masked from motion detection can be selected by <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">left clicking </span></strong>with the mouse in the grid quadrant to be masked. When a grid quadrant is masked, it will be highlighted red in the motion detection grid overlay.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 0pt 7.8pt 0pt 6pt;">A grid quadrant can be unselected for motion detection masking by <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">right clicking </span></strong>on the quadrant which will remove the red masking highlight.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="596" height="505" class="wp-image-7482 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image58.jpeg" alt="image58" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 175" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image58.jpeg 596w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image58-300x254.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 596px) 100vw, 596px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="430" height="460" class="wp-image-7483 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image59.jpeg" alt="image59" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 176" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image59.jpeg 430w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image59-280x300.jpeg 280w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 430px) 100vw, 430px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">Motion Detection\Selected Camera(s) Panel <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">(Administrator</span> <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Only)</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="244" height="122" class="wp-image-7484 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image60.png" alt="image60" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 177"></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.36; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.05pt; margin: 3pt 47.4pt 0pt 6.05pt;">Selected Camera(s) displays the currently selected camera title, group membership and current status. By default, the camera title will be the camera model and the last two octets of the camera MAC address.</p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.1pt; margin: 0pt 7.7pt 0pt 6pt;">Default title format is Camera Model [**:**]. Camera titles can be changed on initial setup through the system setup wizard, on individual camera pages or by left clicking two times on the camera title in the Camera List Window tree.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">Motion Detection \Options Panel <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">(Administrator</span> <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Only)</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="258" height="121" class="wp-image-7485 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image61.jpeg" alt="image61" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 178"></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.15pt; margin: 0.05pt 7.8pt 0pt 5.85pt;">Options panel allows enabling or disabling the onboard motion detection for the selected camera. By default, the motion detection option is set to ON for Arecont Vision cameras. Unselecting this checkbox will disable the onboard motion detection for the selected camera, but will also disable the ability to record on motion for that camera in the AV200 software.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.85pt;">Motion Detection \Sensitivity Panel <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">(Administrator</span> <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Only)</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="223" height="123" class="wp-image-7486 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image62.png" alt="image62" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 179"></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 7.7pt 0pt 5.95pt;">Sensitivity panel allows fine tuning of the level of motion that causes motion detection on the camera to become <span style="font-size: 11pt;">active.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 7.85pt 0pt 5.95pt;">Sensitivity Level option displays a slider bar that adjusts the inter frame brightness change that triggers motion detection in each motion detection quadrant in the grid.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.05pt; margin: 0pt 7.75pt 0pt 6pt;">Minimum Detectable Size option displays a slider bar that allows adjustment of the size of moving objects triggering motion detection as they move through the motion detection grid. Higher values will restrict detection to larger objects affecting more grid quadrants as they move through the image, lower values will allow motion detection of smaller objects affecting fewer motion detection quadrants as the move through the image.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 7.9pt 0pt 5.95pt;">Global Change Sensitivity option displays a slider bar that restricts motion detection in response to large brightness changes in the image. The value selected affects the amount of overall change in the image allowable for a motion</p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.1pt; margin: 1.9pt 7.85pt 0pt 6.05pt;">event to be detected. This setting is useful for preventing false motion detection events from occurring in response to overall changes in scene illumination in the camera image.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="206" height="105" class="wp-image-7487 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image63.png" alt="image63" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 180"></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.1pt; margin: 0pt 7.8pt 0pt 5.95pt;">When the Show Motion Detection option is selected in the camera, the viewing window grid quadrants with active motion events will be highlighted green. This function is useful when setting up and fine tuning the motion detection feature on a selected camera. The motion detection notification highlights will only be visible when the Motion Detection tab is selected.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Ribbon</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Bar</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Overview</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">(Control</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Menu</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Overview</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">and</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Functions):</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Archiving</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Tab</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">(Administrator</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Only)</small></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="893" height="190" class="wp-image-7488 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image64.jpeg" alt="image64" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 181" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image64.jpeg 893w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image64-300x64.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image64-768x163.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 893px) 100vw, 893px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 0.05pt 7.9pt 0pt 5.9pt;">The <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Archiving tab </span></strong>contains panel functions for configuration of recording options for the selected camera. AV200 recording can be stopped or started, recording schedules can be configured, image compression and bitrate control for the recorded image stream configured, and location for the recording archive can be customized.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;">Archiving \Selected cameras(s) Panel <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">(Administrator</span> <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Only)</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="244" height="125" class="wp-image-7489 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image65.jpeg" alt="image65" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 182"></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;">Selected Camera(s) displays currently selected camera title, group membership and current <span style="font-size: 11pt;">status.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;">By default, the camera title will be the camera model and the last two octets of the camera MAC<span style="font-size: 11pt;"> address.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 7.75pt 0pt 5.95pt;">Default title format Camera Model [**:**]. Camera titles can be changed on initial setup through the system setup wizard, on individual camera pages or by left clicking two times on the camera title in the Camera List Window <span style="font-size: 11pt;">tree.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;">Archiving \Recorder Panel <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">(Administrator</span> <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Only)</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 8.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="85" height="124" class="wp-image-7490 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image66.png" alt="image66" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 183"></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">Recorder panel can stop or start recording for the selected camera, or selected <span style="font-size: 11pt;">group.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="149" height="210" class="wp-image-7491 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image67.png" alt="image67" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 184"></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.3pt; margin: 0.05pt 7.95pt 0pt 5.7pt;">There are seven options for recording frame rate. When the Start option is selected, these will be displayed from a dropdown list for the Administrator to select. The Start button takes precedence over anything the scheduler is tasked to do, along with its recording speeds. When Start is selected while the scheduler is active, it will override the schedule settings. When Stop is selected, the previous schedule will be resumed. In this instance, recording will take place for the selected camera at the selected rate until the Stop option is selected.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.3pt; margin: 0.05pt 7.95pt 0pt 5.7pt;">The Live rate will record at the same rate as images are displayed from the camera in the Live View Window for that camera. Other options are 5 per second, 1 per second, every 5 seconds, and every 15 seconds, every 30 seconds or every minute.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="64" height="31" class="wp-image-7492 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image68.png" alt="image68" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 185"></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.75pt;">When the Stop option is selected, all recording will stop for the selected camera if the Scheduler is set to <span style="font-size: 11pt;">off.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.8pt;">Archiving \Schedule Panel <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">(Administrator</span><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;"> Only)</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="142" height="122" class="wp-image-7493 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image69.jpeg" alt="image69" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 186"></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;">Schedule panel is where schedule controlled recordings can be set up and <span style="font-size: 11pt;">configured.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 7.8pt 0pt 5.95pt;">Be aware that manual recording has priority over schedule. When manual recording is stopped, the scheduler takes over control of recording activity.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.05pt; margin: 0pt 7.65pt 0pt 5.95pt;">The option Scheduler turns “On and Off” schedule controlled recording. When this option is set to On the Scheduler will control recording for the selected camera based on the schedule configured.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 7.75pt 0pt 5.95pt;">Edit Schedule option is where access to set up schedule controlled recording is configured. When this option is selected, a schedule window for the currently selected camera will be displayed.</p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 1.9pt 7.9pt 0pt 5.9pt;">By default, there is no schedule configured. If the Scheduler option is set to On without configuring a schedule and saving it first, no recording will take place for that camera.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="546" height="304" class="wp-image-7494 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image70.jpeg" alt="image70" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 187" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image70.jpeg 546w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image70-300x167.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 546px) 100vw, 546px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.36; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.05pt; margin: 0pt 132.5pt 0pt 6pt;">When opened with the Edit Schedule option, the schedule window will be displayed. The schedule is a weekly schedule with 24 hour increments available for each day.</p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 0pt 7.75pt 0pt 5.95pt;">Five user selectable schedule elements are provided to create schedule recording patterns with each represented on the schedule by a different color. Red, yellow, green, blue and purple elements can each be set up for different recording modes and placed on the schedule for the selected camera.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="232" height="233" class="wp-image-7495 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image71.png" alt="image71" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 188" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image71.png 232w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image71-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 232px) 100vw, 232px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.15pt; margin: 0.05pt 7.9pt 0pt 5.8pt;">To set up a recording element, the Administrator clicks on the pencil icon attached to the right side of the element being set up. Eight options can be selected from the dropdown menu displayed. The options available are maximum frame rate, 5 frames per second, 1 frame per second, 12 frames per second, 4 frames per minute, 2 frames per minute, 1 frame per minute and motion only recording.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="233" height="154" class="wp-image-7496 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image72.png" alt="image72" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 189"></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 1.9pt 7.8pt 0pt 5.95pt;">If the Motion Only option is selected, an additional option called Keep Recording For is displayed. This option specifies how many seconds to continue recording the selected camera after a motion detected event occurs. This option can be set between 0 and 360 seconds.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 7.8pt 0pt 5.95pt;">Once the desired recording rate is selected, the green checkmark icon is selected to save the new schedule element setting chosen. If the red X is selected, the setting window will close and return to the original value.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="623" height="330" class="wp-image-7497 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image73-623w330h.png" alt="image73 623w330h" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 190" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image73-623w330h.png 623w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image73-623w330h-300x159.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 623px) 100vw, 623px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 7.7pt 0pt 6pt;">The schedule recording option allows flexibility to select different recording options for different times of day and different days of the week. Once the recording element options are configured to the desired record rates, the Administrator can set up the schedule by clicking on a record element, then selecting an hour block for the day to apply the recording behavior. The block will highlight with the selected element’s color. This method allows scheduling of complex recording behavior such as recording at different frame rates on business days between certain hours, and recording at another speed or motion only setting on weekends.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="673" height="385" class="wp-image-7498 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image74.jpeg" alt="image74" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 191" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image74.jpeg 673w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image74-300x172.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 673px) 100vw, 673px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.2pt; margin: 1.9pt 7.95pt 0pt 5.75pt;">It is also possible to configure all cameras or Administrator defined groups of cameras all at the same time. To do this, when the Archiving tab is selected click the named group, or “All Cameras” title in the Camera List Window. The Selected Camera(s) panel will now display the name of the group or All Cameras title, and when the Edit Schedule option is selected, the schedule configured will apply to all cameras in the group, or All Cameras if <span style="font-size: 11pt;">selected.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.75pt;">Archiving \Quality/Bitrate Panel <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">(Administrator</span> <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Only)</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="176" height="123" class="wp-image-7499 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image75.png" alt="image75" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 192"></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.75pt;">Quality/ Bitrate panel controls the image compression settings for archived images on the selected <span style="font-size: 11pt;">cameras.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.15pt; margin: 0.05pt 8.05pt 0pt 5.65pt;">Adjust the compression Quality for images from a drop down slider bar; + will increase image quality and reduce image compression, ‐will reduce image quality and increase compression. Increasing image compression will reduce the overall file size of the image stream but will also reduce the overall clarity and level of discernable detail in the images.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="167" height="231" class="wp-image-7500 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image76.png" alt="image76" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 193"></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 7.7pt 0pt 5.95pt;">Set Bitrate control for H.264 video streams from the camera. Bitrate Control is an option available only for H.264 capable model cameras. If bit rate control is enabled, any image quality settings under Image Quality are ignored and the camera will automatically adjust its video quality on a frame by frame basis to maintain the desired constant bit rate. The video quality may deteriorate at very low bit rate settings. Options for Bitrate are selected from a dropdown menu allowing selection of bit rate restriction options at several preset values.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 7.7pt 0pt 5.95pt;">NOTE: Certain bit rate values may not be possible depending on the camera resolution, image cropping, light conditions, exposure settings and amount of motion. If a Bitrate option other than disabled is selected, the camera will try to maintain the bit rate within the selected value.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;">Archiving \Storage Panel <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">(Administrator</span><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;"> Only)</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="206" height="125" class="wp-image-7501 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image77.png" alt="image77" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 194"></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 3pt 7.9pt 0pt 5.95pt;">Storage panel specifies recording location, reserved space and remaining available space for archiving video from the selected camera.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="548" height="185" class="wp-image-7502 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image78.png" alt="image78" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 195" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image78.png 548w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image78-300x101.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 548px) 100vw, 548px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 7.85pt 0pt 5.9pt;">When Location is chosen on the Storage panel, the Select Archive Location window will be displayed. The amount of recording space left reserved recording space and free space on the available archiving drives will be displayed for the selected camera. The Options button will open the Options menu where additional archiving drives and storage cascade behavior can be configured.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 0.05pt 7.95pt 0pt 5.85pt;">If drive is changed during recording, the application will finish current record (1 minute long file) and start the new one on new drive</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Ribbon</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Bar</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Overview</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">(Control</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Menu</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Overview</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">and</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Functions):</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Archive</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">View</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Tab</small></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="737" height="189" class="wp-image-7503 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image79.jpeg" alt="image79" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 196" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image79.jpeg 737w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image79-300x77.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 737px) 100vw, 737px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 0pt 7.85pt 0pt 5.9pt;">The <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Archive View tab </span></strong>contains panel functions for playback of recorded video from all cameras being recorded with the AV200 software.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;">Archive View \Archive Browser <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Panel</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="135" height="123" class="wp-image-7504 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image80.jpeg" alt="image80" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 197"></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">Archive Browser panel displays or hides the Archive map<span style="font-size: 11pt;"> viewer.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">Archive View \Player Control <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Panel</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="297" height="122" class="wp-image-7505 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image81.jpeg" alt="image81" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 198"></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.1pt; margin: 0pt 7.75pt 0pt 6.1pt;">Player Control panel controls active playback window when Archive Map is not displayed. Functions for rewind (<span style="font-size: 11pt;"><em>to a</em></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><em>rchive start</em></span>), fast play backwards, step back (<span style="font-size: 11pt;"><em>single frame</em></span>), pause, step forward (<span style="font-size: 11pt;"><em>single frame</em></span>), play and fast play forwards. Current selected play mode is displayed in Play Mode status window.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.15pt;">Archive View \Time <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Panel</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="296" height="124" class="wp-image-7506 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image82.png" alt="image82" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 199"></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.1pt; margin: 0pt 7.55pt 0pt 6.2pt;">Time panel controls and displays selected date and time for playback selection. This selection sets the day and time the Archive &gt;map displays. Only days with recorded archives can be selected from the calendar.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.25pt;">Archive View \Archive <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Map</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="513" height="182" class="wp-image-7507 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image83.jpeg" alt="image83" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 200" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image83.jpeg 513w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image83-300x106.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 513px) 100vw, 513px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; margin: 8.85pt 7.5pt 0pt 6.25pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;">When Archive Map is displayed, a ca</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">mera can be selected for playback by </span><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">left double clicking </span></strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">on the camera title</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">of the camera to be played back. Options include Open Playback (</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><em>opens a camera playback window for a selected camera </em></span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">and Clear Selection (</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><em>clears the currently selected time frame</em></span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><em> on the map for the camera selected</em></span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">).</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.25pt;">Note: Playback is limited to 4 streams running <span style="font-size: 11pt;">concurrently.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.25pt;">Page 43 of 59 | Arecont Vision AV200 Manual <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Rev1.2</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 1.95pt 7.9pt 0pt 5.9pt;">Clicking time will change time “down” (e.g. from day to hours) When minutes are displayed, double click sets the time as playback time for all playback views.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 0pt 8pt 0pt 5.85pt;">Cameras with archives available for playback will have blue highlight in the time increment panels to the right of the camera name. If there is no archive available for that camera, the displayed increment panel will be white.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="309" height="55" class="wp-image-7508 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image84.png" alt="image84" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 201" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image84.png 309w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image84-300x53.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 309px) 100vw, 309px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 197.2pt;">Clicking on the button changes time “up” (e.g. from hours to<span style="font-size: 11pt;"> days)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.1pt; margin: 0pt 7.95pt 0pt 5.85pt;">The time frame displays the currently selected active time for playback, and the selected increment of time displayed on the Archive Map. The active time line displayed in the map can be scrolled forward or backwards using the double arrow icons on either side of the displayed playback time.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="351" height="134" class="wp-image-7509 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image85.png" alt="image85" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 202" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image85.png 351w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image85-300x115.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 351px) 100vw, 351px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 7.7pt 0pt 5.85pt;">When the Archive Map is displayed, the time increments displayed can be toggled between minutes and hours by <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">left clicking </span></strong>on a time increment for an available archive. A Pop‐up window will allow the option to Zoom Out to Hours or Show Minutes to the hour increment clicked on. When increments are set to hours, days will be displayed in 24 hour increments. When set to minutes, 23 minute increments will be displayed from the hour selected for Show Minutes.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 7.7pt 0pt 5.85pt;">Playback time for the selected window can be set by choosing a time increment in minutes or hours where archive is available for the camera with currently open playback window and left clicking on a time period in the Archive Map and selecting the Set Playback Time To. The play back time option displayed in the pop‐up menu will be for the day and time increment clicked on.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.15pt;">Toggle Bookmark will place a bookmark icon on the time increment <span style="font-size: 11pt;">selected.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 48.85pt; margin: 8.2pt 7.7pt 0pt 6.1pt;">The bookmark icon will be displayed to the right of the time increment selected on the map in red. Other bookmarks on the timeline not in the current selected time increment can be jumped to by <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">left clicking </span></strong>on a bookmarked time increment and choosing Next Bookmark or Previous Bookmark from the pop‐up menu.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="72" height="25" class="wp-image-7510 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image86.png" alt="image86" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 203"></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="206" height="116" class="wp-image-7511 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image87.png" alt="image87" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 204"></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.05pt; margin: 0.05pt 8pt 0pt 6pt;">Playback start time for a camera with an open playback window can also be selected from the map by <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">left clicking </span></strong>on a time increment for an available archive to the right of the camera title. Here the pop‐up menu displayed allows the option to Set Playback Time to the archive increment selected. There are also options here to Mark Selection <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;">S</span>tart and Mark Selection <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;">E</span>nd. These options are used to select a start and end point for a video clip to be</p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.05pt; margin: 1.9pt 7.6pt 0pt 6pt;">exported from the archive. When selected with a start point, the time increments in the camera archive will show as black on the map to the right of the point selected.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.05pt; margin: 1.9pt 7.6pt 0pt 6pt;">When selected with a stop point, the black time increments will stop at the increment selected and show as blue to the right of the stop time increment selected. When start and end times are selected on the map, additional options will appear in the pop‐up menu shown when <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">left</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">clicking </span></strong>on the selected archive time frame for Export Selection or Delete Selection. Export will open a browse window to select a location to export the selection as an AVI file. Delete will delete the time frame selected from the archive.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.25pt;">Archive View \Camera Playback <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Window</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.05pt; margin: 0pt 7.45pt 0pt 6.3pt;">When selected to Open Playback on a camera archive from the Archive Map a separate viewing window for the camera will open in the viewing screen space below the Archive map. This screen space will display a grid similar to the magnetic mode option on the Live View Window. The camera playback window can be arranged and resized on the viewing screen space as desired by the user.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="342" height="30" class="wp-image-7512 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image88.jpeg" alt="image88" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 205" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image88.jpeg 342w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image88-300x26.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 342px) 100vw, 342px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.05pt; margin: 0pt 7.25pt 0pt 6.45pt;">Each camera playback window will display an additional set of controls for the playback video being viewed. This tool bar can be hidden by <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">left clicking </span></strong>the top of the playback window which will display a pop‐up menu with options to show or hide the toolbar, show or hide the status bar at the bottom of the playback window, and to show the playback window in full screen mode.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="21" height="22" class="wp-image-7513 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image89-21w22h.png" alt="image89 21w22h" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 206"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.05pt; margin: 0pt 7.3pt 0pt 6.6pt;">When selected, the link function allows mulple playback windows to be played back in time sync and controlled using the player control panel on the ribbon bar.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="175" height="26" class="wp-image-7514 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image90.png" alt="image90" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 207"></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.6pt;">Provides playback controls for the camera displayed in the playback window when displayed in full screen <span style="font-size: 11pt;">mode.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="21" height="21" class="wp-image-7515 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image91-21w21h.png" alt="image91 21w21h" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 208"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 2.2pt; margin: 0pt 7.2pt 0pt 6.7pt;">Activates the zoom function during playback to allow zoom with the mouse scroll wheel and panning of zoomed video by holding the left mouse button down and dragging the video in the playback window.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="21" height="19" class="wp-image-7516 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image92-21w19h.png" alt="image92 21w19h" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 209"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.05pt; margin: 0pt 7.1pt 0pt 6.75pt;">When selected, this button causes motion detection notification events to be displayed as they occur in the played back video.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="35" height="21" class="wp-image-7517 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image93-35w21h.png" alt="image93 35w21h" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 210"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.8pt; margin: 0pt 7pt 0pt 6pt;">These buttons allow setting Mark Selection <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;">S</span>tart and Mark Selection <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;">E</span>nd for a clip to be exported while viewing the live video in the playback window. <strong><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">(Administrator Only)</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="23" height="23" class="wp-image-7518 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image94.png" alt="image94" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 211"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="41" height="41" class="wp-image-7519 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image95.png" alt="image95" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 212"></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">Export will open a browse window to select a location to export the selection as an AVI file. <strong><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">(Administrator</span> <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Only)</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.05pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Live</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Camera</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">View</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Window</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Overview</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">(Control</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Menu</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Overview</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">and</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Functions)</small></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="312" height="23" class="wp-image-7520 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image96-312w23h.png" alt="image96 312w23h" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 213" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image96-312w23h.png 312w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image96-312w23h-300x22.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 312px) 100vw, 312px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.1pt; margin: 0pt 7.85pt 0pt 5.85pt;">When a camera is dragged into the Live View Window, an additional menu is displayed for the Camera View Window. This menu contains control elements specific to that camera: create a separate zoom view window, set an exposure reference, change the displayed resolution of the camera, start and stop recording, capture a snapshot, display motion detection, create a privacy mask or view the camera in full screen mode.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.9pt;">Selection tool <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">(Administrator</span> <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Only)</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.34; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.85pt; text-indent: 0.1pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="19" height="16" class="wp-image-7521 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image97-19w16h.png" alt="image97 19w16h" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 214"></span> This tool allows selection of an area in the image to be used as a zoom view window or user controlled exposure window.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="16" height="19" class="wp-image-7522 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image98-16w19h.png" alt="image98 16w19h" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 215"></span>Zoom tool <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">(Administrator</span> <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Only)</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 5.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt; text-indent: 14.2pt;">This tool will open a selected area of the image as a separate Zoom Window. A Zoom Window will display some additional menu controls specific to the zoom function.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 41.95pt;">Zoom Window\ Zoom Activation <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Tool</span></h1>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.36; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.1pt; margin: 0.05pt 7.9pt 0pt 41.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="16" height="16" class="wp-image-7523 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image99-16w16h.png" alt="image99 16w16h" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 216"></span> Activates the zoom function in an open Zoom Window, allowing image zoom using the mouse scroll wheel, and panning of the zoom image by holding the left mouse button down and dragging the video displayed in the window.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 41.85pt;">Zoom Window\ Save as ROI <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Tool</span></h1>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.37; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.25pt; margin: 0.1pt 8.05pt 0pt 41.7pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="18" height="16" class="wp-image-7524 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image100-18w16h.png" alt="image100 18w16h" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 217"></span> Saves the Zoom Window as a persistent Region of Interest (ROI). When selected the zoom window will be available as a separate camera view window and be displayed in the available Camera List Window as an ROI linked to the camera it was selected from. A camera saved as a persistent ROI can be independantly recorded from the camera image it was selected from.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;">Crop Tool <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">(Administrator</span> <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Only)</span></h1>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.32; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.05pt; margin: 0.05pt 8pt 0pt 6pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="29" height="18" class="wp-image-7525 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image101-29w18h.png" alt="image101 29w18h" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 218"></span> The Crop Tool allows changing the live and recorded video resolution of the camera. The dropdown menu will display all available resolutions for the model camera the view window belongs to.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">Exposure Reference ‐ Backlight Tool <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">(Administrator</span> <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Only)</span></h1>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.37; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0.1pt 8pt 0pt 5.95pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="29" height="19" class="wp-image-7526 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image102-29w19h.png" alt="image102 29w19h" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 219"></span> This tool allows a selected are of the camera image to be used as a User Controlled Exposure reference. When an area of the image is selected and this tool is chosen from the Camera Window control,s a dropdown menu appears allowing it to be set as a custom exposure reference. Backlight Compensation Off will disable backlight compensation on the camera. This option is not reccomended unless there is consistent illumination levels and similar color thoughout the entire image. Backlight Compensation On will restore the camera to default exposure reference window. The camera default is Center Zone Exposure Reference which will measure and compensate for backlight from the center of the image.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.37; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0.1pt 8pt 0pt 5.95pt;">The ability to define a user selected area of the image for exposure reference is a powerful and useful feature when dealing with difficult scenes combining extreme bright</p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.1pt; margin: 1.9pt 7.9pt 0pt 5.85pt;">and dark areas within the same image. Defining a custom exposure reference allows a balance of light and dark areas of the image to be user selected. This can overcome over or under exposed areas common in camera images with difficult combinations of illumination in the same scene.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.85pt;">Record Tool <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">(Administrator</span> <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Only)</span></h1>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.1pt; margin: 0pt 7.9pt 0pt 6.05pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="30" height="17" class="wp-image-7527 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image103-30w17h.png" alt="image103 30w17h" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 220"></span> When the Start tool is selected, the ribbon bar displayed will change to the Archiving tab allowing change of the live camera recording functions.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.05pt;">Snapshot <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Tool</span></h1>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.37; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.05pt; margin: 0.05pt 7.75pt 0pt 6pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="23" height="17" class="wp-image-7528 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image104-23w17h.png" alt="image104 23w17h" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 221"></span> The Snapshot tool will grab a still image from the video being displayed and save it as a JPEG image. Behaviour when this tool is selected is dependant on the Home\Options menu. If a Save to Directory was set up, an image will be automatically saved to that directory every time the Snapshot tool button is clicked. If no directory location was configured, the user will be prompted to select a save to location when the button is clicked.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.05pt;">Display Motion <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Tool</span></h1>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.37; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0.05pt 7.85pt 0pt 5.95pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="30" height="16" class="wp-image-7529 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image105-30w16h.png" alt="image105 30w16h" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 222"></span> This tool allows display of active areas of motion detection in the image when the Motion Detection tab is displayed. If the Motion Detection tab is not currently displayed the tool offers options in a dropdown menu to switch the ribbon bar to this tab.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">Privacy Mask Tool <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">(Administrator</span> <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Only)</span></h1>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.37; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0.05pt 7.75pt 0pt 5.95pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="22" height="18" class="wp-image-7530 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image106-22w18h.png" alt="image106 22w18h" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 223"></span> For camera models supporting the Privacy Masking feature, this tool will be available. For models not supporting Privacy Masking, the tool will be unavailable and greyed out. When the tool is selected, areas of the image to be masked can be selected by clicking and draging the mouse around the area to be masked. The selected area(s) will be filled in with grey boxes where masking is active. Masked areas cannot be unmasked from recorded video; once set up the image is masked at the camera and any video recorded with the mask feature on will be pernamently masked.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;">Full Screen <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Tool</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -17.95pt; margin: 0.05pt 7.85pt 0pt 23.9pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="12" height="11" class="wp-image-7531 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image107-12w11h.png" alt="image107 12w11h" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 224"></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span>The Full Screen tool when clicked will display the Live Camera View window in full screen mode. When selected, this tool will hide the application window and elements entirely, fill the entire display and maximize live camera view image. If selected; this mode will prompt to lock the view with the Administrator password. If No is selected, the Full Screen can be exited using the Esc key without a password. If yes, the Administrator password will be required to exit the full screen mode.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.37; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 7.8pt 0pt 5.95pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="21" height="16" class="wp-image-7532 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image108-21w16h.jpeg" alt="image108 21w16h" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 225"></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span>The vertical alighnment tool is available if a Panoramic camera is selected and the firmware supports this feature. Selecting this button will allow aligning of each of the four sensor images vertically to improve esthetic of the panoramic view.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.36; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 1.45pt; margin: 0pt 7.75pt 0pt 6pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="20" height="14" class="wp-image-7533 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image109-20w14h.png" alt="image109 20w14h" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 226"></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span>The focus tool is specific to MegaDome2 cameras and will allow setting of a focus reference window and adjustment of auto focus, and zoom functions from the live camera view window.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.34; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 1.5pt; margin: 0pt 7.9pt 0pt 5.95pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="16" height="16" class="wp-image-7534 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image110-16w16h.png" alt="image110 16w16h" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 227"></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span>The HTTP button will allow direct access to the selected camera web page through your default web browser <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><em>(Firefox recommended)</em></span>.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;"><span style="color: #4f82bd; font-size: 11pt;">Options</span> <span style="color: #4f82bd; font-size: 11pt;">Panel</span> <span style="color: #4f82bd; font-size: 11pt;">Menu</span> <span style="color: #4f82bd; font-size: 11pt;">Screens</span> <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">(Administrator</span> <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Only)</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="725" height="596" class="wp-image-7535 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image111.jpeg" alt="image111" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 228" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image111.jpeg 725w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image111-300x247.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 725px) 100vw, 725px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 6pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Options\General</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Menu</span> <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 10pt;">(Administrator</span> <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 10pt;">Only)</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;">The first menu in Options shows the General settings<span style="font-size: 11pt;"> menu.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt; text-indent: -0.05pt;">There is an option to have the application load at Windows® start up using the Load Application on Startup radio button. If selected, the application will launch with Windows® log on.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.36; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 146.6pt 0pt 5.95pt;">Passwords can be changed and set for the Administrator and User accounts. There are only two security levels in the AV200 software:</p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.9pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 41.95pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Administrator:</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">can</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">access</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">change</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">all</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">menus</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">application</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">settings.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.85pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 42pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">User:</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">can</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">only</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">access</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">options</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">related</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">live</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">playback</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">viewing</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">of</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> video.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.05pt;">An Administrator password must be set; User passwords are not <span style="font-size: 11pt;">required.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 0.05pt 8pt 0pt 6pt;">If no User password is configured and none entered when the software is launched, the User access level will be used and options available only to the Administrator will be grayed out.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.36; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 2.2pt; margin: 0.05pt 57.05pt 0pt 6.1pt;">As needed, log back in as Administrator directly from the Options panel on the Home tab ribbon bar. Other functions found on the General Menu are:</p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.1pt; margin: 0pt 7.75pt 0pt 6pt;">Show All warnings. This radio button check box when selected will restore and display all error and warning messages generated by the software. If unchecked, for any warning messages the user will need to select the Don’t Show this Message option.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 0pt 7.75pt 0pt 6pt;">The Workspaces options determine the behavior of the Live View Window the next time the program is launched. If Restore Last Layout is selected, the last Live View Window configuration that is open when the application is closed will be displayed the next time it is logged into again. If the Load Empty Layout option is selected the application will always start with a blank Live View Window on log in.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.15pt; margin: 0pt 7.9pt 0pt 5.9pt;">The option to reset the System will wipe out all settings and data, restore the program to initial default settings, and run the system setup wizard again if selected. A warning will be displayed if the button is pressed asking to confirm this is what is desired. If Yes is selected the change will take place.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="727" height="597" class="wp-image-7536 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image112.jpeg" alt="image112" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 229" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image112.jpeg 727w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image112-300x246.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 727px) 100vw, 727px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">Options\Archive Menu <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">(Administrator</span> <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Only)</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0.05pt 7.75pt 0pt 5.95pt;">This menu contains the drive selection options for video archive storage. By default the C: drive will be selected as the default drive for recording. The dropdown menu selection will display any direct attached hard drive or letter mapped drive available on the network. Multiple storage locations can be chosen by selecting the drives for recording and checking the Use this Drive box while the drive is displayed. At least one storage location must be selected as the Default Drive C: is the initial default drive selected, if other storage locations are selected any of these can be selected as the default drive.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0.05pt 7.75pt 0pt 5.95pt;">The storage will be cascaded starting with the default drive location to any additional drives selected in a First In, First Out (FIFO) method. When a drive is selected from the dropdown menu, the Free Space field will display available storage space on the drive. The Reserve function will allow setting a reserved storage quota size within the available storage on that drive. The reserve storage size configured will be kept as guaranteed available storage area for recording and will not be available to other applications for any other purpose. Note: Windows Explorer may display less free space than is actually available on the selected hard drive.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 7.8pt 0pt 5.95pt;">Snapshot Location: This setting allows configuration of a directory for snapshot pictures captured by Users and Administrators while viewing live video. The default option is prompt which will require manual selection of a Save To location. If the Save In option is selected and a directory is browsed and selected this will be the location all snapshot images are saved and the user will not be prompted to select a save location.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="725" height="598" class="wp-image-7537 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image113.jpeg" alt="image113" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 230" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image113.jpeg 725w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image113-300x247.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 725px) 100vw, 725px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">Options\Cameras Disc… Menu <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">(Administrator</span> <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Only)</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 7.75pt 0pt 5.95pt;">The AV200 software will scan the network for discovery of new cameras on start up, and when manually prompted by the Re‐discover functions found on the Home ribbon bar, and in the Camera List Window menu. This menu allows the user to configure periodic camera discovery automatically and to specify the software behavior when a new camera is discovered. Checking the option to Run Automatic Re‐discovery and selecting a time interval in minutes will tell the software to automatically run the discovery process at the interval set.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 7.75pt 0pt 5.95pt;">Be aware the discovery process uses a UDP (User datagram Protocol) broadcast and if the interval set is short may affect traffic on busy networks. The utility of this function can allow automatic discovery of cameras during setup as they are incrementally installed to the network.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.05pt; margin: 0pt 7.7pt 0pt 5.95pt;">The function When New Uninstalled Camera Found determines the software behavior in this instance. If the Prompt for Installation is set (default setting), the software will prompt to add the camera and automatically assign an IP address to the camera. If the Notify and Set as Blocked option is set a prompt will notify the user the camera was found and it will be added to the camera list as blocked until Re‐discover function is run again.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="725" height="595" class="wp-image-7538 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image114.jpeg" alt="image114" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 231" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image114.jpeg 725w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image114-300x246.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 725px) 100vw, 725px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6pt;">Options\Motion detect… Menu <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">(Administrator</span> <span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Only)</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;">This menu defines behavior when motion activity is detected in a camera <span style="font-size: 11pt;">image.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 7.7pt 0pt 5.95pt;">Mark Motion Zones in View option will display areas of motion activity in the image with green highlights on the live image when Show Motion Detection function button is active in an individual camera viewing window. The option to Notify Once for Motion Detected Within specifies the duration between notifications of motion events. The option Pop‐up Alert when selected (default setting) will allow a pop‐up message to appear in the lower right corner of the screen with camera name notifying a motion event was detected.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;"><span style="color: #4f82bd; font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Troubleshooting</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="color: #4f82bd; font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">and</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="color: #4f82bd; font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Useful</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="color: #4f82bd; font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Tips</small></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Connecting</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Directly</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">to</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">a</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Laptop</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">or</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">PC</small></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.85pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.57; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;">In a typical scenario, cameras are connected using network cables to a network switch. A camera can also be connected to a PC or laptop directly by using a cross‐over network cable between the camera and PC.</p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.36; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.05pt; margin: 8.1pt 82.55pt 0pt 5.95pt;">When a camera is connected directly, the TCP/IP configuration on the PC may need to change. For example, the PC may need to be configured to use a static IP address.</p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.1pt; margin: 1.9pt 7.8pt 0pt 6.05pt;">DHCP will create an issue with the camera installer if there is no DHCP server present on the network to assign an <span style="font-size: 11pt;">address.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.05pt;">For general purposes, static IP addresses are <span style="font-size: 11pt;">recommended.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.1pt; margin: 0.05pt 7.7pt 0pt 6pt;">When a PoE injector is used and connected directly to a PC, there are two networking cables. One cable connects the PC to the PoE injector, while the other connects the injector to the camera. Only one of these cables should be cross‐over. The other cable must be a regular, straight through cable.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: -0.1pt; margin: 0pt 7.75pt 0pt 6.1pt;">Be aware that some PoE injector devices will auto cross the network cable eliminating the need for one cable to be <span style="font-size: 11pt;">crossed.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.1pt;">Please check the documentation that was provided by the manufacture with the PoE device being <span style="font-size: 11pt;">used.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; margin: 0pt 7.7pt 0pt 6.1pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">NOTE</span></strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">: </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><em>SurroundVideo</em></span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><em>® cameras require a higher </em></span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><em>PoE</em></span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><em> power class (Class 3) than other </em></span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><em>Arecont</em></span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><em> Vision camera </em></span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><em>models.</em></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.1pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Switches</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">and</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Routers</small></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 5.85pt 7.9pt 0pt 5.95pt;">Note that some Gigabit switches and network adapters incompletely emulate 100BaseT signaling levels and may not work correctly with high bandwidth 100BaseT equipment.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Low</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Sharpness</small></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5.85pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 5.95pt;">If the image sharpness appears to be <span style="font-size: 11pt;">low:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.28; margin-left: 42pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Check</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">if</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">lens</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">is</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">in</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">focus.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.28; margin-left: 42pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Check</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">if</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">lens</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">is</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">of</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">appropriate</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">quality</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">for</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">megapixel</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">resolution</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">camera</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">being</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> used.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 0pt 7.8pt 0pt 42.05pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">On the Image tab Ribbon Bar check the Quality setting in the Adjustments panel. Increasing image quality will increase perceived sharpness. Sharpness setting can al</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">so be adjusted to increase edge definition in</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">the image.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 0pt 7.8pt 0pt 42.15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18.1pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Check if the lens iris is fully open or closed down too much. For best resolution and depth of field the iris (depending on lens make and model) should be closed by 2‐3 F‐stops.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 6.2pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Frequently</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Asked</small></span><small style="text-transform: uppercase;"> </small><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">Que</small></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">stions</small></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 5.9pt 8pt 0pt 23.9pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -17.95pt; font-size: 10pt;">1.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">What type of video compression is used in </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Arecont</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> Vision cameras?</span> </strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Arecont</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> Vision cameras use MJPEG in the case of model numbers AVxxx0 and H.264/MJPEG for models AVxxx5.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 0pt 7.95pt 0pt 23.85pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -17.95pt; font-size: 10pt;">2.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">How much storage space is required when using </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Arecont</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> Vision cameras</span></strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">? Storage requirements can be calculated if the camera models and desired frame rates are known using the </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Arecont</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> Vision bandwidth calculator available on our website.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin-left: 13.55pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -7.75pt; font-size: 9pt;">3.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.05pt; margin: 0pt 7.95pt 0pt 23.8pt;">Most Arecont Vision cameras also provide highly sophisticated on‐board motion detection. To further reduce the required storage the user has an option to archive only those images that contain motion. Our bandwidth calculator is provided at <a href="http://www.arecontvision.com/foi.php" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">http://www.arecontvision.com/foi.php</a> to help with determining storage/bandwidth <span style="font-size: 11pt;">requirements.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 3pt 7.9pt 0pt 23.8pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt;">4.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Why is a license warning occurring? </span></strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">A license is only needed if the AV200 software is being used for archiving video. This warning will be displayed until the software is licensed.</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">A license file can be obtained for cameras to record by contacting a distributor or contacting </span><a href="mailto:websales@arecontvision.com"><span style="font-size: 10pt;">websales@arecontvision.com.</span></a> <strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Note: </span></strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><em>The MAC address/ Serial numbers of the cameras to be recorded will need to</em></span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><em> be provided for the license to be generated.</em></span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; margin: 1.9pt 7.85pt 0pt 23.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -17.8pt; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt;">5.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Why is the </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Arecont</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> Vision camera not detecting in the System Setup Wizard, or why can’t the camera be detected from the main application window? </span></strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">If the camera is not detected it may be because of </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">the PC’s firewall settings.</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">To allow AV200 access to the network the user should configure the firewall properly.</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">To configure</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Windows</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">firewall,</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">access</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Windows®</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Security</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Center</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">in</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Windows®</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Control</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Panel</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">click on Windows Firewall.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="454" height="369" class="wp-image-7539 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image115.jpeg" alt="image115" title="AV200 Setup and User Guide 232" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image115.jpeg 454w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/image115-300x244.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 454px) 100vw, 454px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.45pt; margin: 0pt 8.15pt 0pt 23.35pt;">In the Windows® Firewall window, click the Exceptions tab and add the following application to the list of exceptions (AV200.exe). Once the selections have been made close the Window®s firewall and re‐run the Camera Installer. If the Camera Installer still cannot find the camera make sure that there are no additional software or hardware firewalls blocking the connection on the network.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.45pt; margin: 0pt 8.15pt 0pt 23.35pt;">Cameras are detected by the AV200 application using a UDP broadcast on Port 69. If UDP or Port 69 is blocked additional exceptions will need to be made to allow the software to detect cameras on the network. To determine if the detection is being blocked on the network, try isolating the camera and PC from the rest of the network if there is continuing difficulty detecting the camera. If you’re PC uses firewall software different from windows standard, y check with the software documentation for how to set an exception for the AV200 software.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; margin: 0pt 8.4pt 0pt 23.35pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt;">6.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Can I update all my cameras with the same version of firmware? </span></strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">No, make sure to use the appropriate firmware file applicable to the camera. There are several variations of firmware update files, with the camera model</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">being listed in</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">update</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">file</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">name.</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Please</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">ensure</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">that</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">firmware</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">file</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">being</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">used</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">contains</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">mod</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">el number of the camera in its file name.</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Current production firmware versions and older versions of firmware can be obtained from </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Arecont</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> Vision technical support.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; margin: 0pt 8.4pt 0pt 23.4pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;">7.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Which version of the software is installed? What are the IP and MAC addresses of the camera</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">s? </span></strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">The</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">software version information is displayed by left clicking </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">the ?</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> logo in the upper right hand of the main AV200 application window. IP MAC address information for a camera can be found on the Camera tab Ribbon bar on the Network etc. panel when that</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> camera is selected from the Camera List Window.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; margin: 0pt 8.2pt 0pt 23.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -17.9pt; font-size: 10pt;">8.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">When to use an auto‐iris camera? </span></strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Any </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Arecont</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> Vision model with the AI post fix in the model number will</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">have the ability to control a DC Auto Iris lens.</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">The auto‐iris option allows for the camera to keep th</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">e lens optimally closed when there is sufficient scene illumination, providing good depth of focus. When the illumination diminishes, the camera automatically opens the iris, allowing more light to reach the sensor, thus extending the</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">sensitivity range of</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">camera.</span></div>
<div></div>
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; margin: 0pt 8.2pt 0pt 23.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> This option should only be</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">used for outdoor applications, where there</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">is</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">a</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">large</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">variation</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">in</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">illumination.</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">In</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">many</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">applications</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">auto‐iris</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">is</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">unnecessary.</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">It</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">is</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">important</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">to</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.1pt; margin: 1.9pt 7.95pt 0pt 23.85pt;">keep in mind that the best image quality will still be achieved with megapixel lenses. The auto‐iris lenses available on the market today are not megapixel and will yield the images that are less crisp than those that can be obtained with manual megapixel lens.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; margin: 0pt 7.8pt 0pt 23.85pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;">9.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">What adjustments can be made to reduce motion blur? </span></strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">The shutter speed is automatically controlled by the camera. Motion blur may occur when the camera operates at slow shutter speeds (long exposure times, such as the scene being relatively dark. </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Are</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">cont</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> Vision cameras provide a number of options that allow the user to control auto‐exposure behavior when illumination is low. The user can set the preferred exposure time that the</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">camera</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">will</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">attempt</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">maintain as</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">long as</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">illumination level</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">allows. </span></div>
<div></div>
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; margin: 0pt 7.8pt 0pt 23.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;">This</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">setting</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">essentially</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">allows</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">user to choose the tradeoff between gains and exposure time at reduced light levels. These settings are described</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">in the Exposure tab\Low light mode panel sub section of this manual.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.3pt; margin: 0pt 8pt 0pt 23.65pt;">Setting the Low Light Mode to Speed is the first thing to try to eliminate motion blur. If that doesn&#8217;t produce enough improvement, the user may want to open the lens aperture more to allow more light in. The user may also want to consider choosing a camera equipped with auto‐iris lens ‐ the lens will open automatically as illumination diminishes. If that is not sufficient, the user may want to consider using a lower resolution camera. For example, the lower resolution megapixel camera models have larger pixels and resulting better low‐light sensitivity than higher resolution models.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 0.3pt; margin: 0pt 8pt 0pt 23.65pt;">The current model camera with the best low light performance in the Arecont Vision lineup is the AV3135 camera which uses a 1.3 megapixel sensor in night mode, this model switches to a 3 megapixel color sensor when illumination is sufficient for day mode.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 23.7pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18.05pt;">10.</span>What information should be provided to AV technical support for a faster response to an<span style="font-size: 11pt;"> issue?</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; margin: 0pt 8.15pt 0pt 113.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"></span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Arecont</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> Vision </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">camera</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> Model being used, camera MAC address, and firmware version currently installed.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 113.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"></span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Network</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">switch</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">and/or</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">POE</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">make</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">model</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">number(s).</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 113.8pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"></span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Type</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">of</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">network</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">cable</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">e.g.</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Cat</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">5e</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">(min</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">max</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">distance</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">of</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">runs</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">at</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">the</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> site).</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; margin: 1.85pt 8.05pt 0pt 113.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -17.95pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"></span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Type of power used (VDC,</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> milliamps, Watts) or POE, make &amp; model number(s) of equipment at the site, how many cameras of what model are connected, what voltage and</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">amp readings</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">are</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">at the</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">camera side</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">of</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">the wire,</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">power wire gauge</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">and run lengths.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 113.8pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"></span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Computer</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Information</span></div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.85pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 149.8pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.47em; left: 0; font-size: 3em;">·</span> </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">100base‐T</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">or</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Gigabit</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">card?</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 149.8pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.47em; left: 0; font-size: 3em;">·</span> </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">CPU</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">speed,</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">RAM,</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Video</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Card</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">specs?</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.85pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 149.8pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.47em; left: 0; font-size: 3em;">·</span> </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Hard</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">disk</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">size</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">available</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">free</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">space.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 41.85pt;">Arecont Vision’s online support portal can be found at <a href="http://support.arecontvision.com/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 11pt;">http://support.arecontvision.com</span></a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin: 3pt 8pt 0pt 42pt;"><span style="background: blue; width: 3.1pt; height: .65pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span>The support portal allows for quick online submission of issues with email notification of responses and <span style="font-size: 11pt;">fixes.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; margin: 0pt 7.85pt 0pt 23.95pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;">11.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">What is the maximum physical distance between computer and </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Arecont</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> Vision camera? </span></strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Typical Ethernet 100Base‐T has a maximum distance of 100 mete</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">rs (330 feet). The range can be increased by using a standard powered mid‐span switch and/or use of fiber network backbone.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; margin: 0pt 7.8pt 0pt 24pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;">12.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Does AV200 software include motion detection? </span></strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Our software does include motion detection. Most </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Arecont</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> Vision cameras support on‐bo</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">ard motion detection which in contrast to software motion detection, does not</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 1.9pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 24.05pt; text-indent: -0.1pt;">take up CPU cycles. The on camera feature was implemented to reduce the overall network bandwidth so the camera itself will not send images until motion is detected.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; margin: 0pt 7.75pt 0pt 24.1pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18.05pt; font-size: 10pt;">13.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">How do the </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Arecont</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> Vision cameras utilize PTZ (Pan, Tilt, and Zoom)? </span></strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">There is no mechanical</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">PTZ.</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">However, </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Arecont</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> Vision cameras allow instantaneous electronic pan, tilt and zoom by specifying PTZ window coordinates. Multiple users can each select their own windows allowing for independent PTZ control.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 7.9pt 0pt 24.05pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -17.95pt;">14.</span>When attempting to update the firmware on an Arecont Vision camera with the firmware update tool the Ack Timeout message is received.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 24.05pt;">If a timeout message appears take the following <span style="font-size: 11pt;">steps:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 0pt 7.85pt 0pt 78pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"></span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Make sure that no application, aside from FirmwareLoader.exe, is accessing the camera during the update.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin-left: 78pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"></span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Make</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">sur</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">e</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">that</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">camera</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">is</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">connected</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">via</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">switch</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">not</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">with</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">a</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">cross‐over</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> cable.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 0pt 7.85pt 0pt 77.95pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -17.95pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 10pt;"></span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Re‐run AV200 camera discovery prior to the upgrade to make sure the camera is accessible and there is no IP conflict.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 24pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18.05pt; font-size: 10pt;">15.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Do</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Arecont</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Vision</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">cameras</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">support</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">multicast?</span> </strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">All</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">single</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">sensor</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">H.264</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">cameras</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">support</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">multicasting.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 0pt 7.85pt 0pt 23.85pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -17.9pt; font-size: 10pt;">16.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">How do I reset the camera settings to the original factory configuration? </span></strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Resetting the camera settings through the AV200 software can be done as Administrator through the Camera tab Ribbon Bar Reboot/Reset Panel descr</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">ibed in this manual.</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">Alternately, resetting the </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Arecont</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> Vision camera to its original configuration can be achieved through the built‐in web interface.</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">To reset the </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Arecont</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> Vision camera open a web browser and type http://ip_address/set?params=factory (</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><em>Rep</em></span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><em>lace </em></span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><em>ip_address</em></span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><em> with the camera’s current IP address</em></span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">).</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 0pt 7.85pt 0pt 23.8pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -17.95pt; font-weight: bold; font-size: 10pt;">17.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">How is an RMA obtained for a camera? </span></strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Initial RMA requests should be directed to the vendor where the camera was purchased. The vendor may be capable of processing a request directly, resulting in a qu</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">ick turnaround time for a replacement camera. If this is not possible, please fill out a support request on </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Arecont</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> Vision’s support portal and a support representative will follow up to verify the claim prior to issuing an RMA number. Please </span><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 10pt;">do not</span> </strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">ship c</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">ameras back to </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Arecont</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> Vision without an approved RMA number or the return will be delayed in processing.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 0pt 7.85pt 0pt 23.85pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -17.9pt; font-size: 10pt;">18.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">How to get online technical support for </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Arecont</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> Vision cameras? </span></strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Create an account on our support portal located at </span><a href="http://support.arecontvision.com/" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener"><span style="font-size: 10pt;">http://support.arecontvision.com/.</span></a><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> Once an account has been created, a new ticket can be posted and one of our technical support team will follow up promptly. To ensure timely responses, please make sure t</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">o login to the support portal to post any replies to the open ticket.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; margin: 0pt 7.85pt 0pt 23.9pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -17.95pt; font-size: 10pt;">19.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">What is the default IP address of </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Arecont</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> Vision cameras? </span></strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Arecont</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> Vision cameras do not have a specific default IP address. The AV200 System setup wizard will detect cameras attached t</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">o the network, giving the current IP of the camera, and allowing IP address change of a single camera or all detected cameras to a user defined IP address range.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; margin: 0pt 7.8pt 0pt 23.9pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -17.9pt; font-size: 10pt;">20.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">What is the default password of </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Arecont</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> Vision cameras? </span></strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Arecont</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> Vision cameras do not ship wi</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">th a</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">password set on the web interface. If a password is required to secure the camera or because 3rd party software requires one, log in to the camera’s web interface by typing the camera’s IP address into a web browser. Under Administration, enter the de</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">sired password for </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">admininistrator</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> access. The user name will be </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">admin.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; margin: 1.9pt 7.9pt 0pt 23.85pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -17.9pt; font-size: 10pt;">21.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">What application ports are used by </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Arecont</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> Vision cameras and the AV200 software? </span></strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Arecont</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"> Vision</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">cameras operate using TFTP on port 69, HTTP on port 80 or an alternative HTTP port of 8080 (default) and RTSP on port 554. The alternate HTTP port can be modified through the ‘Network’ portion of the camera’s</span> <span style="font-size: 10pt;">web interface.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 0pt 8.35pt 0pt 5.2pt;"></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.38; text-indent: 0.15pt; margin: 4.95pt 7.9pt 0pt 5.8pt;"><strong><span style="color: #1f497c; font-size: 10pt;"><em>AV</em></span><span style="color: #1f497c; font-size: 10pt;"><em>200 SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ON AN AS‐IS BASIS. ARECONT VISION, LLC DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL ARECONT VISION BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR </em></span><span style="color: #1f497c; font-size: 10pt;"><em>CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTUOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.</em></span></strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/av200-setup-and-user-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/tiandy-easy7-smart-client-express-user-manual/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/tiandy-easy7-smart-client-express-user-manual/#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 19 Jun 2023 14:39:06 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DDNS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DSS Express]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DSS Express V8]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[E-Map]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Easy7]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hikvision]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hikvision Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Intelligent Analysis]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Intercom]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Latest]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[LiveView]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mainstream]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Play Video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Smart Client Express]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tiandy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Time Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video monitoring]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 10]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=1151</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual, This user manual is prepared based on Easy7 video monitoring system. In order ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/tiandy-easy7-smart-client-express-user-manual/#more-1151" aria-label="Read more about Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual, This user manual is prepared based on Easy7 video monitoring system. In order to provide brief function instruction of the system and help users to systematically understand operation process, this user manual is prepared for reference.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark0"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark1"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark2"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark3"></a> Preface
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark4"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark5"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark6"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark7"></a> Preparation purpose</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>This user manual is prepared based on Easy7 video monitoring system. In order to provide brief function instruction of the system and help users to systematically understand operation process, this user manual is prepared for reference.</p>
<p>[Note] Product real-time update will not be further notified.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark10"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark11"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark8"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark9"></a> Terms and abbreviations</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>N/A</p>
<h2>Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual</h2>
<blockquote><p>Read More :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/437/how-to-add-device-to-hik-proconnect/">How to Add Device to Hik-ProConnect</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/323/dss-express-v8-user-manual/">DSS Express V8 User Manual</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/mobile-apps/278/unv-mobile-app-ezview-guide/">Hikvision Password Reset Do It Yourself</a></li>
</ol>
</blockquote>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark12"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark13"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark14"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark15"></a> 3. Usage Attentions</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark16"></a> Current monthly largest quantity of human face pictures received from single channel is 1 million. The current upper limit of quantity of human face pictures received from all channels is 5 million. If the quantity exceeds the upper limit, result of intelligent retrieval cannot be acquired.</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark17"></a> Standalone version can support 500 point locations at most at present.</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark18"></a> Present screen supporting 3,840*2,160 (4K) resolution at most.</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark19"></a> This platform is not compatible with cameras in sky-eye series cameras at present.</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark20"></a> MAC AIO only supports external microphones.</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark21"></a> As for the equipment added in P2P account number way, audio sampling frequency shall be set to be 8kHz. Other sampling frequency may cause program failure on standalone version, so please use it cautiously.</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark22"></a> As for the same NVR and IPC, video playback and video download exist at the same time. 5 channels at most are supported at present. Otherwise, download failure or equipment overload will be reminder in download process and video playback will fail.</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark23"></a> MAC system authorizes standalone version, such as microphone authority. Restart the standalone version.</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark24"></a> As for MAC version, the real-time preview in full screen cannot quit from full screen by pressing ESC (unless equipment list is closed).</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark25"></a> Firewall of computer may influence some normal functions of standalone version. Please add white list or close firewall.</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark26"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark27"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark28"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark29"></a> Software overview
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark30"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark31"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark32"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark33"></a> Software usage</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>Easy7 Smart Client Express is an application based on MacOS and Windows operation system, which is specially used for managing, previewing and operating network monitoring equipment, suitable for all series of Tiandy NVR, IPC and other devices. The software can realize grouping management of watch points according to different scenarios and customize the group name. It can carry out real-time video browsing, audio preview, voice intercom and other operations based on the device.</p>
<p>It can control the equipment PTZ, set preset position and call. It can switch video playback between user-defined groups, support front-end and local video playback, control playback through time axis, and download video files to the client-side. The rich video monitoring business functions of the software are really suitable for the application of various video monitoring scenarios.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark34"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark35"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark36"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark37"></a> Software operation</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Easy7 Smart Client Express Win64 V8.5.exe can install and operate individually and support Tiandy full series of hard disk video equipment and network video equipment.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark38"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark39"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark40"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark41"></a> 3. System configuration</li>
</ol>
<p>CPU: Intel(R) Core(TM) i5, the 8<sup>th</sup> generation is recommended</p>
<p>Memory: 8G recommended</p>
<p>System: Support Windows 7 64-bit and Windows10 64-bit system</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark42"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark43"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark44"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark45"></a> Software installation and</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark42"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark43"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark46"></a> uninstallation</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark47"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark48"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark49"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark50"></a> Software installation</li>
</ol>
<p>Take the installation of &#8220;<a href="https://en.tiandy.com/index.php?s=/Home/File/download/id/2042.html" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Easy7 Smart Client Express Win64 V8.5.exe</a>&#8221; in Windows 10 64-bit system as an example, the installation of other versions is the same.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark51"></a> Find the installation file &#8220;Easy7 Smart Client Express Win64 V8.4.exe&#8221; in installation disk, as shown in the figure below:</li>
</ol>
<p>P] Easy? Smart Client Express Win64 V8,5.exe</p>
<p>Figure 3.1.1</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark52"></a> Double click and enter installation program, as shown in the figure below:</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="571" class="wp-image-1152" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-1.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 1" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 441" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-1.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-1-300x198.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-1-768x506.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3.1.2</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark53"></a> Select installation language, we take English as an example here,</li>
</ol>
<p>select &#8220;English&#8221;, click &#8220;Next&#8221;. It will be installed on Disk C as shown in the</p>
<p>figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="571" class="wp-image-1153" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-2.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 2" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 442" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-2.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-2-300x198.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-2-768x506.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3.1.3</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark54"></a> If it’s necessary to change installation directory, click &#8220;Browse&#8221; to</li>
</ol>
<p>select customized installation directory, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p>Figure 3.1.4</p>
<p>5) Set installation directory, click &#8220;Install&#8221; to start installation program,</p>
<p>as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p>Figure 3.1.5</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="538" height="553" class="wp-image-1154" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-3.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 3" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 443" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-3.jpeg 538w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-3-292x300.jpeg 292w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 538px) 100vw, 538px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="571" class="wp-image-1155" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-4.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 4" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 444" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-4.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-4-300x198.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-4-768x506.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark55"></a> After installation, click &#8220;Finish&#8221; to complete installation, as shown</li>
</ol>
<p>in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="570" class="wp-image-1156" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-5.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 5" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 445" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-5.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-5-300x197.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-5-768x505.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3.1.6</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark56"></a> Upgrade package installation</li>
</ol>
<p>Temporarily not available.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark57"></a> Software uninstallation</li>
</ol>
<p>Take the uninstallation of &#8220;Easy7 Smart Client Express Win64 V8.5.exe&#8221; in Windows 10 64-bit system as an example, the uninstallation of other versions is the same.</p>
<p>1) Select &#8220;Start&#8221;-&gt;&#8221;All program&#8221;-&gt;&#8221;Tiandy&#8221;-&gt;&#8221;Easy7 Smart Client</p>
<p>Express&#8221;-&gt;&#8221;Uninstall&#8221;, as shown in below figure:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>V</td>
<td><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>jjjjj.pny</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>O</strong></td>
<td><strong>Easy? Smart Client Express</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■</td>
<td><strong>TortoiseSVN</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Pin to Start</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>V</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>More</strong></td>
<td><strong>&gt;</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■</td>
<td><strong>Video LAN</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Uninstall</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 3.2.1</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark58"></a> Click &#8220;Uninstall&#8221;, enter control panel, select &#8220;Program and feature&#8221; -&gt; &#8220;Uninstall or change program&#8221;, then select &#8220;Easy7 Smart Client Express&#8221;, right key to select &#8220;Uninstall&#8221; or double click, there will display a pop-up for deletion, as shown in below figure:</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="57" height="57" class="wp-image-1157" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-6.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 6" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 446"> Easy? Smart Client Express Uninstall</p>
<p>Are you sure you want to completely remove Easy? Smart Client Express and all of its components?</p>
<p>Yes</p>
<p>No</p>
<p>Figure 3.2.2</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark59"></a> Click &#8220;Yes&#8221;, to uninstall the program will terminate all operating</li>
</ol>
<p>Easy7 related programs and continue uninstallation progress, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="767" height="507" class="wp-image-1158" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-7.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 7" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 447" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-7.jpeg 767w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-7-300x198.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 767px) 100vw, 767px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3.2.3</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark60"></a> After uninstallation, there will display a pop-up for uninstallation</li>
</ol>
<p>completion, click &#8220;Confirm&#8221; and the program is completely removed, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="264" class="wp-image-1159" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-8.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 8" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 448" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-8.jpeg 700w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-8-300x113.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3.2.4</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark61"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark62"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark63"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark64"></a> Software login and framework setting
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark65"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark66"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark67"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark68"></a> Software login</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="85" height="126" class="wp-image-1160" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-9.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 9" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 449"></p>
<p>Double click the application icon</p>
<p>on the desktop to enter system</p>
<p>login interface, an initial password is required to be set for the first-time log in , as shown in below figure:</p>
<p>Initial password setting X</p>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>£ admin</p>
<p>Û Please enter password</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="448" height="76" class="wp-image-1161" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-10.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 10" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 450" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-10.jpeg 448w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-10-300x51.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 448px) 100vw, 448px" /></p>
<p>Û Please enter the password again</p>
<p>Figure 4.1.1</p>
<p>Note: the password shall be a combination of digits and letters. (Password can be 6-32 characters)</p>
<p>After the initial password is set, enter the password protection setting page, as shown in following figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="453" class="wp-image-1162" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-11.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 11" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 451" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-11.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-11-300x230.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4.1.2</p>
<p>After the password protection question is set, you will enter the login page, as shown in following figure:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>• a</td>
<td>admin</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Û</td>
<td>Please enter password</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>□ Auto 1&#8230; □ Save p&#8230; Forgot th..</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Login</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>English</td>
<td>▼</td>
<td></td>
<td>Server settings</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 4.1.3</p>
<p>The information of related parameters in log-in interface is as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto login</td>
<td>Tick and enable the check box. If the user name and</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>password is correct, there’s no need to input user name and password anymore the next time, you may enter automatically.</p>
<p>Cancel automatic login: System configuration -&gt; Common Settings-&gt;Login Settings-&gt;Automatic Login Software.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Save password</td>
<td>Tick and enable the check box. If the user name and password is correct, the current password will be saved and it will automatically fill in the password for the next time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Login</td>
<td>Click and enable it. If the user name and password is correct, you may log in the program.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Forget the password</td>
<td>Click enable and click to enter the password verification page. After the password security question is successfully verified, you can re-enter the initial password setting page to set the password.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>English ▼</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>English pyccKHÜ</p>
<p>Im Ei</p>
<p>Tieng viet Le français lingua italiana</td>
<td></td>
<td>Support shifting between multiple languages.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">x</td>
<td>Click and enable it. Click to close Easy7 login interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Server settings</td>
<td>Stand-alone enabling. Enter database service port No.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>interface through single click. Range of port No.: 1 -65531.</p>
<p>It will take effect after restarting the platform.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 4.1.1</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark69"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark70"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark71"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark72"></a> Framework setting</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Input correct user name and password, click &#8220;Login&#8221; to enter the main program interface of Easy7 Smart Client Express. The default grouping is</p>
<p>shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="468" class="wp-image-1163" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-12.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 12" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 452" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-12.jpeg 864w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-12-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-12-768x416.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4.2.1</p>
<p>After entering the interface, click V/&#8217; on the right upper corner of the interface to display version information and date, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p>About</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="532" height="225" class="wp-image-1164" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-13.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 13" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 453" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-13.jpeg 532w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-13-300x127.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 532px) 100vw, 532px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4.2.2</p>
<p>The mouse slides over &#8220;®&#8221; on the right upper corner of the interface to display the current CPU occupancy and memory usage, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p>CPU 25.49% | RAM 5381.OOM</p>
<p>Figure 4.2.3</p>
<p>When connecting video, if CPU utilized rate exceeds 75%, it cannot connect to real-time video. As shown in following figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="313" class="wp-image-1165" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-14.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 14" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 454" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-14.jpeg 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-14-300x199.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4.2.4</p>
<p>Click &#8220;Ö on the right corner of the interface to lock the interface. When correct delock password (i.e. login password) is input, the screen will be delocked, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="207" class="wp-image-1166" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-15.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 15" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 455" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-15.jpeg 355w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-15-300x175.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4.2.5</p>
<p>Only accounts with &#8220;system lock-in authority&#8221; and &#8220;system unlocking authority&#8221; are able to carry out delock operation.</p>
<p>Click O’ cancellation button at the right upper angle of interface and a cancellation prompt box will pop out, as shown in the figure below. Click “OK” to exit from the present platform and return to login interface. Click “Cancel” or</p>
<p><sup>x</sup> at the right upper angle of prompt box to exit the current prompt box.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="218" class="wp-image-1167" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-16.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 16" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 456" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-16.jpeg 355w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-16-300x184.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4.2.6</p>
<p>Click &#8220;<sup>_</sup>&#8221; on the right corner of the interface to minimize the program; click &#8220;0/0&#8243; on the right corner of interface to restore/maximize the program; click &#8221; <sup>x</sup>&#8221; on the right corner of interface to quit the program.</p>
<p>In order ensure that users may not close the program by mistake in using process, when &#8220;<sup>x</sup>&#8221; is clicked to quick the program, a notice will pop up to confirm whether to quit the program, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="186" class="wp-image-1168" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-17.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 17" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 457" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-17.jpeg 355w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-17-300x157.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4.2.7</p>
<p>If &#8220;<sup>x</sup> is clicked by mistake, click &#8220;Cancel&#8221; to return to previous operation interface; if you are sure to quit the system, click &#8220;OK&#8221; to quit.</p>
<p>The right upper corner of the interface will display current system time &#8221; to facilitate user to check time at any time.</p>
<p>13:54:38</p>
<p>The navigation menu bar on the top of the interface can be separated from the main interface by dragging the menu, or the position can be exchanged by dragging.</p>
<p>Interface function items are divided into: common functions and basic functions. The module icons in basic and common function area can be dragged separately, and the user can choose the common function for convenience, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="186" height="137" class="wp-image-1169" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-18.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 18" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 458"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="36" height="62" class="wp-image-1170" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-19.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 19" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 459"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="36" height="62" class="wp-image-1171" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-20.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 20" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 460"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="29" height="30" class="wp-image-1172" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-21.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 21" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 461"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="47" height="48" class="wp-image-1173" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-22.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 22" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 462"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="57" class="wp-image-1174" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-23.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 23" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 463"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="60" height="55" class="wp-image-1175" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-24.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 24" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 464"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="37" height="36" class="wp-image-1176" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-25.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 25" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 465"></p>
<p><strong>Tiandy Home page</strong></p>
<p><strong>Common functions</strong></p>
<p><strong>Basic functions</strong></p>
<p><strong>Playback</strong></p>
<p><strong>Search and play the recording file at the nonttonng point</strong></p>
<p><strong>TV Wai</strong></p>
<p><strong>TV wall configuratloo. preview, offline</strong></p>
<p><strong>User management</strong></p>
<p>Device management</p>
<p>Add, modify and delete groups</p>
<p>„ Inlet and outlet management</p>
<p>Jr .’ Face management, human gate real-</p>
<p><strong>Face recognition</strong></p>
<p>, System configuration</p>
<p>Typca operation on client configuration</p>
<p>ElectronicMap</p>
<p>Management and operaton function</p>
<p>eTiandy Co.,Ltd Al Rights Reserved</p>
<p>Figure 4.2.8</p>
<p>Real-time preview: View the live images at the monitoring point.</p>
<p>Video playback: Search and play the recording file at the monitoring point.</p>
<p>Equipment management: General management of monitoring devices to facilitate addition.</p>
<p>System configuration: Typical operation on client configuration.</p>
<p>Alarm management: Real-time indication of unit alarm message to facilitate access to unit exception.</p>
<p>TV Wall: TV Wall configuration, preview, offline switch settings.</p>
<p>Inlet and outlet management: Face management, human gate realtime preview and information query.</p>
<p>ElectronicMap: Management and operation function of electronic map.</p>
<p>Face recognition: Management and distribution of face database.</p>
<p>User management: User password change allowed.</p>
<p>Operation logs: Check the system operations logs to understand the system operation.</p>
<p>Intelligent search: Intelligent analysis information from search, such as face retrieval, indoor electric vehicle testing and so on.</p>
<p>Data statistics: Total amount.</p>
<p>Alarm configuration:Coordinated configuration of various alarms.</p>
<p>[Note] After each login, the module icon will return to the default position, and the navigation menu bar position will be saved as the position when you quit last time.</p>
<p>Click &#8221; &#8221; on the left lower corner of the interface to display real-time</p>
<p>alarm information, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="136" class="wp-image-1177" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-26.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 26" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 466" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-26.jpeg 864w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-26-300x47.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-26-768x121.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4.2.9</p>
<p>&#8220;Real-time alarm&#8221; records time, source, type, status, grade and other information of the alarm. When alarm information occurs, click &#8220;Play&#8221; to check alarm video playback, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="532" height="353" class="wp-image-1178" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-27.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 27" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 467" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-27.jpeg 532w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-27-300x199.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 532px) 100vw, 532px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4.2.10</p>
<p>Click “ <em>”</em> to enter defense deployment/withdrawal management interface”, where all hosts can be controlled. The defense deployment/withdrawal status of channel and alarm is shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="387" class="wp-image-1179" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-28.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 28" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 468" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-28.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-28-300x196.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4.2.11</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark73"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark74"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark75"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark76"></a> Function operation instruction
<ol>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="60" height="43" class="wp-image-1180" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-29.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 29" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 469"><a id="post-1151-bookmark77"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark78"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark79"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark80"></a> Equipment management</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>Click the equipment management icon l j on home page to enter the equipment management interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark81"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark82"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark83"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark84"></a> Encode device management</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click &#8220;Device&#8221; to enter the device management interface. The device interface displays name, device type, IP address, port, video channel, connection status and other basic information of all added device, in which if the connection status is green, it means the device is on-line, and if it is red, it</p>
<p>means the device is offline; addition, modification, deletion and other operation</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="769" height="417" class="wp-image-1181" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-30.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 30" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 470" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-30.jpeg 769w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-30-300x163.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 769px) 100vw, 769px" /></p>
<p>of the device can be conducted. As shown in below figure:</p>
<p>Figure 5.1.1.1</p>
<p>The information of related parameters in the interface is as follows:</p>
<p>Description</p>
<p>Parameter</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Auto Search</td>
<td>Automatically search for devices under the same network segment, batch addition supported.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add</td>
<td>Manually add encode device, support IP method, Standard domain name method, EasyDDNS method , P2P direct connection method, P2P account number method to add device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Modify</td>
<td>Modify information of already added device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Delete</td>
<td>Delete already added device, batch deletion of device supported.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Output</td>
<td>Select the device, and output the device information in three forms of Equipment List, Organization Chart, and Organization Relationship Table.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Import</td>
<td>Click the device, and input the information in Equipment List, Organization Chart, and Organization Relationship Table, which are contained in the file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Invert Selection</td>
<td>Select all device that are not selected at that moment.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Refresh</td>
<td>Update the status of device at current interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Display the name of all already added device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Type</td>
<td>Display the device type of all already added device, TD series (Tiandy series) supported.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Display the IP address of all already added device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Port</td>
<td>Display the port of all already added device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Channel</td>
<td>Display the maximum number of video channels allowed to play of all already added device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connection Status</td>
<td>Display the current connection status of all already added device. The reason will be displayed, if equipment login fails.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Operation</td>
<td>Click and enable it to open the web user-side interface of the device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.1.1.1</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark85"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark86"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark87"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark88"></a> Auto search of encode device</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click &#8221;</p>
<p>Q. Auto Search</p>
<p>to enter automatic search interface, as shown in below</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="135" height="40" class="wp-image-1182" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-31.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 31" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 471"> figure:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Add Device</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>4-Add</td>
<td>C Refresh</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>Device Type</td>
<td>IP address</td>
<td>Port</td>
<td>Channel No.</td>
<td>Product number</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>IPC/PTZ</td>
<td>192.168.30.28</td>
<td>3000</td>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>IPC/PTZ</td>
<td>192.168.30.30</td>
<td>3000</td>
<td>1</td>
<td>EV-IP-2B20G1-M-28</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>IPC/PTZ</td>
<td>192.168.30.32</td>
<td>3000</td>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>[□</td>
<td>IPC/PTZ</td>
<td>192.168.30.37</td>
<td>3000</td>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>IPC/PTZ</td>
<td>192.168.30.41</td>
<td>3000</td>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>IPC/PTZ</td>
<td>192.168.30.42</td>
<td>3000</td>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>IPC/PTZ</td>
<td>192.168.30.43</td>
<td>3000</td>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>[□</td>
<td>IPC/PTZ</td>
<td>192.168.30.44</td>
<td>3000</td>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>IPC/PTZ</td>
<td>192.168.30.45</td>
<td>3000</td>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>NVR</td>
<td>192.168.30.49</td>
<td>3000</td>
<td>11</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5.1.1.2</p>
<p>Tick and select one or more device in device column, click and a pop-up to add device will display, input the device’s user name and password (it’s recommended to set unified user name and password for severaldevice, if user name or password is wrong, the batch addition of partial device</p>
<p>will fail). If you select to import it into a group, the device will be automatically imported into the group, otherwise you need to manually add to a group, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="349" height="251" class="wp-image-1183" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-32.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 32" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 472" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-32.jpeg 349w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-32-300x216.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 349px) 100vw, 349px" /></p>
<p>OK Cancel</p>
<p>Figure 5.1.1.3</p>
<p>After addition, it will display the number of device successfully and</p>
<p>unsuccessfully added, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="194" class="wp-image-1184" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-33.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 33" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 473" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-33.jpeg 355w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-33-300x164.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></p>
<p>Click &#8221;</p>
<p>O Refresh</p>
<p>Figure 5.1.1.4</p>
<p>to refresh the information of on-line device.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark89"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark90"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark91"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark92"></a> 2. Encode device addition</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="113" height="42" class="wp-image-1185" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-34.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 34" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 474"></p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>&#8221; to enter device addition interface, as shown in below</p>
<p>figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="444" height="570" class="wp-image-1186" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-35.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 35" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 475" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-35.jpeg 444w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-35-234x300.jpeg 234w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 444px) 100vw, 444px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="444" height="609" class="wp-image-1187" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-36.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 36" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 476" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-36.jpeg 444w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-36-219x300.jpeg 219w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 444px) 100vw, 444px" /></p>
<p>Add Device</p>
<p>Add Mode Standard domain name</p>
<p>Device Name</p>
<p>Device Type</p>
<p>DNS</p>
<p>Port</p>
<p>User Name</p>
<p>Password</p>
<p>Video Chan..</p>
<p>Alarm Input</p>
<p>Alarm Output</p>
<p>Add Cancel</p>
<p>0 Off-line Ad&lt;</p>
<p>| Please enter device name</p>
<p>TD series ▼</p>
<p>I Please enter DNS</p>
<p>3000</p>
<p>admin</p>
<p>••••</p>
<p><strong>1</strong></p>
<p>0</p>
<p>I» 1</p>
<p>0 Import to Group</p>
<p>Add Device X</p>
<p>Add Mode EasyDDNS ▼</p>
<p>Device Name</p>
<p>Device Type</p>
<p>DNS</p>
<p>Port</p>
<p>DNS usern&#8230;</p>
<p>DNS passw&#8230;</p>
<p>User Name</p>
<p>Password</p>
<p>Video Chan&#8230;</p>
<p>Alarm Input</p>
<p>Alarm Output</p>
<p>Add Cancel</p>
<p>0 Off-line Ad&lt;</p>
<p>Please enter device name</p>
<p>TD series</p>
<p>Please enter DNS</p>
<p>3000</p>
<p>Please enter DNS username</p>
<p>Please enter DNS password admin</p>
<p><strong>1</strong></p>
<p>0</p>
<p>I&#8221;</p>
<p>0 Import to Group</p>
<p>Add Device X</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="383" height="328" class="wp-image-1188" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-37.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 37" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 477" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-37.jpeg 383w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-37-300x257.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 383px) 100vw, 383px" /></p>
<p>Add Cancel</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="443" height="387" class="wp-image-1189" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-38.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 38" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 478" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-38.jpeg 443w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-38-300x262.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 443px) 100vw, 443px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.1.1.5</p>
<p>Select device addition type and fill in corresponding device name, device ID, port, user name, password and video channel, and tick to select whether it’s offline device addition and whether needs to import a group according to requirement, the description of related parameter information is as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add Mode</td>
<td>Select different add type: IP type, Standard domain name type, EasyDDNS type , P2P direct connection</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>type, P2P account number.type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Off-line Add</td>
<td>Tick, then both on-line and offline device can be added. Not to tick, then only on-line device can be added.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>Add device name. ( There’s illegal character limit when adding device name, following characters are not allowed to be input ~!#$%<sup>A</sup>()=[]{},&#8221;:;'&lt;&gt;?*&#8217;+/\&amp; )</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Type</td>
<td>Optional device type: TD series (Tiandy series).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device IP</td>
<td>Add device IP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DNS</td>
<td>Add device DNS.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device ID</td>
<td>This information needs to be typed in when enabling the P2P direct connection adding model.</p>
<p>Find [Device ID] via Device IE-&gt;Config.-&gt;System</p>
<p>Config.-&gt;System Maintenance-&gt;System</p>
<p>Upgrading-&gt;Version Info , or Device IE-&gt;Config.-&gt;Advanced Option-&gt;System Settings, then type in the digital characters.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DNS User name</td>
<td>It’s necessary to input this information when</p>
<p>EasyDDNS type is selected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DNS Password</td>
<td>It’s necessary to input this information when</p>
<p>EasyDDNS type is selected.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Port</td>
<td>Add the communication port of device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User Name</td>
<td>Add the login user name of device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
<td>Add the login password of device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Channel</td>
<td>Add the total number of video channels the device has.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Import to Group</td>
<td>Tick, then the system will automatically add the device to Customized list and create a group (the same as device name).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Input</td>
<td>Number of alarm input ports of the device</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Output</td>
<td>Number of alarm output ports of the device</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.1.1.2</p>
<p>Upon correct information is input, the device will be connected, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p>Notice X</p>
<p>1 device has been added successfully!</p>
<p>OK</p>
<p>Figure 5.1.1.6</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark93"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark94"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark95"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark96"></a> 3. Encode device modification</li>
</ol>
<p>Tick and select the device to be modified, click</p>
<p>&amp; Modify</p>
<p>to enter device</p>
<p>information modification interface, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="444" height="529" class="wp-image-1190" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-39.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 39" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 479" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-39.jpeg 444w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-39-252x300.jpeg 252w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 444px) 100vw, 444px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.1.1.7</p>
<p>Modification of add type, device name, device type, device IP, port, user name and password, video channel and other related information supported.</p>
<p>Click &#8220;Modify&#8221; to complete modification, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="195" class="wp-image-1191" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-40.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 40" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 480" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-40.jpeg 355w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-40-300x165.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.1.1.8</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark100"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark97"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark98"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark99"></a> 4. Encode device deletion</li>
</ol>
<p>Select one or more devices to be deleted, click</p>
<p>□ Delete</p>
<p>to enter device</p>
<p>deletion interface, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p>Notice</p>
<p>Sure to want to delete the selected host?</p>
<p>OK Cancel</p>
<ol>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="135" height="40" class="wp-image-1192" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-41.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 41" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 481"><a id="post-1151-bookmark101"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark102"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark103"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark104"></a> 5. Encode device invert selection</li>
</ol>
<p>, select</p>
<p>Select one or more devices not to be operated, click</p>
<p>all devices not selected at that moment, and conduct on selected devices.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark105"></a><strong>6. Encode device refresh</strong></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="128" height="42" class="wp-image-1193" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-42.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 42" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 482"></p>
<p>Click &#8221;</p>
<p>to refresh the information of all devices on current page.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark106"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark107"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark108"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark109"></a> Deciding device management</li>
</ol>
<p>The operation is the same as 5.1.1 encode device management.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark110"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark111"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark112"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark113"></a> Gate equipment management</li>
</ol>
<p>The operation is the same as 5.1.1 encode device management.</p>
<p>Note:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark114"></a> The device serial number is the factory number of the gate equipment, such asID060218100922201900889.</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark115"></a> When connecting the Tiandy equipment, it should be noted that the port number is 80.</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark116"></a> If the device is configured as Tiandy PAD, you need to enter PAD backend &#8211; &gt; communication settings to configure the server address (this address is the IP address of the platform).</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark117"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark118"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark119"></a> 5.1.4. Grouping</p>
<p>Click &#8220;Group&#8221; to enter group management interface. Information of all devices and customized groups in current system will be displayed, as shown</p>
<p>in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="416" class="wp-image-1194" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-43.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 43" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 483" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-43.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-43-300x163.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.1.2.1</p>
<p>The description of related parameters in this interface is as follows:</p>
<p>Parameter</p>
<p>Description</p>
<p>Set the channel name on the local device tree</p>
<p>0 Sync to device</p>
<p>synchronously to the front-end channel.</p>
<p>Get the front-end channel name of on-line channel in</p>
<p>O Get Device Name</p>
<p>Device list.</p>
<p>O Get alarm port</p>
<p><em>0</em> Modify Group</p>
<p>Obtain the alarm input and output information of IPC and NVR equipment.</p>
<p>Select a group in Customized list, click to modify the group name.</p>
<p>+ Add Group</p>
<p>Select the list needs to create sub-group in</p>
<p>Customized list, click to add a group.</p>
<p>Tick and select a Customized list group, click to delete the group and delete the sub-groups and channels in the group at the same time.</p>
<p>□ Delete Group</p>
<p>/I Import</p>
<p>t? Export</p>
<p>Tick and select the channel in left Device list, select a group in right Customized list, click to import the device to the customized device list.</p>
<p>Tick and select the channel in Customized list group, click to export that channel.</p>
<p>Quick search of channel name, input key information</p>
<p>and the channel name including that key information</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3">will be displayed in Device list and Customized list.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
<td colspan="3">Sync to device, move the mouse to Device list channel node, click synchronize the channel name to the front­end channel, as shown in below figure:</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>□ C ■ My device</p>
<p>□ ffi 192.168.15.191</p>
<p>&lt;?&gt; Channel 1 0 C</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o</td>
<td colspan="3">Get the name, move the mouse to Device list channel node, click to get the front-end channel name of single channel, as shown in below figure:</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>£</p>
<p>( in Device list)</p>
<p>£</p>
<p>(in alarm list )</p>
<p>Modify channel name, move the mouse to Device list</p>
<p>channel node, click to modify the channel name, as</p>
<p>shown in below figure:</p>
<p>El H My device</p>
<p>□ H 192.168.15.191</p>
<p>&lt;?&gt; Channel 1</p>
<p>Upon acquiring the alarming port information of the present equipment list channel, click to modify the name, No. and descriptions of alarming port, as shown</p>
<p>in the figure below:</p>
<p>□ ■ My device</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark120"></a> □ S 192.168.30.72</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark121"></a> ■ “ 192.168.30.215</li>
</ul>
<p>0 &lt;•&gt; 192.168.30.215-Channel 1</p>
<p><em>âb</em> 192 168.30.215-Alarmln 1 £</p>
<p>192.168.30.215 192.168.30.215-AJan <em>âb</em> 192.168.30.215-AlarmO&#8230;</p>
<p>Add group, move the mouse to Customized list group, click to add the sub-group of the group, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="33" height="33" class="wp-image-1195" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-44.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 44" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 484"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="128" class="wp-image-1196" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-45.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 45" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 485" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-45.jpeg 432w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-45-300x89.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="477" height="107" class="wp-image-1197" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-46.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 46" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 486" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-46.jpeg 477w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-46-300x67.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 477px) 100vw, 477px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Modify watch point group, move the mouse to</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Customized list group, click to modify the name of the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>( in Customized</td>
<td>watch point group, as shown in below figure:</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>list)</td>
<td><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="476" height="107" class="wp-image-1198" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-47.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 47" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 487" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-47.jpeg 476w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-47-300x67.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 476px) 100vw, 476px" /></p>
<p>Delete group, move the mouse to Customized list group, click to delete the group, and delete the sub-</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>groups and channels in the group at the same time,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>n</td>
<td>as shown in below figure:</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.1.2</p>
<p>The information in left Device list is the information of all added encode devices and their channels automatically generated by the system. The right Customized list is the group information customized by users themselves. To facilitate user’s management, users may add the encode device on the left to the Customized list on the right as necessary. For example, to add all channels of device 10.30.10.12 in Device list to the &#8220;Group Test&#8221; in customized group of Customized list, the operation steps are:</p>
<p>1) Tick and select all channels of 10.30.20.12 in Device list</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="59" height="43" class="wp-image-1199" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-48.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 48" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 488"></p>
<p>10.30.10.12</p>
<p>1) Select the customized group to be added in Customized list</p>
<p>(highlighted when selected)</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="26" height="26" class="wp-image-1200" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-49.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 49" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 489"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="89" height="25" class="wp-image-1201" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-50.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 50" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 490"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="141" height="55" class="wp-image-1202" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-51.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 51" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 491"></p>
<p>■ Group Test</p>
<p>2)</p>
<p>Click &#8221;</p>
<p>to add channels.</p>
<p>Similarly, select corresponding device channel in Customized list, click &#8221;</p>
<p>t? Export</p>
<p>to delete the device channel from Customized list.</p>
<p>( Note:</p>
<p>Modules other than equipment management all load Customized list, users need to add used devices into Customized list. )</p>
<p>If the name of Channel 1 in device 10.30.10.21 in Device list needs to be modified, click &#8221; —&#8221; and a pop-up for modifying device name will display (if the video has been encrypted, it can be decrypted here), as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="353" class="wp-image-1203" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-52.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 52" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 492" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-52.jpeg 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-52-300x224.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.1.2.2</p>
<p>Relevant interface parameters are described as below:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Modify the name of present channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td>Support the selection of both channel and bayonet.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connection mode</td>
<td>Support three connection modes of TCP, MCAST</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>(RTSP) and MCAST (SRTP). In other words, the platform supports video playing in the form of MCAST (RTSP) and MCAST (SRTP) on the real-time preview interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set password or not</td>
<td>An encrypted video password can be set after enabling. Decrypt video that has been encrypted here.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.1.3</p>
<p>If the alarm port 2 in device192.168.30.215 in Device list needs to be modified, click &#8221; —&#8221; and a pop-up for modifying device name will display, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="502" class="wp-image-1204" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-53.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 53" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 493" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-53.jpeg 866w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-53-300x174.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-53-768x445.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.1.2.3</p>
<p>Relevant interface parameters are described as below:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Type of alarming</p>
<p>port</td>
<td>Obtain the information about the present alarming port and support two types of ports, i.e., alarm input and alarm output.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name of alarming</p>
<p>port</td>
<td>Name of alarming port can be self-defined.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>No. of alarming port</td>
<td>The No. of alarming port can be self-defined (ensure port No. cannot be repeated).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Host name</td>
<td>Obtain name of the present host automatically. Modify host name by Equipment-&gt; Coding device -&gt; Modify.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Host IP</td>
<td>Obtain the IP of the present host automatically</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Descriptions of alarming port</td>
<td>Add information about the descriptions of alarming port based as required.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Parameters</p>
<p>Descriptions</p>
<p>Table 5.1.4</p>
<p>Similarly, select list group in Customized list, click &#8221; —&#8221; and a pop-up for modifying watch point name will display, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="194" class="wp-image-1205" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-54.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 54" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 494" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-54.jpeg 355w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-54-300x164.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.1.2.4</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark122"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark123"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark124"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark125"></a> Real-time preview</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="60" height="61" class="wp-image-1206" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-55.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 55" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 495"></p>
<p>Click the real-time preview icon on the home page to enter real-time</p>
<p>preview interface. The main interface consists of Device list, video preview</p>
<p>window, View, PTZ control ,Senior and Target Information, as shown in below</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="468" class="wp-image-1207" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-56.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 56" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 496" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-56.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-56-300x162.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-56-768x416.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>figure:</p>
<p>Figure 5.2</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="172" height="127" class="wp-image-1208" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-57.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 57" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 497"></p>
<p>Click “</p>
<p>to unfold or hide the view boxes at the left and right sides.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="92" height="28" class="wp-image-1209" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-58.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 58" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 498"> to unfold or hide the view boxes below.</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Position the channel node quickly by clicking video window.</p>
<p>The equipment supports video preview and broadcasting by dragging it from group list to window.</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark126"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark127"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark128"></a> 5.2.1. Device list</p>
<p>Click &#8220;Device list&#8221; on the left to display all customized group list and input key information in search blank, double click to check device watch point, as</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="608" height="229" class="wp-image-1210" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-59.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 59" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 499" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-59.jpeg 608w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-59-300x113.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 608px) 100vw, 608px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.2.1</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark129"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark130"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark131"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark132"></a> Right key menu of encode device customized group list</li>
</ol>
<p>Click right key on the customized group list and the right key menu of customized group list will pop up, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="388" height="319" class="wp-image-1211" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-60.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 60" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 500" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-60.jpeg 388w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-60-300x247.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 388px) 100vw, 388px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.2.1.1</p>
<p>The description of related parameters is as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Turn off all videos</td>
<td>Turn off all videos connected at that moment.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Main code stream</td>
<td>All the videos in current list are added and played in</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>main code stream mode (as for the channel being played, the playing code stream will not be changed)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Subcode stream</td>
<td>All the videos in current list are added and played in subcode stream mode (as for the channel being played, the playing code stream will not be changed)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Time calibration</td>
<td>Conduct time calibration on on-line devices in all group lists.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manual alarm</td>
<td>Cancel the current alarm in the channel in video manually.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.2.1.1</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark133"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark134"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark135"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark136"></a> 2. Right key menu of encode device group list</li>
</ol>
<p>Select a group in Device list and click right key, the right key menu of device group list will pop up, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="440" class="wp-image-1212" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-61.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 61" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 501" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-61.jpeg 481w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-61-300x274.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.2.1.2</p>
<p>The description of related parameters is as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Turn off all videos</td>
<td>Turn off all videos connected at that moment.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Turn off this video</td>
<td>Turn off all videos connected in current group.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Added to the list of switch groups</td>
<td>Add selected encode device to automatic switch group list.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Main code stream</td>
<td>All the videos in current list are added and played in main code stream mode (as for the channel being played, the playing code stream will not be changed)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Subcode stream</td>
<td>All the videos in current list are added and played in subcode stream mode (as for the channel being played, the playing code stream will not be changed)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Time calibration</td>
<td>Conduct time calibration on on-line devices in selected group lists.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manual alarm</td>
<td>Cancel the current alarm in the channel in video manually.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.2.1.2</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark137"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark138"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark139"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark140"></a> 3. Right key menu of encode device list</li>
</ol>
<p>Select a channel watch point of a device in device list group, click right key, the right menu of device list will pop up, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="537" height="664" class="wp-image-1213" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-62.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 62" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 502" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-62.jpeg 537w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-62-243x300.jpeg 243w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 537px) 100vw, 537px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.2.1.3</p>
<p>The description of related parameters is as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Login to the affiliated host computer</td>
<td>Right click the encode device channel to restore the connection between the device host computer of the channel and Easy7 platform. For example, select Channel 1 in [Device List] in above figure (the affiliated host computer is 192.168.15.191), right click &#8220;Login to the affiliated host computer&#8221;, the connection status of the host computer 192.168.15.191 is on-line, as shown in below figure:</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="651" height="281" class="wp-image-1214" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-63.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 63" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 503" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-63.jpeg 651w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-63-300x129.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 651px) 100vw, 651px" /></p>
<p>Right click the encode device channel to disconnect the connection between the device host computer of the channel and Easy7 platform. For example, select Channel 1 in [New Group] in above figure (the affiliated host computer is 192.168.15.149), right click &#8220;Log off the</p>
<p>affiliated host computer&#8221;, the connection status of the host</p>
<p>Log off the<br />
affiliated host<br />
computer</p>
<p>computer 192.168.15.149 is offline, as shown in below</p>
<p>figure:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Device Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>IP address</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port</strong></td>
<td><strong>Video Channel</strong></td>
<td><strong>Connection status</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>EJ ■ ■ Device List</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.191</strong></td>
<td><strong>TD series</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.191</strong></td>
<td><strong>3000</strong></td>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Off line</strong></td>
<td>J</td>
<td><strong>□ ■ 192.168.15.191</strong></p>
<p><strong>n z i</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.213</strong></td>
<td><strong>TD series</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.213</strong></td>
<td><strong>3000</strong></td>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td><strong>On-line</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Channel 1</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.149</strong></td>
<td><strong>TD series</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.149</strong></td>
<td><strong>3000</strong></td>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td><strong>On-line</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>□ ■ 192.168.15.213</strong></p>
<p><strong>EJ[ ■ 192.168.15.149</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.144</strong></td>
<td><strong>TD series</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.144</strong></td>
<td><strong>3000</strong></td>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td><strong>On-line</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>E <em>9</em> Channel 1</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.148</strong></td>
<td><strong>TD series</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.148</strong></td>
<td><strong>3000</strong></td>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td><strong>On-line</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>E fc 192.168.15.144</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.139</strong></td>
<td><strong>TD series</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.139</strong></td>
<td><strong>3000</strong></td>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td><strong>On-line</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>□ ■ 192.168.15.148 g</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.184</strong></td>
<td><strong>TD series</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.184</strong></td>
<td><strong>3000</strong></td>
<td><strong>20</strong></td>
<td><strong>On-line</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>□ ■ 192.168.15.139 1</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.52</strong></td>
<td><strong>TD series</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.52</strong></td>
<td><strong>3000</strong></td>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td><strong>On-line</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><strong>■ 192.168.15.184</strong></li>
<li><strong>■ 192.168.15.52</strong></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.188</strong></td>
<td><strong>TD series</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.188</strong></td>
<td><strong>3000</strong></td>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td><strong>On-line</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>□ ■ 192.168.15.188</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.197</strong></td>
<td><strong>TD series</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.197</strong></td>
<td><strong>3000</strong></td>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td><strong>On-line</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>□ ■ 192.168.15.197</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Turn off all</td>
<td>Turn off all videos connected at that moment.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>videos</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Main code</td>
<td>In the channel of login encode device, click this button to</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>stream</td>
<td>connect the main code stream video of the channel.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Subcode</p>
<p>stream</td>
<td>In the channel of login encode device, click this button to connect the subcode stream video of the channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video interruption</td>
<td>In the channel connected to video, click this button to disconnect the video of the channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start intercom</td>
<td>In the channel of login encode device, click this button to talk to the video source of the channel. Click this button in the channel of DVR/NVR device, the intercom box &#8220;Talking to XXXX&#8221; will pop up to start talking with DVR/NVR; click this button in the channel of IPC device, the intercom box &#8220;Talking to XXX&#8221; will pop up to start talking with IPC device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stop intercom</td>
<td>In the channel of login encode device, click this button to stop the intercom with video source of the channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Time calibration</td>
<td>To conduct time calibration on this on-line device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Change channel name</td>
<td>Change the name of currently selected channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manual alarm</td>
<td>Cancel the current alarm in the channel in video manually.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.2.1.3</p>
<p>Choose one alarming input port in group in the equipment list, click the right key and the right key menu of equipment list will pop out, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p>Ş 192.168.30.2&#8242;</p>
<p>192.168.““ “</p>
<p>Clear alarm</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark141"></a> 192.168.^.^</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark142"></a> 192.168.30.2&#8242;</li>
</ul>
<p>Figure 5.2.1.4</p>
<p>Relevant parameters are described as below:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manual alarm</td>
<td>If the equipment alarm inputs alarm, click “Manual</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>cancellation</td>
<td>alarm cancellation” to clear the alarm in process.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.2.1.4</p>
<p>Choose one alarming output port in group in the equipment list, click the right key and the right key menu of equipment list will pop out, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="454" height="242" class="wp-image-1215" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-64.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 64" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 504" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-64.jpeg 454w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-64-300x160.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 454px) 100vw, 454px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.2.1.5</p>
<p>Relevant parameters are described as below:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Open/close alarm</td>
<td>Control the on/off status of alarm output port.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>output</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.2.1.5</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark143"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark144"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark145"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark146"></a> Video preview window</li>
</ol>
<p>In video preview window, the video will be displayed in the middle, capture menu, video menu and sound menu are in the left lower part, menus can realize its function respectively. Double click video window to maximize it and double click it again to restore, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="769" height="417" class="wp-image-1216" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-65.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 65" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 505" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-65.jpeg 769w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-65-300x163.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 769px) 100vw, 769px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.2.2.1</p>
<p>During the video preview, the split screen window will self-adapt to the video according to the number of linked videos, and it supports the real-time video playing of devices added in various ways.</p>
<p>The target bar in the below will display human face information, age, sex, whether or not wearing a mask, whether or not wearing glasses and physical temperature, etc.</p>
<p>The target bar in the right will display the comparison similarity result with the human face database, and the strangers’ face will not be displayed.</p>
<p>When previewing video, the target bar on the right side can display the real-time detected face information.</p>
<p>When previewing video, the status bar at bottom left (in dark color) may display current channel is connecting respectively, audio preview, capture function, instant playback and channel video recording are supported. The channel name will be displayed at bottom right, when the alert is turned on, the right upper corner of the video window will display the alert icon and not to</p>
<p>display it when the alert is turned off, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="764" height="413" class="wp-image-1217" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-66.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 66" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 506" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-66.jpeg 764w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-66-300x162.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 764px) 100vw, 764px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.2.2.2</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark147"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark148"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark149"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark150"></a> Toolbar in video preview interface</li>
</ol>
<p>The description of icons in toolbar in video preview interface is as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Icon</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Capture all, to capture windows of all connected</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>videos at current screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>ilil</strong></td>
<td>Start all recording, record windows of all connected videos at current screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>fc</strong></td>
<td>Intercom list, display current intercom status.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Save view, users click to save current view information.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>S</strong></td>
<td>Rotating display plan, allow users to set their own switch mode, so that Easy7 can automatically switch video channels on [Real-time preview] interface for users’ convenient browse.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>El</strong></td>
<td>Start rotating display, automatically switch video channels to preview according to rotating display plan.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Group switching list, click this button to display group switching list. There will have devices in the list only when right click the device group in customized device list of device list on the left to select and add devices to [Add to group switching list].</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>|jF|j</td>
<td>Last group, which supports the manual switch group to switch the last screen of group.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[5~j]</strong></td>
<td>Start/Stop group switching, open video window, click this button to conduct group switching; click again to</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>stop group switching.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Next group, which supports the manual switch group to switch the next screen of group.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o</td>
<td>Set number of video views, click and the setting menu of displayer will pop up.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>m</td>
<td>Full screen, click to display video window at full screen. Click ESC button or right click the video to cancel full-screen display to escape from full-screen model.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Gb</td>
<td>Indicate that the video connecting status is direct connection</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>e</td>
<td>Turn off the video, i.e. disconnect the connection of present video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>*»/♦</td>
<td>Turn on audio / Turn off audio</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Screen capture, capture the picture of the present video<sub>o</sub></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>!&amp;</td>
<td>Turn on tape recording / turn off tape recording</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Instant replay, which supports timely view of present playback based on demands. The time of instant replay can be modified according to System settings -&gt; Video-related -&gt; Time of instant playback.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Return to preview to exit the page of instant playback.</p>
<p>Table 5.1.2.1</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark151"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark152"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark153"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark154"></a> 2. Right key menu of video preview window</li>
</ol>
<p>Right click video preview window and the right key menu of video preview window will pop up, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="533" height="545" class="wp-image-1218" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-67.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 67" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 507" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-67.jpeg 533w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-67-293x300.jpeg 293w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 533px) 100vw, 533px" /></p>
<p>Turn off the video</p>
<p>Audio pre-view</p>
<p>Snap shot</p>
<p>Adjust the video&#8217;s aspect ratio</p>
<p>control</p>
<p>Switching of main code and subcode streams</p>
<p>16:9</p>
<p>Video parameter</p>
<p>16:10</p>
<p>9:16</p>
<p>Time calibration</p>
<p>Change channel name</p>
<p>Full screen</p>
<p>Clear alarm</p>
<p>✓ Defence</p>
<p>Figure 5.2.2.3</p>
<p>The description of related parameters is as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Turn off the video</td>
<td>Click on the single video window of connected video to turn off the video in the window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Audio pre-view</td>
<td>Click on the single video window of connected video to listen to the audio of video channel in the window.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Snap shot</td>
<td>Click on the single video window of connected video to take snap shot of the window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Adjust the video’s aspect ratio</td>
<td>Adjust the video’s aspect ratio, filled, 4:3, 16:9, 16:10 and 9: 16 supported.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Control</td>
<td>Electronic amplification and fast ball 3D control are available.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Electronic amplification</td>
<td>After enabling the electronic amplification function, press and hold left button of mouse and move the mouse in video &amp; image area to choose the area you want to amplify (roll the pulley of mouse to amplify the image in the area chosen).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Fast ball 3D control</td>
<td>By clicking mouse, the scenes monitored are adjusted to video center. In detail:</p>
<ol>
<li>Click the left button on the point of monitored video and the point will move to center of the video.</li>
<li>Press and hold the left button and move the mouse downward and rightward to choose a rectangular area. The center of the rectangular</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>area chosen will move to the center of the video and amplify.</p>
<p>3. Press and hold the left button and move the mouse upward and leftward to choose a rectangular area. The center of the rectangular area chosen will move to the center of the video and shrinks.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Switching of main code and subcode streams</td>
<td>Auto switch between main code and subcode streams. Support simultaneous switch among native video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Video parameter</td>
<td>Set the display parameter of currently selected video: brightness, contrast, saturation and Hue.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Video parameter X</p>
<p><sup>50</sup> *</p>
<p>Brightness •</p>
<p>50</p>
<p>□ Contrast *</p>
<p>50</p>
<p>Q Saturation ®</p>
<p>50</p>
<p>• Hue •</p>
<p>/♦Restore Default</td>
<td></td>
<td>Modify video parameters of selected video, restore default supported.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Time calibration</td>
<td>Conduct time calibration on the on-line device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Change channel name</td>
<td>Change the name of currently selected channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Full screen</td>
<td>Display video view window at full screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Manual alarm</td>
<td>Cancel the current alarm in the channel in video manually.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Defense</td>
<td>Support one-key defense</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>deployment/withdrawal function.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.2.2.2</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark155"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark156"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark157"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark158"></a> 3. Rotating display plan</li>
</ol>
<p>The main function of rotating display plan is to allow users to set their own switch mode, so that Easy7 can automatically switch video channels on [Live</p>
<p>View] interface for users’ convenient browse. Notice: A Liveview window supports up to 64 Cameras previews.</p>
<ol>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="55" height="46" class="wp-image-1219" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-68.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 68" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 508"><a id="post-1151-bookmark159"></a> Add view:</li>
</ol>
<p>After configuring the split screen scheme and the video played, click</p>
<p>&#8221; in preview interface toolbar to save view, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="200" class="wp-image-1220" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-69.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 69" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 509" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-69.jpeg 355w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-69-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.2.2.4</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark160"></a> Add rotating display plan:</li>
</ol>
<p>Click view bar on the left and select the view to be added, right click &#8220;Add to the regular rotating switch program&#8221;, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p>Device List</p>
<p>View</p>
<p>test-face</p>
<p>Name change</p>
<p>Added to the regular rotating switch program</p>
<p>Delete</p>
<p>Figure 5.2.2.5</p>
<ol>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="64" height="64" class="wp-image-1221" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-70.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 70" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 510"><a id="post-1151-bookmark161"></a> Set rotating display plan: in preview interface toolbar in bottom right to enter to List of</li>
</ol>
<p>Click</p>
<p>view rotating display plan interface, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="585" class="wp-image-1222" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-71.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 71" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 511" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-71.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-71-300x297.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.2.2.6</p>
<p>(1) Change the rotating display intervals: tick and select the view to</p>
<p>be modified, click &#8221;</p>
<p><strong><em>0</em> Modify</strong></p>
<p>too change the rotating display interval (the</p>
<p>range of interval value is 30~3600s), as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="195" class="wp-image-1223" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-72.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 72" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 512" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-72.jpeg 355w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-72-300x165.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.2.2.7</p>
<p>(2) Delete: tick and select the view to be deleted, click</p>
<p>n Delete</p>
<p>to</p>
<p>delete the view, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="361" height="200" class="wp-image-1224" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-73.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 73" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 513" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-73.jpeg 361w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-73-300x166.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 361px) 100vw, 361px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.2.2.8</p>
<p>(3) Move upwards/Move down: tick and select the view to be moved,</p>
<p>click &#8221;</p>
<p>/I Move upward</p>
<p>t/ Move down</p>
<p>&#8221; to adjust the view play order.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark162"></a> Turn on/Turn off rotating display plan:</li>
</ol>
<p>Click &#8221; <sup>3 k</sup>&#8221; in preview interface toolbar on bottom right to turn on rotating display plan, click again to turn off rotating display plan.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark163"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark164"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark165"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark166"></a> 4. Group switching setting</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark167"></a> Add group switching:</li>
</ol>
<p>Right click a group in &#8220;Device list&#8221; on the left, click &#8220;Add to group switching list&#8221; to add group switching, the pop-up notice box is shown as follows:</p>
<p>Notice X</p>
<p>Succeeded to add to view cruise plan.</p>
<p>OK</p>
<p>Figure 5.2.2.9</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark168"></a> Set group switching:</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="70" height="46" class="wp-image-1225" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-74.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 74" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 514"></p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>in preview interface toolbar on bottom right to set interval and</p>
<p>group split screen number of group switching, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="588" class="wp-image-1226" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-75.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 75" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 515" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-75.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-75-300x298.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-75-150x150.jpeg 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.2.2.10</p>
<p>(1) Set group switching interval: set group switching interval in upper part of the interface, the range of interval value is 30~3600s.</p>
<p>(2) Set split screen number, -x- screen (not to change split</p>
<p>screen number and keep original split screen number), 1&#215;1 screen and 2&#215;2 screen supported. Two methods can be adopted</p>
<p>to change split screen number, explained as follows:</p>
<p>©Click &#8221;</p>
<p><strong><em>0</em></strong> Modify</p>
<p>to enter Set Split Screen Number</p>
<p>interface;</p>
<p>©Double click the split screen number in Group Split</p>
<p>Screen to set enter Set Split Screen Number interface, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="464" class="wp-image-1227" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-76.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 76" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 516" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-76.jpeg 355w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-76-230x300.jpeg 230w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.2.2.11</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark169"></a> Turn on/Turn off group switching:</li>
</ol>
<p>Click &#8220;^^&#8221; on preview interface toolbar on bottom right to turn on group switching, click again to turn off group switching.</p>
<p><strong>5.2.2. 5. Target Information</strong></p>
<p>Under and in the right of real-time preview interface, display information of identified persons and the comparison human face database, as is shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="451" height="403" class="wp-image-1228" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-77.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 77" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 517" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-77.jpeg 451w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-77-300x268.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 451px) 100vw, 451px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="350" height="416" class="wp-image-1229" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-78.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 78" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 518" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-78.jpeg 350w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-78-252x300.jpeg 252w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 350px) 100vw, 350px" /></p>
<p>Real-Time</p>
<p>Youth</p>
<p>Male</p>
<p>No mask</p>
<p>Wearing glasses</p>
<p>192.16 8.16.22.1-Channel 1</p>
<p>2020-11 -23 10:24:29</p>
<p>Figure5.2.2.12</p>
<p>The target information can identify the person&#8217;s age, sex, whether or not wearing a mask, whether or not wearing glasses, detected physical temperature and detection time in real time. At the same time, it can also identify whether the person matches in the human face database. If yes, it can be compared with the pictures uploaded in the database, and the similarity, the name of the person and the detection time will be displayed, otherwise stranger alarm will be on.</p>
<p>If previous record needs to be checked, shift to “History” to check history information.</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark170"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark171"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark172"></a> 5.2.3. View</p>
<p>View list shows currently saved view tag, double click to preview the information of this view. Right click this list view node and a menu will pop up, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p>Name change</p>
<p>Added to the regular rotating switch program</p>
<p>Delete</p>
<p>Figure 5.2.3</p>
<p>The description of related parameters is as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name change</td>
<td>Click to change view name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add to the regular</td>
<td>Click to add the view to the regular rotating switch plan</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>rotating switch plan</td>
<td>list.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Delete</td>
<td>Click to delete this view information node from view list.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.2.3</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark173"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark174"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark175"></a> 5.2.4. PTZ control</p>
<p>PTZ control may control PTZ speed, preset, etc., as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="297" height="349" class="wp-image-1230" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-79.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 79" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 519" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-79.jpeg 297w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-79-255x300.jpeg 255w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 297px) 100vw, 297px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.2.4</p>
<p>The description of icons on PTZ control interface is as follows:</p>
<p>Description</p>
<p>Icon</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>8-direction key, press corresponding direction key to control PTZ to rotate in the direction accordingly; the center button is scan shortcut key.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Zoom control button, press &#8220;Q&#8221; to control the device to perform zoom-out operation, the field of view angle becomes larger and the scene becomes smaller; press &#8220;<sup>,j</sup>a&#8221; control device to perform zoom-in operation, the field of view angle becomes smaller and the scene becomes larger.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>•*/*</td>
<td>Focus control button, press &#8220;^ &#8221; to control the device to perform focusing-in operation, the near scene is clear and the far scene is fuzzy; press &#8221; “ &#8221; to control the device to perform focusing-out operation, the far scene is clear and the near scene is fuzzy.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Aperture control button, press &#8216;©&#8221; to control the device to perform aperture reduction operation, press &#8220;A<sup>:</sup>&#8221; to control device to perform aperture enlargement operation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="3">The slider can adjust the rotation speed of the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■Speed ♦ 1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Set the preset number for calling.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Call the preset. Select saved preset, click to call and the screen will jump to the preset part.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>EJ</strong></td>
<td>Set the preset. Select the preset number to be saved, adjust the screen to the preset to be saved, click Set to save this position.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.2.4</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark176"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark177"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark178"></a> 5.2.5. Senior</p>
<p>Senior may set the light, power and wiper, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="118" height="250" class="wp-image-1231" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-80.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 80" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 520"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="116" height="133" class="wp-image-1232" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-81.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 81" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 521"></p>
<p>Advanced Function</p>
<p>Figure 5.1.5</p>
<p>The description of related parameters is as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="4">Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Light</p>
<p>Open</td>
<td><strong>Close j</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Open/close light.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td>Power</p>
<p>Open</td>
<td><strong>j Close j</strong></td>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td>Open/close power.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="172" height="118" class="wp-image-1233" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-82.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 82" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 522"></p>
<p>Open wiper.</p>
<p>Table 5.2.5</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark179"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark180"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark181"></a> 5. 3. Video playback</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="61" height="60" class="wp-image-1234" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-83.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 83" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 523"></p>
<p>Click the video playback icon</p>
<p>on home page to enter video playback</p>
<p>interface, query of video recording and time-based video downloading are</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="468" class="wp-image-1235" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-84.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 84" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 524" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-84.jpeg 864w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-84-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-84-768x416.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></p>
<p>supported, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p>Figure 5.3</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark182"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark183"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark184"></a> 5.3.1. Video query</p>
<p>In video playback interface, click Watch point on the left, set range of time</p>
<p>for query, if more precise query is required, click</p>
<p>▼ More</p>
<p>to set storage type,</p>
<p>stream type and other screening conditions for query, then click</p>
<p>a More</p>
<p>again</p>
<p>to hide detailed screening condition, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="168" height="710" class="wp-image-1236" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-85.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 85" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 525" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-85.jpeg 168w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-85-71x300.jpeg 71w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 168px) 100vw, 168px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="194" class="wp-image-1237" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-86.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 86" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 526" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-86.jpeg 355w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-86-300x164.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></p>
<p>Monitoring point</p>
<p>Figure 5.3.1.2</p>
<p>El ■ fa Device List</p>
<p>El !■ fa 10.30.10.80</p>
<p>El <em>\Z</em> fa 10.30.10.5</p>
<p>El I fa 192.168.15.184</p>
<p>El □ fa 192.168.1.31</p>
<p>El 0 fa 192.168.16.221</p>
<p>□ fa 192.168.16.222</p>
<p>El I fa 192.168.1.80</p>
<p>Query</p>
<p>Time Range</p>
<p>2020-11-28 00:00:00</p>
<p>2020-11-28 23:59:59</p>
<p>▼ More</p>
<p>Storage location</p>
<p>Remote storage</p>
<p>Stream type</p>
<p>Mainstream</p>
<p>El Query</p>
<p>(5 Time-based download</p>
<p>Query results j</p>
<p>Figure 5.3.1.1</p>
<p>Select range of time, select the start time on the start calendar of the time range and the end time on the calendar for the end time.</p>
<p>When front-end storage is selected in storage type, following stream types can be selected, both main code stream and subcode stream supported.</p>
<p>When conditions are selected, click Query to display query result notice box, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>Query results</p>
<p>below to check current query results, the</p>
<p>expanded interface is shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="237" height="330" class="wp-image-1238" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-87.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 87" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 527" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-87.jpeg 237w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-87-215x300.jpeg 215w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 237px) 100vw, 237px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.3.1.3</p>
<p>At this time, the query results will be displayed on the progress bar, and users can playback by clicking the time point on the progress bar</p>
<p>Note: The front-end storage video supports synchronous playback (four- channel synchronous playback supports at most).</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark185"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark186"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark187"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark188"></a> Video playback</li>
</ol>
<p>Play mode 1: for queried videos, double click one video file to realize playback of the file.</p>
<p>Play mode 2: select a playback window, click ► of playback control to realize video playback on time axis related to selected window.</p>
<p>Play mode 3: select a playback window, directly click the time point in time axis to play back from that time point.</p>
<p><strong>5.3.2.I. Playback control</strong></p>
<p>The playback control menu is shown as follows:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="123" class="wp-image-1239" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-88.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 88" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 528" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-88.jpeg 866w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-88-300x43.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-88-768x109.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.3.2.1</p>
<p>The description of icons on playback control interface is as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Icon</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>On/off synchronous playback; asynchronous playback is set by default. Click to enter synchronous playback mode and click again to exit it. Note: Synchronous playback not supported for local video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Slow forward button, click to make the video file play slowly.</p>
<p>Note: as for the equipment added by P2P direct connection, click the “slow play” button to slow from 4x to 2x and from 2x to 1x. 1x speed is the slowest. 1/2 speed is not supported.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Fast forward button, click to make the video file play quickly.</p>
<p>Note: the equipment added by P2P direct connection supports 4X speed playing at most.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>► / II</strong></td>
<td>Play/Pause button, click to control the start/pause of video file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>N</strong></td>
<td>Step forward button, click to make the video file play frame by frame.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Stop button, click to stop the playback of current video file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ut*)</td>
<td>Capturing button. Click it to capture the video file that is selected and being played.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>&amp;</strong></td>
<td>Video clip button: click it to start video clip and click it again to finish that. The time axis of clipped section will become red and the target section will be saved. The format of video saved can be modified by setting “system settings -&gt; video -&gt; download video format”; three formats sdv ,mp4, and avi are available.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>o</strong></td>
<td>Set screen number button, click to pop up the menu of playback window split screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>1&#215;1 screen playback supported, click and the video playback window will display in single screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>1&#215;2 screen playback supported, click and the video playback window will display in two split screens.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>1&#215;3 screen playback supported, click and the video</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>playback window will display in three split screens.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>2&#215;2 screen playback supported, click and the video playback window will display in four split screens.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>3&#215;3 screen playback supported, click and the video playback window will display in nine split screens.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">■■■■ ■■■■</td>
<td>4&#215;4 screen playback supported, click and the video playback window will display in sixteen split screens.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">M</td>
<td>Full screen display button, click to display the playback window in full screen. Click ESC or right click to cancel full screen display to turn off full screen display.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Volume adjustment bar, drag to adjust the sound of video playback. Click on the horn to turn sound on/off.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">□/□</td>
<td>Used to adjust the accuracy of time axis.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Window 1</td>
<td></td>
<td>Display the current control window number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Video type filter button, click to filter the video time axis type, and the time axis of unselected video type will not be displayed. The filter of all types, alarm recording, timing recording and manual recording is supported.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.3.2.1</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark189"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark190"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark191"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark192"></a> 2. Right key menu of playback window</li>
</ol>
<p>In video playback window, right click, and the right key menu of playback window will pop up, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><strong>Stop playback</strong></p>
<p><strong>Snap shot</strong></p>
<p><strong>Change channel name</strong></p>
<p><strong>Full screen</strong></p>
<p><strong>Electronic zoom</strong></p>
<p>Figure 5.3.2.2</p>
<p>The description of related parameter is as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stop playback</td>
<td>Click to stop the playback of current video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Snap shot</td>
<td>Click to snap shot of selected playback window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Change channel name</td>
<td>Click to change channel name of selected playback window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Full screen</td>
<td>Click to display the playback window at full screen.</p>
<p>Click again to turn off full screen display.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Electronic zoom</td>
<td>Click the left button of mouse to choose and zoom in the area.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.3.2.2</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark193"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark194"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark195"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark196"></a> Video downloading</li>
</ol>
<p>The downloading is divided into two modes: by file and by time segment.</p>
<p><strong>5.3.3.I. Download by file</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark197"></a> Batch downloading:</li>
</ol>
<p>In video playback interface, click query result to check query result interface, tick and select several video files and right click, click &#8220;^J&#8221; to conduct</p>
<p>batch downloading, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="237" height="217" class="wp-image-1240" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-89.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 89" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 529"></p>
<p>Figure 5.3.3.1</p>
<p>Click &#8221; &#8221; to enter export progress list interface to check the progress of</p>
<p>file downloading, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="377" class="wp-image-1241" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-90.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 90" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 530" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-90.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-90-300x191.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.3.3.2</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark198"></a> Stop export:</li>
</ol>
<p>In export progress list, select the file needs to stop export, right click this</p>
<p>file, select</p>
<p>Stop Export</p>
<p>to stop downloading the file, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="592" height="378" class="wp-image-1242" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-91.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 91" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 531" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-91.jpeg 592w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-91-300x192.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 592px) 100vw, 592px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.3.3.3</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark199"></a> ReExport:</li>
</ol>
<p>In export progress list, select the file needs to re-export, right click this file,</p>
<p>select &#8221;</p>
<p>ReExport</p>
<p>to export this file again to download.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark200"></a> Clean record:</li>
</ol>
<p>In export progress list, right click a file, select</p>
<p>Clean Record</p>
<p>to delete all</p>
<p>downloaded records.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark201"></a> Clean all: downloaded records in the list.</li>
</ol>
<p>In export progress list, right click a file, select</p>
<p>Clean All</p>
<p>to delete all</p>
<p>( Note: When downloading front-end storage video files, only one record file can be downloaded at the same time. )</p>
<p><strong>5.3.3. 2. By time segment</strong></p>
<p>The video on the front-end storage supports downloading by time segment.</p>
<p>Select the channel you want to download (either through the drop-down menu or by clicking the channel in the tree list), select the time segment youwant to download, and then click &#8221;</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark202"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark203"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark204"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark205"></a> Recent browsing</li>
</ol>
<p>Q Time-based download</p>
<p>Record the latest video and click to preview it , as shown in below figure:</p>
<p>Recent browsing</p>
<p>192.168.16.221-Channel 1 2020-11-28 00:00:00</p>
<p>Figure 5.3.4</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark206"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark207"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark208"></a> 5.4. System Configuration</p>
<p>Click the system configuration icon I J on home page to enter system settings interface.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark209"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark210"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark211"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark212"></a> Common settings</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="601" height="527" class="wp-image-1243" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-92.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 92" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 532" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-92.jpeg 601w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-92-300x263.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 601px) 100vw, 601px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="332" height="208" class="wp-image-1244" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-93.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 93" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 533" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-93.jpeg 332w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-93-300x188.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-93-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 332px) 100vw, 332px" /> @ © I e (!) &#8211; □ x 16:12:10</p>
<p>Figure 5.4.1.1</p>
<p>admin</p>
<p>The description of related parameters in the interface is as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Login</p>
<p>Settings</td>
<td>Automatic Login</p>
<p>Software</td>
<td>Tick and select, after fill in correct [User name] and [Password] by users, Easy7 will realize automatic software login function when the operation system starts.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Path Setting</td>
<td>Save path of capture photo</td>
<td>The save path of capture, preview and playback photo.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Download</p>
<p>Save Path</td>
<td>The save path of video download.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">System</td>
<td>Language</td>
<td>Set the language of software system, effective after restart.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Skin</td>
<td>Set the skin of software system, effective after restart.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Data backup</td>
<td>Data backup path</td>
<td>Back up, recover, clean up and re­index software database backup</p>
<p>files.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Configuration</td>
<td>Import/export relevant configuration information with one key, such as equipment list, user authority and</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>electronic map.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Log Settings</td>
<td>Period of keeping operation log</td>
<td>Set the save time of each operation log.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period of keeping</p>
<p>alarm log</td>
<td>Set the save time of each alarm log.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Restore Default</td>
<td>Restore the configuration of current page to the configuration information when initially installed.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.4.1</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark213"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark214"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark215"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark216"></a> Video Settings</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td>Home page</td>
<td>configuration</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>ijt Common Settings</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Qi Video Settings</td>
<td>■| □ Automatically restore the stat.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>A Alarm grade</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Switch between Main and Su&#8230;</td>
<td>(•) Automatic O Manual</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>ft Storage management</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>4b </strong>Intelligent application</td>
<td>Automatic Switching Screen&#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>▼</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>i3i P2P setting</td>
<td>Manual Default Connection</td>
<td>Substream</td>
<td></td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Play property setting</td>
<td><strong>Good fluency</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>| * Take effect after replaying video</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Decoding mode setting</td>
<td>Software decode</td>
<td></td>
<td>| ‘Take effect after reboot</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Video download format</td>
<td>SDV format</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Preview frame rate</td>
<td><strong>tilde</strong></td>
<td>—</td>
<td>* Take effect after replaying video</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5.4.2</p>
<p>The description of related parameters in the interface is as follows:</p>
<p>Description</p>
<p>Parameter</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Automatically restore the state last time you exit from the system</td>
<td>The video connected to video preview, when turns on the software again, the video before turn-off will restore connection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Switch between</p>
<p>Main and Sub</p>
<p>Streams, Automatic</p>
<p>Switching Screen</p>
<p>Number</td>
<td>Set switching screen number, when the number of windows displayed in the client-side video browsing interface is greater than the number of split screens, the connected channel video will default to the subcode stream.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manual Default</p>
<p>Connection</td>
<td>Set the code stream type of default play.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Play property setting</td>
<td>Available to set Good fluency/Minimum delay. Take effect after replaying video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Decoding mode</p>
<p>setting</td>
<td>Software decode and hardware decoding are supported, effective after restart. Take effect after reboot.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video download</p>
<p>format</td>
<td>The download recording may set SDV (private format) ,MP4 (general format) and AVI format.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Preview frame rate</td>
<td>Show or conceal frame rate on preview screen. Take effect after accessing video again.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.4.2</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark217"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark218"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark219"></a> 5.4.3. Alarm grade</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="474" class="wp-image-1245" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-94.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 94" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 534" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-94.jpeg 870w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-94-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-94-768x418.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.4.3</p>
<p>Drag the alarm type label to other grades to set the type to a new grade.</p>
<p>Alarm grade is used for alarm record filter.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark220"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark221"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark222"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark223"></a> Storage management</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td colspan="2">Home page Device management</td>
<td>System configuration</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>a û</td>
<td>&#8211; □ X 16:14:01</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Common Settings</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Continuous record!&#8230;</td>
<td>30</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Q </strong>Video Settings</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>A </strong>Alarm grade</td>
<td>Record format</td>
<td>sdv</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>fl Storage management</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Type of recor. ..</td>
<td>Mainstream</td>
<td>71</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Intelligent application</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>I</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>ÖI P2P setting</td>
<td>Min. disk space</td>
<td>® By percentag</td>
<td>&#8230; O By space</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>10</td>
<td>%</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Disk Tull</td>
<td>® Delete data^</td>
<td>Stop storing data</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>storage local&#8230;</td>
<td>Location</td>
<td>Total size (G) railable space f<sup>1</sup>;</td>
<td>Available space (G)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Store face snapshots and I&#8230;</td>
<td><strong><em>□ C&#8217;J</em></strong></td>
<td><strong>150 46.5</strong></td>
<td><strong>70</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong><em>DJ</em></strong></td>
<td><strong>261 38.5</strong></td>
<td><strong>100</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>□ E7</strong></td>
<td><strong>260 7.8</strong></td>
<td><strong>20</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>260 80.5</td>
<td>209</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Restore Default</td>
<td>Save</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>A</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">©Tiandy Co.,Ltd All Rights Reserved</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>admin</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5.4.4</p>
<p>The description of related parameters in the interface is as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Continuous recording</p>
<p>time (min)</td>
<td>Set the time of continuous recording (recording packaging), the time range is 5~120 min.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Record format</td>
<td>SDV format , mp4 format and AVI format are supported for recording storage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type of record streaming</td>
<td>Main code stream and minor stream supported.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Min. disk space</td>
<td>Supported to set by percentage (%) or by space (G), fill in corresponding parameter in the text box below.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Disk full</td>
<td>Supported to select and delete the earliest local recording or stop recording.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Storage location</td>
<td>Set the storage location of files.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.4.3</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark224"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark225"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark226"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark227"></a> Intelligence application</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="871" height="446" class="wp-image-1246" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-95.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 95" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 535" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-95.jpeg 871w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-95-300x154.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-95-768x393.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 871px) 100vw, 871px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.4.5</p>
<p>After ticking “enable intelligent applications”, pictures of human face and man lock can be received. The picture snapshot reserve time can be defined for actual need.</p>
<p>After checking deletion strategy, the strategy can be executed after the upper limit of the stored guest flow duration (6-24 months be supported to choose from) is reached.</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark228"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark229"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark230"></a> 5.4.6. P2P setting</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="308" height="260" class="wp-image-1247" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-96.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 96" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 536" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-96.jpeg 308w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-96-300x253.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 308px) 100vw, 308px" /></p>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>Home page</p>
<p>System configuration</p>
<p>Common Settings</p>
<p><strong>Q </strong>Video Settings</p>
<p><strong>A </strong>Alarm grade</p>
<p><strong>a </strong>Storage management</p>
<p>ft Intelligent application</p>
<p>©P2P setting</p>
<p>Figure 5.4.6</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Parameter</th>
<th>Description</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Region</td>
<td>The place of P2P equipment configuration</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User name</td>
<td>Enter the user name of P2P mobile phone client side</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
<td>Enter the password of P2P mobile phone client side</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log in</td>
<td>Enter correct user name and password to log in successfully.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Save</td>
<td>Click “save” to save the current configuration. That</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The description of related parameters in the interface is as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>takes effect after restarting the program.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.4.6</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark231"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark232"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark233"></a> 5. 5. Alarm management</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="60" height="57" class="wp-image-1248" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-97.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 97" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 537"></p>
<p>Click the alarm management icon</p>
<p>on home page to enter alarm</p>
<p>management interface.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark234"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark235"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark236"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark237"></a> Real-time alarm</li>
</ol>
<p>Real-time alarm list displays the alarm received after this login. The list will be refreshed automatically, time of alarm, source of alarm, type of alarm, alarm grade and other alarm information will be displayed, as shown in below figure:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">® a l a &#8211; □</p>
<p>Tiandy Homepage Alarm management</p>
<p>Real-time alarm History alarm</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>cnee* C)&gt;) Finer level </strong><em>j</em><strong> Select all £ Grade 1 • 0 Grade 2 • £ Grade 3*0 Grade 4 • Grade 5 •</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Time of alarm Source of alarm Alarm Type Alarm status Preview Alarm grade</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>A</strong></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-2511:17:35 192.168.23.53-Channei 1 Video motion alarm Alarm Play 5Grade •</strong></p>
<p><strong>2021-11-25 11:17:33 192 168 23 53-cnannet 1 Video motion alarm Alarm removal 5Grade •</strong></p>
<p><strong>2021-11-2511:17:22 192 168 23 53-Channei 1 Video motion alarm Alarm Play 5Grade •</strong></p>
<p><strong>2021-11-2511:17:04 192.168.23.53-Channet 1 Video motion alarm Alarm removal 5Grade •</strong></p>
<p><strong>2021-11-2511:16:36 192.168.23.53-criannet 1 Video motion alarm Alarm Play SGrade •</strong></p>
<p><strong>2021-11-25 11:16:33 192 168 23 53-cnanriet 1 Video motion alarm Alarm removal 5Grade ■</strong></p>
<p><strong>2021-11-2511:16:13 192 168 23 53-Ctiannet 1 Video motion alarm Alarm Play 5Graae •</strong></p>
<p><strong>2021-11-2511:16:11 192.168.23.53-Channei 1 Video motion alarm Alarm removal 5Grade •</strong></p>
<p><strong>2021-11-2511:16:00 192168 23 53-cnannei 1 video motion alarm Alarm Play 5Grade •</strong></p>
<p><strong>2021-11-2511:15:29 192168.23 53-Channei 1 Video motion alarm Alarm removal 5Grade •</strong></p>
<p><strong>2021-11-2511:15:19 192168 23 53 Channel 1 Video motion alarm Alarm Play 5Grade •</strong></p>
<p><strong>2021-11-2511:15:09 192168 23 53-Channet 1 Video motion alarm Alarm removal SGrade •</strong></p>
<p><strong>2021-11-2511:12:52 192.168-23.53-Ctiannet 1 Video motion alarm Alarm Play 5Graae •</strong></p>
<p><strong>2021-11-2511:12:47 192168 23 53-Channet 1 Video motion alarm Alarm removal 5Grade ■</strong></p>
<p><strong>HI 0-33 1Ü5 1Î &#8216;1 (&#8220;hanrö 1 Vvtan mntirm alarm Ham mrwu ■</strong></p>
<p><strong>CTianoy Co .Ud Ail Rights Reserved <sup>3</sup></strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5.5.1</p>
<p>The description of related parameters in the interface is as follow:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Check</td>
<td>Tick and select alarm records need to be checked, click to fill in handling suggestion, the checked alarm</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>records will be removed from real-time alarm, the handing suggestion and checking status will update to the history alarm record of corresponding alarm record.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Audio</td>
<td>Click to turn on/off alarm audio.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Play</td>
<td>Click to play the video 10s before and after the time of alarm, if there’s no video, real-time preview will be displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Filter level</td>
<td>Tick and select filter level, the selected level will be displayed in the list, nothing will be displayed if on level selected.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.5.1</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark238"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark239"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark240"></a> 5.5.2. History alarm</p>
<p>History alarm list displays all alarms, including checked and unchecked alarms, as shown in below figure:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td colspan="2">Home page</td>
<td>Alarm management</td>
<td colspan="9"><strong>©</strong></td>
<td><strong>8 | 0 &#8211; O X 11:17:56</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Real-time alarm</strong></td>
<td><strong>i History alarm</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Starling time</strong></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-25 00 00 00</strong></td>
<td>E</td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Endtime 2021-11-2523 50 59 E</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Source ol alarm</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Type</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>• status check *•</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>&gt; User check .</strong></td>
<td><strong>«II</strong></td>
<td><strong>’ 1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Query</strong></td>
<td><strong>Reset</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Check</strong></td>
<td><strong>Output</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Fitter level g</strong></td>
<td><strong>Select all</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>v Gradel</strong></td>
<td><strong>•/ Grade 2 • -■ Grade 3</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>• g Grade 4 • <em>s</em> Grade 5 •</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Tame of alarm</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Source of alarm</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm status</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Preview</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Alarm grade</strong></td>
<td><strong>Status check</strong></td>
<td><strong>User check</strong></td>
<td><strong>Time chec</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-25 1117:35</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>192 1662353-Chanoel 1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Video motion alarm</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Play</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>5Grade</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Moi confirmed</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-2511:17:33</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>192.166.23.53-Ctiarwiel 1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Video motion alarm</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm removal</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>5Grade</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Not confirmed</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-25 11:17:22</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>192.168.23.53-Cnantiel 1</strong></td>
<td><strong>video motion alarm</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Play</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>5Grade</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Hot confirmed</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-25 11 17:04</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>192 168 23.53-Ctiannel 1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Video motion alarm</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm removal</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>5Grade</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Not confirmed</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-2511 16:36</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>192.168.23.53-criarmei 1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Video motion alarm</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Play</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>5Crade</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Not confirmed</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-2511:16:33</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>192 1662353-Cnanoel 1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Video motion alarm</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm removal</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>5Grade</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Not confirmed</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-2511:16:13</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>192.166.23.53-CtiarMiel 1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Video motion alarm</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Play</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>&amp;Grade</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Not confirmed</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-25 11 16:11</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>1921682353-cnanoeı i</strong></td>
<td><strong>Video motion alarm</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm removal</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>5Grade</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Not confirmed</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-251116:00</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>192 1662353-Ctiarwel 1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Video motion alarm</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Play</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>SGrade</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Not confirmed</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>TotaH 40Piece ToialSPage »ıtemsıpage ▼ &lt; 1</strong></td>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td><strong>3</strong></td>
<td><strong>&gt; To 1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Page</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>A</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>C Tiandy Co .Ltd Ail Rights Reserved</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>admin</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5.5.2</p>
<p>The description of related parameters in the interface is as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Starting time</td>
<td>Available to set the starting time of history alarm query.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>End time</td>
<td>Available to set the end time of history alarm query.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Source of alarm</td>
<td>Available to set the source of alarm of history alarm query, search by key word supported.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Status check</td>
<td>Available to set the checking status of history alarm query, including all, unchecked and checked.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User check</td>
<td>Available to set the checking user of history alarm query</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Query</td>
<td>Click to search history alarm information conforms to search condition.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Reset</td>
<td>Click to restore to default query condition.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Check</td>
<td>Tick and select alarm records need to be checked, click to fill in handling suggestion. Update verification status, verify users, verify real-time, and process comments after verification.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Output</td>
<td>Click to output query results to local device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Filter level</td>
<td>Tick and select filter level, the selected level will be displayed in the list, nothing will be displayed if on</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>level selected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Play</td>
<td>Click to play the video 10s before and after the time of alarm, if there’s no video, real-time preview will be displayed.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.5.2</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="66" height="67" class="wp-image-1249" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-98.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 98" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 538"><a id="post-1151-bookmark241"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark242"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark243"></a> 5.6. TV Wall</p>
<p>Click the TV wall icon</p>
<p>on homepage to enter TV wall configuration</p>
<p>interface. There are functions of TV wall configuration, TV wall management</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="542" class="wp-image-1250" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-99.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 99" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 539" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-99.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-99-300x188.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-99-768x480.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-99-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></p>
<p>and off-line switch settings as shown below.</p>
<p>Figure 5.6</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark244"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark245"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark246"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark247"></a> TV wall</li>
</ol>
<p>TV wall interface is mainly used for configuring TV wall video display.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark248"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark249"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark250"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark251"></a> TV Wall Video Configuration</li>
</ol>
<p>Choose TV wall name on TV wall page to show the current TV wall layout.</p>
<p>Choose a screen that needs video equipment. Choose the video equipment to be added in the left equipment list. One equipment can be added for only one</p>
<p>time.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="872" height="548" class="wp-image-1251" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-100.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 100" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 540" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-100.jpeg 872w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-100-300x189.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-100-768x483.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-100-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 872px) 100vw, 872px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.6.1.1</p>
<p>The relevant icons and parameters on the interface are described below:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Local preview</td>
<td>After starting preview, videos can be previewed on current TV wall interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>(M)</td>
<td>Set the quantity of screens. 1 screen, 4 screens, 6</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>screens, 8 screens, 9 screens, 16 screens, 25 screens and 36 screens can be supported for every decoding output channel. Choose decoding output channel and click screen quantity to set the upper limit of screens of the decoding output channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>| tg]]</td>
<td>Click the button to show switch group list. Click the right button to define the equipment group in equipment list on the left, choose [Add to switch group list] to add equipment in the list.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Last group, which supports the manual switch group to switch the last screen of group.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>[oil</td>
<td>Start / stop group switch: open video window, click the button to switch group; click it again to stop the group switch.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>fr]j</td>
<td>Next group, which supports the manual switch group to switch the next screen of group.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>B</td>
<td>Save the view: click to save the current view information.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>@1</td>
<td>View browse plan: users can set suitable switch way and Easy7 can switch video channel automatically on page [Real-time preview], which is convenient for users’ browse.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Start view browse and switch video channel automatically for preview according to the view browse plan.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Start all off-line switch, click to enable and start to watch decoding video of all output channels on decoder.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>fi fp</td>
<td>Stop all off-line switch, click to enable and start to stop all decoded videos.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.6.1.1</p>
<p>If splicing function of equipment is started, click the splicing screen with the right button as shown below.</p>
<p>Picture setting of splicing unit</p>
<p>Create display area</p>
<p>Create all display areas</p>
<p>Close all display areas</p>
<p>All windows zoom to a single screen</p>
<p>Save screen scheme</p>
<p>Application screen scheme</p>
<p>Restart the host</p>
<p>Figure 5.6.1.2</p>
<p>The relevant icons and parameters on the interface are described below:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Picture setting of</td>
<td>The quantity of screens set by splicing unit can be</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">spicing unit</td>
<td colspan="3">defined by user.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>User-defined X</p>
<p>Number of rows</p>
<p>Number of columns</p>
<p>OK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Create display area</td>
<td colspan="4">Choose the screen in splicing unit, click the right button to create display area.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Create all display areas</td>
<td colspan="4">Click the right button to display the screen areas in all splicing units.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Close all display areas</td>
<td colspan="4">Click the right button to close the screen areas in all splicing units.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>All windows zoom to a single screen</td>
<td colspan="4">Click the right button to shrink the maximized screen to the original.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Save screen</p>
<p>scheme</td>
<td colspan="4">Click the right button to save the display plan of screens in current all splicing units.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">Save screen scheme X</p>
<p>Project name</p>
<p>Save</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Application screen</p>
<p>scheme</td>
<td colspan="4">Click the right button to apply existing screen plan to current splicing unit.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="325" height="240" class="wp-image-1252" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-101.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 101" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 541" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-101.jpeg 325w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-101-300x222.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 325px) 100vw, 325px" /></p>
<p>Restart the host Restart the current decoder.</p>
<p>Table 5.6.1.2</p>
<p>The display area created by clicking the right button is shown below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="479" height="523" class="wp-image-1253" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-102.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 102" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 542" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-102.jpeg 479w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-102-275x300.jpeg 275w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 479px) 100vw, 479px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.6.1.3</p>
<p>The relevant icons and parameters on the interface are described below:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Turn off the video</td>
<td>Close the video preview on current splicing screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Audio pre-view</td>
<td>Preview the audio effect of current splicing screen.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Decoder audio preview</td>
<td colspan="4">Display audio on decoder.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Decoder offline</p>
<p>switch</td>
<td colspan="4">It is permitted to set video switching of current splicing screen window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>X</strong></p>
<p><strong> ÇL Offline swtcri setup nitiate offline switch Slop offline «.wile</strong></p>
<p><strong>E . Device Lisi</strong></p>
<p><strong>Switch para&#8230;</strong></p>
<p><strong>H Bt 182.1S8.2154</strong></p>
<p><strong>Id . h 102.168.23.55 Stream type Mainstream ’</strong></p>
<p><strong>Switching fl_ 30 Set</strong></p>
<p><strong>Display mode ’ Move upward Move down</strong></p>
<p><strong>Channel Name Length ol stay (seconds) Stream type</strong></p>
<p><strong>192 168 23 541 30 Mainstream</strong></p>
<p><strong>192 168 23 53 1 30 Mainstream</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Switching of main code and subcode streams</td>
<td colspan="4">Video preview effect can be switched between main code stream and subcode stream</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Video parameter</td>
<td colspan="4">The brightness, contrast ratio, saturability and chroma of video can be modified.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Video parameter X</p>
<p>-A&#8217;- _</p>
<p>” Brightnesi</p>
<p>O Contrast</p>
<p>Ö Saturatior <sup>=</sup></p>
<p>Hue</p>
<p>/^Restore Default</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Close the display area</td>
<td colspan="4">Close current display area of splicing screen</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>All windows shrink to a single screen</td>
<td colspan="4">Shrink all screens to single splicing screens</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Set to top / bottom</td>
<td colspan="3">Choose the screens in splicing unit, click them to set to top layer / bottom layer.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Other operations of splicing screens</td>
<td colspan="3">As for every splicing screen, create / close display area, shrink to the screen, maximize all screens etc.; screen scheme can be saved and applied.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Create all display areas</td>
<td colspan="3">Click the right button to display the screen area in all splicing units</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Close all display areas</td>
<td colspan="3">Click the right button to close the screen area in all splicing units</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Zoom to a single screen</td>
<td colspan="3">Choose the screens in splicing unit, click to shrink them to a screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Zoom to occupied screen</td>
<td colspan="3">Choose the screens in splicing unit, click to spread them on the screen fully.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Maximize to all screens</td>
<td colspan="3">Choose the screens in splicing unit, click to spread them on all splicing units.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Save screen</p>
<p>scheme</td>
<td colspan="3">Click the right button to save display scheme of screen areas in all current splicing units.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Save screen scheme X</p>
<p>Project name</p>
<p>Save</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Application screen</td>
<td colspan="3">Click the right button to apply existing screen scheme</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="620" height="365" class="wp-image-1254" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-103.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 103" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 543" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-103.jpeg 620w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-103-300x177.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 620px) 100vw, 620px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="266" class="wp-image-1255" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-104.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 104" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 544" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-104.jpeg 355w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-104-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></p>
<p>Table 5.6.1.3</p>
<p><strong>5.6.1. 2. Device list</strong></p>
<p>Same as Real-time preview.</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark252"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark253"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark254"></a> 5.6.1.3. View</p>
<p>Same as Real-time preview.</p>
<p><strong>5.6.1. 4. PTZ Control</strong></p>
<p>Same as Real-time preview.</p>
<p><strong>5.6.1. 5. Advanced Function</strong></p>
<p>Same as Real-time preview.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark255"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark256"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark257"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark258"></a> TV wall configuration</li>
</ol>
<p>Wall layout can be configured on the TV wall configuration page. Click the button© to enter the name of TV wall layout and then click “OK”. In this way, the name of TV wall layout can be added as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="385" height="265" class="wp-image-1256" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-105.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 105" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 545" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-105.jpeg 385w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-105-300x206.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 385px) 100vw, 385px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.6.2.1</p>
<p>The current name of TV wall layout can be modified by clicking the button</p>
<p>Ö. After clicking “OK”, the name of TV wall layout can be modified as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="358" height="245" class="wp-image-1257" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-106.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 106" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 546" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-106.jpeg 358w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-106-300x205.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 358px) 100vw, 358px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.6.2.2</p>
<p>To delete a TV wall layout, choose a layout name and click the button O.</p>
<p>The layout data cannot be recovered after the layout is deleted. Therefore, there is a prompt box for your confirmation. Click “Yes” button to delete the current TV wall layout; click “Cancel” to retain the TV wall layout, as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="287" height="157" class="wp-image-1258" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-107.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 107" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 547"></p>
<p>Figure 5.6.2.3</p>
<p>After setting the name of TV wall, click the lower configuration list to configure TV wall layout. It supports 1 screen, 4 screens, 9 screens, 16 screens and user-defined screen settings. At the same time, every screen can be adjusted, such as left justifying and right justifying. The parameters and description are shown below:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Binding: tick “Decoding output channel” in equipment</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>list, tick TV wall screen on the right and click it to bind</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>the current decoding output channel with the screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Unbinding: choose TV wall screen on the right and</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>click it to unbind the current decoding output channel</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>with the screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Add 1 screen</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Add 4 screens</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Add 9 screens</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Add 16 screens</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
<td>Define the rows of screens</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>■ X</strong></td>
<td>Click to choose the screen to be deleted</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>w</strong></td>
<td>Clear screens: delete all the screens on current TV wall.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Left justifying: choose two screens at least and click</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>to justify to the left side of the first screen chosen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Right justifying: choose two screens at least and click to justify to the right side of the first screen chosen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Ft</strong></td>
<td>Top justifying: choose two screens at least and click to justify to the top side of the first screen chosen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>in</strong></td>
<td>Bottom justifying: choose two screens at least and click to justify to the bottom side of the first screen chosen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>:Q</td>
<td>Equalize size: choose two screens at least and click to equalize size with that of the first screen chosen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Ell</strong></td>
<td>Splicing: choose two screens at least and bind decoding output channel. The splicing shapes shall be regular (such as rectangle). Click to splice successfully.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>El!</td>
<td>Cancel splicing: choose the spliced screens and click to cancel the splicing.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Save: Click the button after setting TV wall. In this way, the TV wall screen layout can be saved.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.6.2.1</p>
<p>Wall resolution can be configured on TV wall configuration page as shown below. There are three resolutions: 1920&#215;1080 50HZ, 1920&#215;1080 60HZ and 4K 30HZ. If 4K 30HZ is set, decoding can be output from only one route.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="733" height="345" class="wp-image-1259" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-108.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 108" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 548" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-108.jpeg 733w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-108-300x141.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 733px) 100vw, 733px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.6.2.4</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark259"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark260"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark261"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark262"></a> Offline switch setup</li>
</ol>
<p>Offline switch configuration is used for TV wall screen switch setting on decoder, as shown below. Code stream type, switch time and display mode of</p>
<p>every decoding output channel can be set.</p>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>Home page</p>
<p>Device management</p>
<p>TV Wall</p>
<p>@ © | e (!) &#8211; □ x 16:27:49</p>
<p>TV wall</p>
<p>nitiate offline switch</p>
<p>Stop offline switchini</p>
<p>■ Device List</p>
<p>E ■ 192.168.30.215</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Decoding on&#8230;</th>
<th>192.168.30.72Decode output 3</th>
<th></th>
<th></th>
<th></th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Stream type</td>
<td>Mainstream</td>
<td><strong><em>w</em></strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Switching ti&#8230;</td>
<td>30</td>
<td><strong>▲ ▼</strong></td>
<td>Set</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display mode</td>
<td>Single video</td>
<td></td>
<td>Move upward</td>
<td>Move down</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Decode out&#8230;</p>
<p>Channel Name Length of stay (seconds)</p>
<p>Stream type</p>
<p>TV wall configur. Offline switch se&#8230;</p>
<p>©Tiandy Co.,Ltd All Rights Reserved</p>
<p>admin</p>
<p>Figure 5.6.3.1</p>
<p>Choose decoding output channel and set display mode (such as sixteenscreens) as shown below.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Channel Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>5-nçjtTı of stay (set and&#8217;</strong></td>
<td><strong>Stream type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Channel Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>sngih of stay (second:</strong></td>
<td><strong>Stream type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Channel Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>2ngth or stay (second:</strong></td>
<td><strong>Stream type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Channel Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>angın or slay (second:</strong></td>
<td><strong>Stream type</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Channel Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>angth of stay (second:</strong></td>
<td><strong>Stream type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Channel Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>engin of stay (second:</strong></td>
<td><strong>Stream type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Channel Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>angtn of stay (second:</strong></td>
<td><strong>Stream type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Channel Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>sngtn of stay (second:</strong></td>
<td><strong>Stream type</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Channel Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>?ngtti of stay (second&#8217;</strong></td>
<td><strong>Stream type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Channel Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>scigth of stay (second:</strong></td>
<td><strong>Stream type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Channel Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>;ngth or stay (second:</strong></td>
<td><strong>Stream type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Channel Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>;ngth or slay (second:</strong></td>
<td><strong>Stream type</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Channel Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>sngth of slay (sec emit</strong></td>
<td><strong>Stream type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Channel Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>jrigiti <em>of</em> stay (second:</strong></td>
<td><strong>Stream type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Channel Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>angth of stay (second!</strong></td>
<td><strong>Stream type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Channel Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>ength of slay (second:</strong></td>
<td><strong>Stream type</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5.6.3.2</p>
<p>Choose the equipment from the left equipment list for offline switch and</p>
<p>drag the equipment to the channel. In this way, equipment can be added to the</p>
<p>screen. As shown below, click</p>
<p><strong>Initiate offline switcfj</strong></p>
<p>” at top right corner to start offline</p>
<p>switching, or click the right button on screen list to start offline switching. One channel cannot be added to any screen repeatedly.</p>
<p>Channel Name sngth of stay (second: Stream type</p>
<p>192.168.23.53:1</p>
<p>&#8216; Delete</p>
<p>Delete all</p>
<p>Offline switch</p>
<p>Figure 5.6.3.3</p>
<p>Choose the channels on screen, modify code stream type, switch time and sequence of channels on screen in above decoding output setting.</p>
<p>Relevant parameters on the interface are described below:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Initiate offline switch</td>
<td>Click to enable and start it to watch decoding video of the output channel on decoder.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stop offline</td>
<td>Click to enable and start it to stop playing the</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>switching</td>
<td>decoding video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Decoding output</p>
<p>channels</td>
<td>The equipment supports several decoding output channels. Video effect of every decoding output channel can be set for actual need.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stream type</td>
<td>Set code stream type of channels added to each screen. Choose the channels whose code stream type shall be changed from the following screen list, then choose code stream type from the drop-down box of code stream types. In this way, code stream can be switched.</p>
<p>Note: Before changing code stream type, it is necessary to stop offline switching firstly.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Switching time</td>
<td>Set the interval of screen switching (unit: second) in range 10 seconds ~ 1000 seconds. The interval shall be integer. Choose the channel whose switching time needs to change. After changing switching time, click</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>the button “^^^|” to update duration of screen</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>stay.</p>
<p>Note: Before changing switching time, it is necessary to stop offline switching firstly.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display mode</td>
<td>Set the screen display mode of decoding output</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>channel, such as single screen, screen in screen,</p>
<p>four screens, 1-5, 1-7, nine screens and sixteen</p>
<p>screens. 1-5 screen means 1 large screen and 5 small screens; 1-7 screen means 1 large screen and 7 small screens. The sequence of channel screens is in accordance with the sequence of addition. To change the sequence, choose channel firstly and</p>
<p>adjust screen sequence by pressing “</p>
<p>Move upward</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Move down</p>
<p>Note: Before changing channel display</p>
<p>mode, stop offline switching firstly.</p>
<p>Table 5.6.3.1</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark263"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark264"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark265"></a> 5. 7. Face recognition</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="61" height="61" class="wp-image-1260" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-109.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 109" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 549"></p>
<p>Click the face recognition icon</p>
<p>, on homepage to enter the interface</p>
<p>of face recognition for face database management, face database download and face configuration as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="469" class="wp-image-1261" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-110.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 110" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 550" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-110.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-110-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-110-768x416.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.7</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark266"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark267"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark268"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark269"></a> Face database management</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark270"></a><strong>Personnel Query</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>Personnel can be inquired based on name, serial number and gender.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark271"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark272"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark273"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark274"></a> 2. Face Database Addition / Modification / Delete</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark275"></a> Face database addition</li>
</ol>
<p>Click the right button on left “Face database list”, choose “</p>
<p>Add</p>
<p>”to create</p>
<p>a new face database as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="389" height="231" class="wp-image-1262" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-111.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 111" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 551" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-111.jpeg 389w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-111-300x178.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 389px) 100vw, 389px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.7.1.1</p>
<p>Enter name of face database and click “OK” button to create a new face</p>
<p>database. The name of face database is exclusive.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark276"></a> Face database modification</li>
</ol>
<p>Click the right button on the name of face database to be modified, choose</p>
<p>enter a new name and click “OK” button to complete the modification.</p>
<p>Modify</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark277"></a> Face database delete</li>
</ol>
<p>Click the right button on the name of face database to be deleted, choose and click “OK” button to delete the face database.</p>
<p>Delete</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="87" height="29" class="wp-image-1263" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-112.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 112" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 552"><strong>5.7.1. 3. Face Image Addition</strong></p>
<p>Choose the face database that needs face image addition, click “</p>
<p>to add face image as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="425" class="wp-image-1264" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-113.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 113" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 553" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-113.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-113-300x166.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.7.1.2</p>
<p>Click “local upload” to upload face image (required item). Image format shall be JPG and the dimensions shall be 300*300~800*800; the size shall not be larger than 1 MB. The image shall be clear enough for easy face recognition.</p>
<p>Enter name of the image (required item).</p>
<p>Enter corresponding serial number of the person (required item). The serial number can be 0~ 999999999.</p>
<p>Other items are not required and can be filled in for actual demand.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="90" height="38" class="wp-image-1265" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-114.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 114" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 554"></p>
<p>Click “</p>
<p>” to save information of the current person and create a new</p>
<p>page of person information.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="90" height="34" class="wp-image-1266" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-115.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 115" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 555"></p>
<p>Click “</p>
<p>” to maintain current personnel information and close the</p>
<p>page.</p>
<p>Click “</p>
<p>Cancel</p>
<p>” to close the current page of personnel information.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark278"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark279"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark280"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark281"></a> 4. Add Existing Face Image</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="90" height="38" class="wp-image-1267" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-116.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 116" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 556"></p>
<p>Choose a face database, click “</p>
<p>” and choose the personnel to be</p>
<p>added as shown below; click</p>
<p>” to complete the addition. The page</p>
<p>of</p>
<p>current personnel can be closed by clicking</p>
<p>Cancel</p>
<p>Figure 5.7.1.3</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="97" height="36" class="wp-image-1268" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-117.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 117" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 557"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="237" height="478" class="wp-image-1269" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-118.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 118" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 558" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-118.jpeg 237w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-118-149x300.jpeg 149w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 237px) 100vw, 237px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark282"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark283"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark284"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark285"></a> 5. Delete (All) Face Image(s)</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="90" height="38" class="wp-image-1270" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-119.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 119" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 559"></p>
<p>Choose the face image to be deleted, click “</p>
<p>” to delete the chosen</p>
<p>image; to delete all face images, click “</p>
<p>Delete all</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark286"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark287"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark288"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark289"></a> 6. Face Image Import / Export / Export All</li>
</ol>
<p>1) Import</p>
<p>Click “ I”</p>
<p>to enter the import page as shown below. Click “download</p>
<p>import template” to download template of personnel information.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="709" height="432" class="wp-image-1271" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-120.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 120" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 560" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-120.jpeg 709w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-120-300x183.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 709px) 100vw, 709px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.7.1.4</p>
<p>Fill personnel information in the template as shown below:</p>
<p>AttentiorUse the 1</p>
<p>Province City Address Company ID type ID numbeiImage patFace library name</p>
<p>Tianjin Tianjin Xiqing Di**** Co., ID card <sup>r</sup>12011120CC:/FacePiFace database</p>
<p>Personnel Serial ntCard numtGender (nphone nmrEirthday Country</p>
<p>Zhang Sa/123 <sup>r</sup>6666 Female &#8216;12345678^2000-01-lChina</p>
<p>Figure 5.7.1.5</p>
<p>Tick “personnel information sheet” or “personnel information image (name</p>
<p># job number)”, click “</p>
<p>Select files</p>
<p>” to import file, click “OK” to upload the file; click</p>
<p>cancel” to close the page.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark290"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark291"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark292"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark293"></a> Face database download</li>
</ol>
<p>Choose the channel of face database download from left “equipment list”</p>
<p>(the channel shall support face recognition).</p>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>Home page</p>
<p>Face recognition</p>
<p>Facedataba&#8230; Facedataba&#8230; Face configu&#8230;</p>
<p>q I Add Remove Copy to</p>
<p>□ ■ Device List Q Face database nchronous stat</p>
<p>E M 192.168.23.54</p>
<p>E M 192168.23.53</p>
<p>Operation</p>
<p>©Tiandy Co.,Ltd All Rights Reserved</p>
<p>admin</p>
<p>Figure 5.7.2.1</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="90" height="35" class="wp-image-1272" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-121.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 121" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 561"></p>
<p>Click “</p>
<p>” to choose a face database to be synchronized, then click</p>
<p>“OK” as shown below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="387" class="wp-image-1273" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-122.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 122" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 562" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-122.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-122-300x196.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.7.2.2</p>
<p>Status and result of synchronization can be seen on current page. If the</p>
<p>synchronization fails, click “operation result” on “operation” page to find information of synchronization failure as shown below. If you want to try</p>
<p>synchronization again, choose the content to be synchronized and click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="354" class="wp-image-1274" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-123.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 123" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 563" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-123.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-123-300x180.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="90" height="38" class="wp-image-1275" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-124.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 124" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 564"></p>
<p>Click “</p>
<p>Click “</p>
<p>Figure 5.7.2.3</p>
<p>” to delete the current face database in current channel.</p>
<p>Remove</p>
<p>” to copy it to other channel.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark297"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark298"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark299"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark300"></a> Face configuration</li>
</ol>
<p>On the page of face configuration, face database can be started for current channel; face similarity can be set as shown below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="60" height="60" class="wp-image-1276" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-125.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 125" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 565"></p>
<p>Device management</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Facedataba&#8230;</th>
<th>Facedataba&#8230;</th>
<th>Face configu.</th>
<th></th>
<th></th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Q</td>
<td>Similarity so</td>
<td>% (1-100)</td>
<td>Set</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Homepage</p>
<p>Face recognition</p>
<p>□ ■ Device List Face database</p>
<p>Enabled</p>
<p>E M 192.168.23.54 label</p>
<p>E M 192168.23.53</p>
<p>E M 192.168.16.221</p>
<p><strong>□ M </strong>192.168.18.103</p>
<p>Ş 192.168.18.103-Chani</p>
<p>©Tiandy Co.,Ltd All Rights Reserved</p>
<p>admin</p>
<p>Figure 5.7.3.1</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark294"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark295"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark296"></a> 5.8. Inlet and outlet management</p>
<p>Click the exit <em>I</em> entrance management icon</p>
<p>on homepage to enter</p>
<p>exit <em>I</em> entrance management page. Human gate and vehicle gate can be managed as shown below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="469" class="wp-image-1277" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-126.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 126" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 566" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-126.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-126-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-126-768x416.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.8</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark301"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark302"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark303"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark304"></a> Gate management</li>
</ol>
<p>Same as face recognition.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark305"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark306"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark307"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark308"></a> Face database management</li>
</ol>
<p>Same as face recognition.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark309"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark310"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark311"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark312"></a> 2. Face database download</li>
</ol>
<p>Same as face recognition.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark313"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark314"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark315"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark316"></a> Live view</li>
</ol>
<p>The monitored areas can be previewed on the page of preview as shown below. Equipment gate opening and lifting linkage is supported.</p>
<p>X Gate management</p>
<p>A Lw view</p>
<p>A History of the gate</p>
<p><em>R</em> Checkpoint preview</p>
<p>A History of checkpoint</p>
<p>PAD</p>
<p>Open pate</p>
<p>Oîlamly Co..Lid AH Rights Reserved</p>
<p>Figure 5.8.2.1</p>
<p>Click the right “ ” to unfold equipment list, set real-time equipment preview</p>
<p>sequence and the equipment shown. As shown below, choose the equipment</p>
<p>to be moved, click “</p>
<p>Move upward</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Move down</p>
<p>” to change the sequence.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Device</p>
<p>PAD</td>
<td><strong>&gt;</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&lt;i</td>
<td></td>
<td>■İlli</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Move upward</td>
<td>Move down</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5.8.2.2</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark317"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark318"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark319"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark320"></a> History of the gate</li>
</ol>
<p>On the page of human gate history, access areas, user name and access</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="871" height="470" class="wp-image-1278" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-127.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 127" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 567" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-127.jpeg 871w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-127-300x162.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-127-768x414.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 871px) 100vw, 871px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="414" class="wp-image-1279" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-128.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 128" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 568" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-128.jpeg 480w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-128-300x259.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></p>
<p>time can be searched as shown below.</p>
<p>Figure 5.8.3.1</p>
<p>Click “</p>
<p>View</p>
<p>” to find access information of the user as shown below.</p>
<p>Figure 5.8.3.2</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark321"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark322"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark323"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark324"></a> Checkpoint preview</li>
</ol>
<p>Real-time captured image at checkpoint in current monitored area can beseen on the page of checkpoint preview as shown below. Information of vehicle</p>
<p>can be found.</p>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>Home page</p>
<p>System configuration</p>
<p>TV Wall</p>
<p>Device management</p>
<p>ft Gate management</p>
<p><em>S.</em> Lnewew</p>
<p><em>A</em> History of the gate</p>
<p><em>A</em> Checkpoint preview</p>
<p>A History of checkpoint</p>
<p>License plate number</p>
<p>Vehicle color</p>
<p>Vehicle brand</p>
<p>Channel number</p>
<p>Vehicle type</p>
<p>Transit time</p>
<p>Driving direction</p>
<p>OTiandy Co Ltd A* Rights Reserved</p>
<p>admin</p>
<p>Figure 5.8.4.1</p>
<p>Click the right “ ” to unfold equipment list, set real-time equipment preview</p>
<p>sequence and the equipment shown. As shown below, choose the equipment</p>
<p>to be moved, click</p>
<p>Move upward</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Move down</p>
<p>” to change the sequence.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="704" class="wp-image-1280" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-129.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 129" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 569" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-129.jpeg 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-129-202x300.jpeg 202w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.8.4.2</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark325"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark326"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark327"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark328"></a> History of checkpoint</li>
</ol>
<p>Access area, license plate number and access time can be searched on the page of checkpoint history as shown below.</p>
<p>X Gate management</p>
<p>A Lm view</p>
<p>A History of the gate</p>
<p>Access area aii t Number of license plate</p>
<p>Serial number Access area</p>
<p>Access tme 2021-11 -24 00 00 00 0 TO 2021-11-24 23:59 59 m</p>
<p>Number of license plate</p>
<p>Transit time</p>
<p>Operation</p>
<p>A Checkpoint preview</p>
<p>A History of checkpoint</p>
<p>Totall Page 20ltems/page ▼ &lt; 1 &gt; To</p>
<p>OTtandy Co. .Ltd AH Rights Reserved</p>
<p>Figure 5.8.5.1</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>View</p>
<p>to find access information of the vehicle as shown below.</p>
<p>Figure 5.8.5.2</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="760" class="wp-image-1281" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-130.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 130" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 570" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-130.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-130-300x264.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-130-768x675.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark329"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark330"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark331"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark332"></a> ElectronicMap</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="62" height="60" class="wp-image-1282" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-131.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 131" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 571"></p>
<p>Click the electronic map icon</p>
<p>on homepage to enter the page of</p>
<p>electronic map management and operation as shown below.</p>
<p>Figure 5.9</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="469" class="wp-image-1283" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-132.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 132" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 572" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-132.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-132-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-132-768x416.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>Drag the image manually or operate mouse wheel to change position of the image or zoom it in.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark333"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark334"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark335"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark336"></a> Electronic Map Configuration</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="90" height="33" class="wp-image-1284" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-133.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 133" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 573"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="469" class="wp-image-1285" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-134.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 134" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 574" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-134.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-134-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-134-768x416.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>“to configure the electronic map as shown below:</p>
<p>Figure 5.9.1</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark337"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark338"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark339"></a> 5.9.1. 1. Add Map</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="97" height="34" class="wp-image-1286" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-135.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 135" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 575"></p>
<p>Click “</p>
<p>, as shown below, enter map name and choose route of</p>
<p>map, click “OK” to save the current map; or click “cancel” to close the current</p>
<p>page.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="268" class="wp-image-1287" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-136.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 136" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 576" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-136.jpeg 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-136-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.9.1.1</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark340"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark341"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark342"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark343"></a> 2. Delete Map</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="90" height="34" class="wp-image-1288" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-137.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 137" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 577"></p>
<p>Choose an electronic map from right list of maps, click “</p>
<p>” and there</p>
<p>will be a prompt dialog box as shown below. Click “Yes” to delete the electronic map; or click “cancel” to close the prompt dialog box and the map will not be</p>
<p>deleted.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="194" class="wp-image-1289" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-138.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 138" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 578" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-138.jpeg 355w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-138-300x164.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.9.1.2</p>
<ol>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="97" height="33" class="wp-image-1290" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-139.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 139" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 579"><a id="post-1151-bookmark344"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark345"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark346"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark347"></a> 3. Modify Map</li>
</ol>
<p>If you want to modify map name or the base map, you can click “ as shown below, click “OK” to save the current map; or click “cancel” to close the current page.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Modify map</td>
<td colspan="2">X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Map name</td>
<td>Nacy</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Image path</td>
<td colspan="2">J6e35317d777a5bf06cb6c a.jpg</td>
<td>Browse</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Confirm</td>
<td>Cancel</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5.9.1.3</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark348"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark349"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark350"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark351"></a> 4. Add / Delete Equipment</li>
</ol>
<p>In the self-defined equipment list on the right of edit interface, choose the equipment to be added to the electronic map, drag it to the area that needs the equipment. In this way, data collection channel can be added. Drag channel</p>
<p>equipment icon “ ” to change addition position.</p>
<p>Add alarm two nodes, including alarm input</p>
<p>and alarm output</p>
<p>in</p>
<p>electronic map and the input node will lash upon receiving the alarm of alarm input;</p>
<p>cancel alarm</p>
<p>Clear alarm</p>
<p>’via the right key menu. Alarm output can be used for</p>
<p>controlling two status</p>
<p>Open alarm output</p>
<p>Close the alarm output</p>
<p>” of alarm output on and off via right key</p>
<p>menu.</p>
<p>If the equipment was added, “added already” will be prompted as shown</p>
<p>below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="61" height="39" class="wp-image-1291" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-140.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 140" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 580"></p>
<p>Channel 6 Added</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="140" height="32" class="wp-image-1292" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-141.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 141" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 581"> To delete equipment, choose the equipment and click the right button on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="114" height="43" class="wp-image-1293" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-142.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 142" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 582"> ; or choose the equipment in the left list of electronic maps, click</p>
<p>” to delete the equipment on the current electronic map.</p>
<p><strong>5.9.1. 5. Configure Hot Zone</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="90" height="36" class="wp-image-1294" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-143.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 143" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 583"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="96" height="37" class="wp-image-1295" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-144.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 144" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 584"></p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>” to link other electronic maps on the current electronic map</p>
<p>as shown below. Tick the left electronic map and click “</p>
<p>” to add the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="96" height="40" class="wp-image-1296" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-145.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 145" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 585"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="266" height="202" class="wp-image-1297" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-146.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 146" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 586"></p>
<p>” to move back</p>
<p>E-map Related hot zone</p>
<p>Figure 5.9.1.4</p>
<p>electronic map to the right linked area; or click electronic map from right linked area to area of electronic map. Click “OK” to show the hot zone icon “-•” on current electronic map. Drag it to set position of hot zone anew. Or click “cancel” to close the current page.</p>
<p>Configure hot zone X</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="127" height="29" class="wp-image-1298" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-147.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 147" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 587"> To delete the hot zone, choose it and click right button on this way, the hot zone can be deleted from current electronic map.</p>
<p>. In</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark352"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark353"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark354"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark355"></a> Electronic Map Preview</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="107" height="40" class="wp-image-1299" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-148.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 148" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 588"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="468" class="wp-image-1300" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-149.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 149" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 589" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-149.jpeg 864w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-149-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-149-768x416.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></p>
<p>Click “</p>
<p>to preview current electronic map as shown below.</p>
<p>Figure 5.9.2.1</p>
<p>On the page of electronic map preview, the image can be dragged</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="111" height="45" class="wp-image-1301" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-150.png" alt="word image 1151 150" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 590"> manually to change its position; or operate mouse wheel to zoom in.</p>
<p>Click “</p>
<p>” to preview the image on the whole screen.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="108" height="37" class="wp-image-1302" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-151.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 151" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 591"></p>
<p>Click “</p>
<p>” to return to the last step.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark356"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark357"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark358"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark359"></a> User management</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="61" height="61" class="wp-image-1303" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-152.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 152" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 592"></p>
<p>Click the user management icon on home page to enter user</p>
<p>management interface. The interface will display the basic information of all added users at that moment, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p>All rights reserved Tiandy Technologies Co. Ltd</p>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>Home page</p>
<p>Uier management</p>
<p>Real-time preview</p>
<p>adminO!</p>
<p>tKlmiri</p>
<p>Figure 5.10</p>
<p>[ Note ] Only admin-super administrator account has the authority to enable this function.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark360"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark361"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark362"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark363"></a> Add user</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click</p>
<p>Add</p>
<p>to enter Add user interface, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="763" class="wp-image-1304" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-153.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 153" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 593" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-153.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-153-300x298.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-153-150x150.jpeg 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.10.1</p>
<p>The description of related parameters in the interface is as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User level</td>
<td>Set administrator or operator for current system.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User name</td>
<td>Users to fill in any name.</p>
<p>[Note] There’s illegal character limit when adding user name, following characters are not allowed to be input ~!#$%<sup>A</sup>()=[]{},&#8221;:;'&lt;&gt;?*&#8217;+/\&amp;.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
<td>To set password for newly added user.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Confirm password</td>
<td>Needs to be the same as input &#8220;Password&#8221;.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Validity</td>
<td>Set the expire date of the authority for users.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Description</td>
<td>Supplement and describe user information.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User authority</td>
<td>Set the user authority of administrator or operator, such as the authority of video browsing, audio preview authority ,PTZ control, video playback, video download, system lock, system delock, intercom, alarm check, etc.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Permissions</td>
<td>Set devices permit user authority to apply.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.10.1</p>
<p>Note: Audio preview authority is mainly used for controlling the playing of all audios in the control platform.</p>
<p>( 1 ) Audio preview authority, cloud platform control authority, video playback authority and video downloading authority are based on view preview authority. In other words, if any one of video preview authority, cloud platform control authority, video playback authority and video downloading authority of one channel needs starting, start video preview authority first;</p>
<p>( 2 ) Talkback authority is based on audio authority. Talkback authority of the host can be enabled, when audio authority of at least one channel under such host has been enabled;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="137" height="45" class="wp-image-1305" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-154.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 154" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 594"><a id="post-1151-bookmark364"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark365"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark366"></a> 5.10.2. Edit user</p>
<p>to enter Change</p>
<p>Select the user needs to be edited, click</p>
<p>users interface, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="590" class="wp-image-1306" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-155.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 155" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 595" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-155.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-155-300x300.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-155-150x150.jpeg 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.10.2</p>
<p>In the editing interface, the related information of the user can be changed, including user level, user name, validity, password, description, user authority and permissions. Admin-super administrator can only change password.</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark367"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark368"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark369"></a> 5.10.3. Delete user</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="155" height="51" class="wp-image-1307" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-156.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 156" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 596"></p>
<p>Select the user needs to be deleted, click</p>
<p>and a notice box</p>
<p>will pop up, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="194" class="wp-image-1308" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-157.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 157" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 597" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-157.jpeg 355w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-157-300x164.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.10.3</p>
<p>Click &#8220;OK&#8221; to delete the selected user; click &#8220;Cancel&#8221; to cancel deletion.</p>
<p>[Note] Several users can be deleted at the same time.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark370"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark371"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark372"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark373"></a> Intelligent search</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="60" height="61" class="wp-image-1309" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-158.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 158" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 598"></p>
<p>Click the intelligence retrieval icon</p>
<p>on home page to enter the</p>
<p>intelligence retrieval interface.</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark374"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark375"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark376"></a> 5.11.1. Face retrieval</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td><strong>Homs page</strong></td>
<td><strong>Intelligent search</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>• f. J, _</strong></td>
<td><strong>Device LISI</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Startime 2021-11-2300 00 00 S Endtime 2021-11-25 23 59 59 (Ş) Gender «U ’ Age group *» ’</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Wearing mas* <em>m</em> » Wearing glasses « • Body temperature measurement AM » Retrieve</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>□ • a Deoust</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>y&#8217; 192168 2354</strong></td>
<td><strong>Output Export all Select al twit Selection</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>El *1» IM 2353</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>üst Figure</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>El k 19216816221</strong></td>
<td><strong>—</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>b IM</strong></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-2515 55 41 &#8216;charmeM Male Youlh glasses Nomas* Invalid twaas Plartrack</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>□ k 192 168 23 S4</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-25 15 55 41 ’^L’<sup>88</sup>’<sup>8</sup>, Male Youth Nomas* invalid Dois Pia&gt;M&lt;*</strong></p>
<p><strong>Channel 1 glasses</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-25 15 55 41 <sup>1</sup>^?’<sup>88</sup>’<sup>8</sup>, Male Youth Homas* invalid OOls PiaıMr»</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Channel 1 glasses</strong></p>
<p><strong>2021-11-25 15 54 05 ’’JL’<sup>88</sup>’<sup>8</sup>, Mie Youth Homas* invalid OOls Piaitadr</strong></p>
<p><strong>Channel 1 glasses</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-2515 54 05 <sup>,</sup>^„<sup>188</sup> J,<sup>8</sup>, Male Youth <sup>M</sup>^,^2&#8243;<sup>9</sup> Homas* Invalid OOls Piartwr*</strong></p>
<p><strong>Channel 1 glasses</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-112515 54 05 <sup>1</sup>?„!??, J,<sup>8</sup>, Male Youth Notwearng <sub>Moma5k</sub> «valid OOls Pl art»»</strong></p>
<p><strong>Channel 1 glasses</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-1125 15 53 38 &#8216;onarmeM <sup>Ma(e</sup> Youth Unknown Nomas* Invalid Mali Piartar*</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-2515:53:37 <sup>1</sup> CharmeM Male JunKx Unknown No mas* invalid OOls Piartar*</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-2515:53:37 &#8216;^cnarmeM <sup>Mae Voultl</sup> Unknown Nomas* invalid OOls Piartwr*</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-2515 52 46 J,<sup>8</sup>, Male Youth Unknown Nomas* invalid OOls Piartoa</strong></p>
<p><strong>Channel 1</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-2515:51:10 <sup>1</sup>5?-.<sup>16</sup>ll<sup>8</sup>. Male Junior Unknown Nomas* invalid nois piartaa</strong></p>
<p><strong>Channel i</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-25 15 50 19 ’“’“J,<sup>8</sup>, Mae Youth Nomas* invalid non piartoa</strong></p>
<p><strong>Channel i glasses</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-25 15 50 19 &#8216;■&#8217;*« Youth Homas* nvaiid non PUrtwa</strong></p>
<p><strong>Channel 1 glasses</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-25 15 50 18 ’“’“J,<sup>8</sup>, Male Youth Nomas* nvand not. Piartwa</strong></p>
<p><strong>Channel 1 glasses ■</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>&#8230; .</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Toori47Piece TowiOPage &lt; i 2 3 &gt; lb Page</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©Tiandy CO ltd Al Rights Reserved ad™</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5.11.1</p>
<p>Retrieve by starting and end time, by gender, by age group, by whether wearing mask, by whether wearing glasses and by body temperature measurement are supported.</p>
<p>Users may select any channel among watch points on the left, set query condition and click &#8220;Retrieve&#8221; to retrieve the detailed information recorded by this watch point in the time period, both list and figure display form are supported.</p>
<p>Click &#8220;List&#8221; and the retrieval result will be displayed in list, including capture time, channel name, gender, age group, whether wear mask, whether wear glasses and body temperature measurement; click &#8220;Details&#8221; to check the detailed information of captured picture, as shown in below figure, click &#8220;Playback&#8221; to check playback video.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="362" class="wp-image-1310" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-159.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 159" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 599" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-159.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-159-300x184.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.11.2</p>
<p>Click &#8220;Figure&#8221; and the retrieval result will be displayed in figure, the detailed information of captured picture and playback information will be checked, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="469" class="wp-image-1311" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-160.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 160" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 600" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-160.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-160-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-160-768x416.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="109" height="36" class="wp-image-1312" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-161.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 161" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 601"></p>
<p>Figure 5.11.3</p>
<p>Select any data in the retrieval result and click</p>
<p>&#8221; to download this</p>
<p>data result to local device, the exported result is shown as in below figure:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Snapshot 2020-11-2</td>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>Channel rGender</strong></p>
<p>192.168. liale</td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Age groupWearing</strong></td>
<td colspan="2">gWearing jt</td>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>Body tempBig pictLSmall picture path</strong></p>
<p>0 E: /T e s t / e E: /T e s t / e a s y 7 /F a c eP i &lt;</td>
<td rowspan="2">:/20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Youth</strong></td>
<td><strong>Wearing</strong></td>
<td>gNo</td>
<td>mask</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-11-3</td>
<td>192. 168. IFemale</td>
<td><strong>Youth</strong></td>
<td><strong>Wearing</strong></td>
<td>gNo</td>
<td>mask</td>
<td>0 E:/Test/eE:/Test/e as y7/Fa c eP i&lt;</td>
<td>:/20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-11-3</td>
<td>192.168. liale</td>
<td><strong>Junior</strong></td>
<td><strong>Wearing</strong></td>
<td colspan="2">g Wearing jt</td>
<td>0 E: /T e s t / e E: /T e s t / e a s y7 /F a c eP i &lt;</td>
<td>:/20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-11-3</td>
<td>192.168. liale</td>
<td><strong>Youth</strong></td>
<td>Wearing</td>
<td>gNo</td>
<td>mask</td>
<td>0 E: /T e s t / e E: /T e s t / e a s y7 /F a c eP i &lt;</td>
<td>:/20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-11-3</td>
<td>192.168. liale</td>
<td><strong>Youth</strong></td>
<td colspan="2">Not weariNo</td>
<td>mask</td>
<td>0 E: /T e s t / e E: /T e s t / e a s y7 /F a c eP i &lt;</td>
<td>:/20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-11-3</td>
<td>192.168. liale</td>
<td><strong>Youth</strong></td>
<td>Wearing</td>
<td>gNo</td>
<td>mask</td>
<td>0 E: /T e s t / e E: /T e s t / e a s y7 /F a c eP i &lt;</td>
<td>:/20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-11-3</td>
<td>192.168. liale</td>
<td><strong>Youth</strong></td>
<td colspan="2">Not weariNo</td>
<td>mask</td>
<td>0 E: /T e s t / e E: /T e s t / e a s y7 /F a c eP i &lt;</td>
<td>:/20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-11-2</td>
<td>192.168. liale</td>
<td><strong>Youth</strong></td>
<td><strong>Wearing</strong></td>
<td>gNo</td>
<td>mask</td>
<td>0 E: /T e s t / e E: /T e s t / e a s y7 /F a c eP i &lt;</td>
<td>:/20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-11-3</td>
<td>192.168. liale</td>
<td><strong>Youth</strong></td>
<td><strong>Wearing</strong></td>
<td>gNo</td>
<td>mask</td>
<td>0 E: /T e s t / e E: /T e s t / e a s y7 /F a c eP i &lt;</td>
<td>:/20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-11-3</td>
<td>192.168. liale</td>
<td><strong>Youth</strong></td>
<td><strong>Wearing</strong></td>
<td>gNo</td>
<td>mask</td>
<td>0 E: /T e s t / e E: /T e s t / e a s y7 /F a c eP i &lt;</td>
<td>:/20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-11-3</td>
<td>192.168. liale</td>
<td><strong>Youth</strong></td>
<td><strong>Wearing</strong></td>
<td>gNo</td>
<td>mask</td>
<td>0 E: /T e s t / e E: /T e s t / e a s y7 /F a c eP i &lt;</td>
<td>:/20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-11-3</td>
<td>192.168. liale</td>
<td><strong>Youth</strong></td>
<td>Wearing</td>
<td>gNo</td>
<td>mask</td>
<td>0 E: /T e s t / e E: /T e s t / e a s y7 /F a c eP i &lt;</td>
<td>:/20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-11-3</td>
<td>192.168. Hale</td>
<td><strong>Middle</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>agNot weariNo</strong></td>
<td>mask</td>
<td>0 E:/Test/e E:/Test/eas y7/Fa c eP i &lt;</td>
<td>:/20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-11-3</td>
<td>192.168. liale</td>
<td><strong>Youth</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Not weariWearing n</strong></td>
<td>0 E: /T e s t / e E: /T e s t / e a s y7 /F a c eP i &lt;</td>
<td>:/20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-11-2</td>
<td>192.168. liale</td>
<td><strong>Youth</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Not weariWearing n</strong></td>
<td>0 E: /T e s t / e E: /T e s t / e a s y7 /F a c eP i &lt;</td>
<td>:/20</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5.11.4</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>&#8221; Exoc t c</p>
<p>to export all retrieved results.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark377"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark378"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark379"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark380"></a> Indoor electric vehicle testing</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="474" class="wp-image-1313" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-162.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 162" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 602" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-162.jpeg 870w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-162-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-162-768x418.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<p>Figure5.11.2.1</p>
<p>Search can be based on beginning and ending time.</p>
<p>Users can choose equipment that supports the algorithm from left</p>
<p>monitoring points, set query conditions and click</p>
<p>Retrieve</p>
<p>” to find all recorded</p>
<p>detailed information of the monitoring point during the time. The information can</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="124" height="33" class="wp-image-1314" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-163.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 163" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 603"> be presented in list format or graph format.</p>
<p>Search result can be presented in list format by clicking</p>
<p>including capture time, channel name, alarm type etc. The detailed information</p>
<p>of captured image can be seen by clicking “</p>
<p>Details</p>
<p>” as shown below. Click</p>
<p>Replay</p>
<p>” to watch playback.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="474" height="419" class="wp-image-1315" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-164.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 164" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 604" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-164.jpeg 474w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-164-300x265.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 474px) 100vw, 474px" /> Search result can be presented in graph format by clicking</p>
<p>Figure5.11.2.2</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="127" height="33" class="wp-image-1316" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-165.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 165" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 605"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="107" height="38" class="wp-image-1317" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-166.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 166" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 606"> Detailed information of captured image and playback information can be seen as shown below.</p>
<p>Choose any datum from search result and click “</p>
<p>” to download the</p>
<p>data; or click</p>
<p>Export all</p>
<p>” to export all search results.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Details</td>
<td></td>
<td>X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2021/11/25 15:56:33</td>
<td></td>
<td>Channel 1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>B</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel 1</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Indoor electric vehicle testing</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>► ◄&lt; 1/15 !►</td>
<td></td>
<td>2021-11-2515:56:34</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure5.11.2.3</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark381"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark382"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark383"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark384"></a> Data statistics</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="60" height="61" class="wp-image-1318" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-167.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 167" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 607"></p>
<p>Click the data statistics icon</p>
<p>on home page to enter the data statistics</p>
<p>interface.</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark385"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark386"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark387"></a> 5.12.1. Face statistics</p>
<p>Face statistics supports to carry out statistics by age group, by gender, by the number of people, by whether wear glasses, by whether wear mask and by body temperature measurement.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark388"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark389"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark390"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark391"></a> Statistics by age group</li>
</ol>
<p>According to age group, the face statistics can be divided into junior, youth, middle age and old age to display. The platform supports list and graphic</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="816" height="417" class="wp-image-1319" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-168.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 168" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 608" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-168.jpeg 816w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-168-300x153.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-168-768x392.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 816px) 100vw, 816px" /></p>
<p>display, as shown in below figure.</p>
<p>Figure 5.12.1.1</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="769" height="417" class="wp-image-1320" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-169.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 169" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 609" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-169.jpeg 769w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-169-300x163.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 769px) 100vw, 769px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.12.1.2</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark392"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark393"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark394"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark395"></a> Statistics by gender</li>
</ol>
<p>According to gender, the face statistics can be divided into male, female and unknown to display. The platform supports list and graphic display, as shown in below figure.</p>
<p>[Note] :When the device detects people shape but does not detect face, it will display &#8220;unknown&#8221;.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="416" class="wp-image-1321" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-170.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 170" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 610" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-170.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-170-300x163.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.12.1.3</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="769" height="417" class="wp-image-1322" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-171.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 171" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 611" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-171.jpeg 769w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-171-300x163.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 769px) 100vw, 769px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.12.1.4</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark396"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark397"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark398"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark399"></a> Statistics by the number of people</li>
</ol>
<p>The statistics of the number of people every hour in face statistics. The</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="416" class="wp-image-1323" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-172.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 172" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 612" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-172.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-172-300x163.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="85" height="63" class="wp-image-1324" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-173.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 173" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 613"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="70" height="63" class="wp-image-1325" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-174.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 174" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 614"></p>
<p>platform supports list and graphic display, as shown in below figure.</p>
<p>Figure 5.12.1.5</p>
<p>In graphic interface, click</p>
<p>to switch to line chart display, click</p>
<p>&#8221; to switch to bar graph display.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="769" height="417" class="wp-image-1326" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-175.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 175" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 615" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-175.jpeg 769w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-175-300x163.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 769px) 100vw, 769px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.12.1.6</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="469" class="wp-image-1327" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-176.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 176" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 616" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-176.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-176-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-176-768x416.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.12.1.7</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark400"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark401"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark402"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark403"></a> Statistics by whether wearing glasses</li>
</ol>
<p>The statistics of whether wearing glasses in face statistics, can be divided into not wearing glasses and wearing glasses to display. The platform supports list and graphic display, as shown in below figure.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="416" class="wp-image-1328" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-177.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 177" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 617" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-177.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-177-300x163.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.12.1.8</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="769" height="417" class="wp-image-1329" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-178.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 178" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 618" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-178.jpeg 769w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-178-300x163.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 769px) 100vw, 769px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.12.1.9</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark404"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark405"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark406"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark407"></a> Statistics by whether wearing mask</li>
</ol>
<p>The statistics of whether wearing mask in face statistics, can be divided into no mask and wearing mask to display. The platform supports list and graphic display, as shown in below figure.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="416" class="wp-image-1330" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-179.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 179" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 619" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-179.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-179-300x163.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.12.1.10</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="769" height="417" class="wp-image-1331" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-180.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 180" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 620" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-180.jpeg 769w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-180-300x163.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 769px) 100vw, 769px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.12.1.11</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark408"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark409"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark410"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark411"></a> Statistics by body temperature measurement</li>
</ol>
<p>The face statistics will conduct statistics of the number of people with abnormal body temperature every hour by time. The platform supports list and graphic display, as shown in below figure.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="15" class="wp-image-1332" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-181.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 181" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 621"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="92" height="364" class="wp-image-1333" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-182.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 182" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 622" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-182.jpeg 92w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-182-76x300.jpeg 76w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 92px) 100vw, 92px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="412" height="40" class="wp-image-1334" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-183.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 183" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 623" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-183.jpeg 412w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-183-300x29.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 412px) 100vw, 412px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="559" height="293" class="wp-image-1335" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-184.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 184" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 624" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-184.jpeg 559w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-184-300x157.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 559px) 100vw, 559px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="769" height="417" class="wp-image-1336" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-185.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 185" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 625" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-185.jpeg 769w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-185-300x163.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 769px) 100vw, 769px" /></p>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>Intelligent search</p>
<p><strong>Home page</strong></p>
<p><strong>Real-time preview</strong></p>
<p>All rights reservea. lianoy technologies co. Ltd</p>
<p>Figure 5.12.1.12</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td><strong>Home page</strong></td>
<td><strong>Intelligent search</strong></td>
<td><strong>Data statistics Real-time preview</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>IS SI-21</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ </strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>Ldi</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>vr lypcoi wailSTICS rooy icr-tccrecur. • 1 ypc CT topun. &#8216;ncpon • vale CT statistics: <em>af£V</em> 1 <em>di</em></strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Statistics</strong></td>
<td><strong>Output</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>—</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>H Visitor flow ctaTotrc</strong></td>
<td><strong>* ■■ Device list</strong></td>
<td><strong>Lisi</strong></td>
<td><strong>Graphics</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>□ -r fc 192.168.16221</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>Statistical Time</strong></p>
<p><strong>00000059</strong></p>
<p><strong>01P0-0159</strong></p>
<p><strong>0200 0259</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>✓ ♦ i9ai«a.r«22io</strong></p>
<p><strong>□ 192.roa.1J2</strong></p>
<p><strong>0 I b l92.lfia.25AS</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>0 0</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Fl k 192168.16222</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>!İîİSİİi!8!îSİ§İİiİSS</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>0 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<p><strong>6</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0 0</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>A</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>All rights reserved. Handy technologies Co, ltd</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>admin</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5.12.1.13</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark412"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark413"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark414"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark415"></a> Visitor flow statistics</li>
</ol>
<p>Guest flow statistics supports two methods namely real-time statistics and report statistics. Real-time statistics can monitor the real-time guest flow according to the established area, and give an alarm when the number of person hikes too much; the report statistics can count the number of people entering, leaving and passing by in the established area, and display them with a list or a graph, as is shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="769" height="417" class="wp-image-1337" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-186.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 186" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 626" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-186.jpeg 769w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-186-300x163.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 769px) 100vw, 769px" /></p>
<p>Figure5.12.2.1</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark416"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark417"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark418"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark419"></a> Real-timeStatistics Device List</li>
</ol>
<p>Enter the device list bar, type in the key information in the search box, and double-click to locate the guest flow equipment, as is shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="378" height="727" class="wp-image-1338" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-187.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 187" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 627" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-187.jpeg 378w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-187-156x300.jpeg 156w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 378px) 100vw, 378px" /></p>
<p>Figure5.12.2.2</p>
<p>Select the device in the guest flow device list and right-click to pop up the right-click menu of guest flow device list, as is shown in below figure:</p>
<p>Analysis configuration</p>
<p>Login to the affiliated host computer</p>
<p>Log off the affiliated host computer</p>
<p>Turn off all videos</p>
<p>Main code stream</p>
<p>Subcode stream</p>
<p>Video interruption</p>
<p>Time calibration</p>
<p>Manual alarm</p>
<p>Figure5.12.2.3</p>
<p>Select “ Analyse Config.” to enter configuration tool page to view the</p>
<p>configuration of each present channel, as is shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="440" class="wp-image-1339" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-188.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 188" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 628" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-188.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-188-300x172.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.12.2.4</p>
<p>Relative parameters explanation of the interface is as below:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameters</td>
<td>Explanation</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Analysis channel name</td>
<td>Switch channels and analyse the configuration of each channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mode</td>
<td>Read the algorithm supported by the front-end device and draw it in the right video frame or directly in the video frame.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Sample</td>
<td>Display the effect sketch shown in the video box.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Max. Size of the target</td>
<td>Display the maximum size of the target, and the range can be set from 6% to 30%</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Min. Size of the</td>
<td>Display the minimum size of the target, and the range can</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>target</td>
<td>be set from 5% to 20%</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Sensitivity</td>
<td>Set the detection sensitivity. The higher the sensitivity, the more sensitive it is. The range can be set from 0 to 100.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video frame</td>
<td>Display the video and its algorithm under the channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hide prompt</td>
<td>Hide the prompts in the configuration information on the left.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o</td>
<td>Redraw the statistical area in the video graph.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Redraw the statistical lines in the video graph.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Eliminate the lines.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.12.2.1</p>
<p>Other right-click menu button 5.2.1 device listo</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>©Add Device</p>
<p>in device list to enter guest flow camera configuration</p>
<p>page, as is shown in below figure:</p>
<p>Figure 5.12.2.5</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameters</td>
<td>Explanation</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>In the left device list, select the device or device channel.</p>
<p>In the right guest flow camera list, select a group, and click to add the device or device channel to the guest flow camera group.</p>
<p>In the right guest flow camera list, select a group or device channel, and click to delete the group and its device channel or device channel from the guest flow camera list.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Relative parameters explanation of the interface is as below:</p>
<p>t/ Export</p>
<p>t/ Export</p>
<p>+ Add Group</p>
<p>In the right guest flow camera list, select the node and click to add the guest flow group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="533" class="wp-image-1340" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-189.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 189" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 629" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-189.jpeg 864w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-189-300x185.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-189-768x474.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-189-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="160" height="59" class="wp-image-1341" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-190.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 190" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 630"></p>
<p>In the right guest flow camera list, select a group and click to delete the guest flow group.</p>
<p>O Delete Group</p>
<p>In the right guest flow camera list, select the node and click to modify the guest flow group name.</p>
<p><em>0</em> Modify Group</p>
<p>Table 5.12.2.2</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark420"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark421"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark422"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark423"></a> Real-time Statistics Area List</li>
</ol>
<p>Enter the area list to shift area scene, as is shown in below figure:</p>
<p>Zone list</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark424"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark425"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark426"></a> O Add area</p>
<p>Old school</p>
<p>Figure5.12.2.6</p>
<p>In the area list, click &#8220;i to delete established area, click “Ej” to update the</p>
<p>configuration information of present area</p>
<p>, click “</p>
<p><strong>©Add area</strong></p>
<p>to enter the area</p>
<p>configuration page to set information of area detection time, capacity, number of people surge, whether or not to enable alarm, detection device channel, etc, as is shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="709" height="885" class="wp-image-1342" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-191.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 191" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 631" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-191.jpeg 709w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-191-240x300.jpeg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 709px) 100vw, 709px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.12.2.7</p>
<p>Relative parameters explanation of the interface is as below:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameters</td>
<td>Explanation</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Area name</td>
<td>Set the name of the detection area to facilitate the rapid positioning of the area.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start time/End time</td>
<td>Set the time of starting and finishing of statistics.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>People capacity</td>
<td>Set the upper limit of the capacity. This is required.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Set the upper limit of the increase of the number of people</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Rapidly increased</td>
<td>in the unit time (10 minutes, 30 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>number of people</td>
<td>This is a required field.</p>
<p>Set alarm interval, supporting 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm interval</td>
<td>minutes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Number of people</td>
<td>Set the current number of existing people.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>staying</td>
<td>Set the detected channel video to be detected. Multiple channel videos adding is possible.</p>
<p>Select the channel video to be deleted. Multiple channel videos deletion is possible.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.12.2.3</p>
<p>Add</p>
<p>Add</p>
<p>Delete</p>
<p>Delete</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark427"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark428"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark429"></a> 5.12.2.3. Real-time Data of Real-time Statistics</p>
<p>Select the area to be viewed in the area list, and the configuration information of the area can be viewed at the bottom of the interface, as is shown</p>
<p>in below figure:</p>
<p>Figure 5.12.2.8</p>
<p>Relative parameters explanation of the interface is as below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="167" class="wp-image-1343" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-192.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 192" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 632" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-192.jpeg 864w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-192-300x58.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-192-768x148.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameters</td>
<td>Explanation</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Recount</td>
<td>Click to eliminate the recorded number of people.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Peak</td>
<td>Record the maximum number of people in current area.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Current number of people</td>
<td>Record the number of people at current time. If the number exceeds the one that can be accommodated, it will turn into a red box; otherwise, it will be a green box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enter/Leave/Passing</td>
<td>Record the number of people in three status namely entering / leaving / passing by. At the same time, the color of each case is distinguished. Red colour represents entering, green leaving, and blue passing by.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Real-time Line Chart</td>
<td>The number of people is displayed in real time according to minutes. Red represents entering, green represents leaving, and blue represents passing.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>B</td>
<td>Capture, capture picture save path can be changed from [system settings] &gt; [common settings] &gt; [path settings].</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>K</td>
<td>Start all videos. The video download and save path can be changed from system Settings &gt; Common Settings &gt; Path Settings.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>ini</td>
<td>Set the number of pictures, supporting picture display amount 1,4, 9, 36, 49, 64.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>l&#8221;j</td>
<td>Full screen, full screen display of video page and real­time data page. Click again to cancel the full screen.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.12.2.4</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark430"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark431"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark432"></a> 5.12.2.4. Video Page of Real-time Statistics</p>
<p>View the video effect of real-time preview in video page, as is shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="769" height="330" class="wp-image-1344" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-193.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 193" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 633" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-193.jpeg 769w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-193-300x129.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 769px) 100vw, 769px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.12.2.9</p>
<p>Refer to 5.2.2 Video Preview Window for page-related parameters. :</p>
<p><strong>5.12.2.5. Report statistics</strong></p>
<p>On the report statistics page, count the number of people in a selected area. It supports the statistics of the number of people entering, leaving and passing by according to the detailed time, as is shown in below figure:</p>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>Home page</p>
<p>System configuration</p>
<p>Real-time preview</p>
<p>Date statistics</p>
<p>Eouipment management</p>
<p>Face statistics</p>
<p>Type or report. Oaih Recon Statistics Output E) &lt; * Ota school B * Outcbor List Graphics</p>
<p>staosiKai me<br />
00 004»»<br />
01 004)1 »<br />
02 004)2»<br />
03 004»»<br />
04:00-04»<br />
05 004»»<br />
06 00 06»<br />
07 00-07»<br />
06:00-08»<br />
09:004»:»<br />
10:00-10»<br />
11:00-11:59<br />
12:00-12»<br />
13:00-13:»<br />
14:00-14:»<br />
15:00-15:»</p>
<p>Number or people entering</p>
<p><em>M</em> nghts reserved Tiandy Technologies Co. Ltd</p>
<p>Figure 5.12.2.10</p>
<p>Select the report type and statistical time. If statistics need to be made according to the detailed time, enable the &#8220;detailed time&#8221; check box, and the statistics of the number of people in the detailed period will be displayed during the statistics. Click &#8220;export&#8221; to export the statistical data to the machine, as is</p>
<p>shown in below figure.</p>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>Home page</p>
<p>System configuration</p>
<p>Real-time preview</p>
<p>Data statistics</p>
<p>Equipment management</p>
<p>X Face statistics Real time stati Report statistics</p>
<p>•?. Visitor flow statistics Q</p>
<p>Type or report Daily Repon</p>
<p>□ • * Zoneliol</p>
<p>Statistics Output</p>
<p>□ m Old school</p>
<p>E m Outdoor List Graphics</p>
<p>▼ Date <em>al</em> stall 2020-11 -23</p>
<p>3 E7| Detail lime 09 ▼ 00 »</p>
<p>Number ot people leaving</p>
<p>Number ol people passing</p>
<p>0</p>
<p>All rights reserved Tiandy Ternnotogies Co, Lid</p>
<p>Figure 5.12.2.11</p>
<p>The data can be displayed in the two forms namely list or graph. The</p>
<p>graphic form supports line chart and bar chart, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="474" class="wp-image-1345" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-194.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 194" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 634" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-194.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-194-300x164.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-194-768x421.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.12.2.12</p>
<p>I lunay Homepage System configuration Real-time preview Data statistics tquipmerfl management</p>
<p><em>I</em> Face statistics Real time stati Report statistics</p>
<p>•5 Visitor flow statistics Q</p>
<p>Type ol report Dmlv Report • Dateotslati 2020-11-23 H Detailtime</p>
<p>LJ ■ k Zonilist Statistics Output</p>
<p>S -r k Oto school ’</p>
<p>□ k outdoor List Graphics</p>
<p>v Humber of <em>s</em> Number or Number or l.li <em>\S </em>Histogram</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="632" height="292" class="wp-image-1346" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-195.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 195" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 635" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-195.jpeg 632w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-195-300x139.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 632px) 100vw, 632px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.12.2.13</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark433"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark434"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark435"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark436"></a> Alarm configuration</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="58" height="60" class="wp-image-1347" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-196.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 196" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 636"></p>
<p>Click the alarm configuration icon on home page to enter the alarm</p>
<p>configuration interface. To conduct alarm configuration on watch point and device respectively is supported.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark437"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark438"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark439"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark440"></a> Alarm configuration of watch point</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="468" class="wp-image-1348" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-197.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 197" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 637" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-197.jpeg 864w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-197-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-197-768x416.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.13.1.1</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="85" height="39" class="wp-image-1349" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-198.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 198" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 638"> Select the channel needs alarm configuration in the watch point on the left,</p>
<p>, click &#8220;set&#8221;</p>
<p>tick and select required alarm type, set whether to enable</p>
<p>o|set coordinated action</p>
<p>to set the operation of coordinated alarm or coordinated</p>
<p>recording in corresponding alarm type, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="668" class="wp-image-1350" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-199.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 199" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 639" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-199.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-199-265x300.jpeg 265w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.13.1.2</p>
<p>Note: Set linkage under defense deployment status by ticking “link or not”.</p>
<p>Linkage will take effect under defense withdrawal status by ticking “link or not” and “defense withdrawal enabled” at the same time.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark441"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark442"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark443"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark444"></a> Set coordinated alarm</li>
</ol>
<p>Tick and select the check box ahead of &#8220;Audible alarm&#8221;, select alarm audio effect in the drop-down list, customized alarm audio supported (supported audio format is .wav), alarm audio audition supported.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark445"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark446"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark447"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark448"></a> Set coordinated recording</li>
</ol>
<p>Click Add and set &#8220;Coordinated monitoring point&#8221;, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="497" height="709" class="wp-image-1351" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-200.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 200" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 640" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-200.jpeg 497w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-200-210x300.jpeg 210w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 497px) 100vw, 497px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="124" height="47" class="wp-image-1352" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-201.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 201" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 641"></p>
<p>Figure 5.13.1.3</p>
<p>Select the channel needs to set recording, click</p>
<p>to add the</p>
<p>target channel of coordinated recording, click</p>
<p>Cancel</p>
<p>to restore to last</p>
<p>parameter setting. Click the number below or</p>
<p>Advanced</p>
<p>to continue to set</p>
<p>&#8220;Pre-recording&#8221; and &#8220;Delayed recording&#8221; time, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="310" class="wp-image-1353" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-202.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 202" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 642" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-202.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-202-300x157.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.13.1.4</p>
<p>Pre-recording and delayed recording interval supports the time setting of</p>
<p>0s, 5s, 10s, 15s, 25s and 30s, click</p>
<p>OK</p>
<p>to save time setting, click &#8221;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="827" class="wp-image-1354" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-203.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 203" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 643" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-203.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-203-214x300.jpeg 214w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Cancel</p>
<p>Figure 5.13.1.5</p>
<p>to restore to last parameter setting.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark449"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark450"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark451"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark452"></a> Copy to other channel</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="105" height="31" class="wp-image-1355" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-204.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 204" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 644"> Click and select the type of alarm, click</p>
<p>to copy the parameter of</p>
<p>Enabled status, Coordinated client action and Coordinated monitoring point of</p>
<p>the selected copy to other channel, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p>Click &#8221;</p>
<p>channel.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark453"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark454"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark455"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark456"></a> All enabled/All disabled</li>
</ol>
<p>All enabled</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>«disabled</p>
<p>to enable/disable all types of alarm in</p>
<p>the</p>
<p><strong>5.13.1.5. Email setup</strong></p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>Email setup</p>
<p>&#8220;button, and the E-mail can be configured. After</p>
<p>the</p>
<p>configuration is successful, the email alarm can be linked. As shown in the</p>
<p>figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="538" height="411" class="wp-image-1356" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-205.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 205" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 645" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-205.jpeg 538w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-205-300x229.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 538px) 100vw, 538px" /></p>
<p>Figure5.13.1.6</p>
<p>Relative parameters explanation of the interface is as below:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameters</td>
<td>Explanation</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SMTP service</td>
<td>Configure the E-mail server address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User name</td>
<td>Configure sender E-mail name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Thorization code</td>
<td>Configure sender E-mail authorization code.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Receiver</td>
<td>Configure the recipient E-mail address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connection testing</td>
<td>Verify that this method can connect successfully.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.13.1</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark457"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark458"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark459"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark460"></a> Alarm configuration of the device</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="416" class="wp-image-1357" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-206.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 206" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 646" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-206.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-206-300x163.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.13.2.1</p>
<p>The specific operation is the same as the alarm configuration of monitoring point.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark461"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark462"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark463"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark464"></a> Alarm configuration of people counting area</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="30" height="20" class="wp-image-1358" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-207.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 207" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 647"></p>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>Home page</p>
<p>Data statistics</p>
<p>Equipment management</p>
<p>Alarm configuration</p>
<p>Monitoring point</p>
<p>Device</p>
<p>People counting area</p>
<p>•i westdoor</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th><strong>Alarm Type</strong></th>
<th><strong>Alarm grade</strong></th>
<th><strong>Enabled</strong></th>
<th><strong>Operation</strong></th>
<th><strong>Coordinated client action</strong></th>
<th><strong>Coordinated mot</strong></th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Capacity eweeded</strong></td>
<td><strong>iGrade •</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Set</strong></td>
<td><strong>NO</strong></td>
<td><strong>No</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Alarm for surge</strong></td>
<td><strong>IGrade •</strong></td>
<td><strong>•</strong></td>
<td><strong>Set</strong></td>
<td><strong>No</strong></td>
<td><strong>No</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Set the linkage action Copy to All enabled All disabled Advanced</strong></p>
<p>All rights reserved. Tiandy Technologies Co., Ltd</p>
<p>Figure 5.13.3.1</p>
<p>The specific operation is the same as the alarm configuration of monitoring point.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark465"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark466"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark467"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark468"></a> Operation logs</li>
</ol>
<p>on home page to enter the operation</p>
<p>Click the operation log icon I</p>
<p>log interface. Login log, operation log and configuration log query supported, as</p>
<p>shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="766" height="413" class="wp-image-1359" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-208.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 208" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 648" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-208.jpeg 766w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-208-300x162.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 766px) 100vw, 766px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.14</p>
<p>The description of related parameter in the interface is as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Starting time</td>
<td>Available to set the starting time of log query.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ending time</td>
<td>Available to set the ending time of log query.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User name</td>
<td>Available to query the operation record of one user. Admin-super administrator user may check the operation record of all users.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Log Type</td>
<td>Available to query logs by type, including all, login, operation and configuration.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Detail Type</td>
<td>Available to conduct detailed classified query of all, login, operation and configuration by type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log description</td>
<td>Search key word to query log information.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Export Logs</td>
<td>Click Export Logs, available to output and save logs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Query</td>
<td>Click Query, available to query logs according to query conditions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Reset</td>
<td>Click Reset, to restore query conditions to default status.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Total X Pages</td>
<td>Display how many pages does the query result has.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>To X Page</td>
<td>Select a page to jump to the log record on that page.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.14</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/tiandy-easy7-smart-client-express-user-manual/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Dahua Password Reset Instructions</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/dahua-password-reset-instructions/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/dahua-password-reset-instructions/#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 24 May 2023 19:01:52 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Tools]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ConfigTool]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Dahua]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Dahua Device]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Dahua Device Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Dahua Toolbox]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DSS Express]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DSS Express V8]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Intercom]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Local Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Reset Dahua Device]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Step by Step]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows PC]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=333</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Dahua Password Reset Instructions,How to reset the password for a Dahua device. Follow these instructions to reset the password for ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/dahua-password-reset-instructions/#more-333" aria-label="Read more about Dahua Password Reset Instructions">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Dahua Password Reset Instructions,<b>How to reset the password for a Dahua device. </b>Follow these instructions to reset the password for your device if you have forgotten it.</p>
<h1><span id="How_to_Reset_Dahua_Recorder_Password_with_Technical_Support" class="mw-headline">How to Reset Dahua Recorder Password with Technical Support</span></h1>
<h3><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h3>
<p>How to reset your password if an email recovery option and security questions were not selected.</p>
<h3><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h3>
<p>Monitor and mouse connected to your recorder and access to your email account.</p>
<h3><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h3>
<p>1. Email your full device serial number and date shown on the OSD to <a class="external text" href="mailto:support.usa@dahuatech.com" rel="nofollow">Support.USA@Dahuatech.com</a></p>
<p>2. Once you receive a code from our support team go to your device Right click and select Main Menu</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Selectmenu.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/8/8c/Selectmenu.png/500px-Selectmenu.png" srcset="/images/thumb/8/8c/Selectmenu.png/750px-Selectmenu.png 1.5x, /images/thumb/8/8c/Selectmenu.png/1000px-Selectmenu.png 2x" alt="Selectmenu.png" width="500" height="282" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3395004034" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 737"></a></p>
<p>3.Under the Admin Account enter the code you received from support</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Entercode.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/5/57/Entercode.png/500px-Entercode.png" srcset="/images/thumb/5/57/Entercode.png/750px-Entercode.png 1.5x, /images/thumb/5/57/Entercode.png/1000px-Entercode.png 2x" alt="Entercode.png" width="500" height="281" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3874223162" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 738"></a></p>
<p>4.Select Ok</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Selectok.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/7b/Selectok.png/500px-Selectok.png" srcset="/images/thumb/7/7b/Selectok.png/750px-Selectok.png 1.5x, /images/thumb/7/7b/Selectok.png/1000px-Selectok.png 2x" alt="Selectok.png" width="500" height="280" data-pagespeed-url-hash="959691927" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 739"></a></p>
<p>5.Now Select System under the Settings Menu</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Selectsystem.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/3/37/Selectsystem.png/500px-Selectsystem.png" srcset="/images/thumb/3/37/Selectsystem.png/750px-Selectsystem.png 1.5x, /images/thumb/3/37/Selectsystem.png/1000px-Selectsystem.png 2x" alt="Selectsystem.png" width="500" height="281" data-pagespeed-url-hash="229656728" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 740"></a></p>
<p>6.Select Account from the left hand side</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Selectaccount.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/b/bd/Selectaccount.png/500px-Selectaccount.png" srcset="/images/thumb/b/bd/Selectaccount.png/750px-Selectaccount.png 1.5x, /images/thumb/b/bd/Selectaccount.png/1000px-Selectaccount.png 2x" alt="Selectaccount.png" width="500" height="281" data-pagespeed-url-hash="125251373" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 741"></a></p>
<p>7.Select Modify next to the Admin Username</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Selectmodify.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/2/28/Selectmodify.png/500px-Selectmodify.png" srcset="/images/thumb/2/28/Selectmodify.png/750px-Selectmodify.png 1.5x, /images/thumb/2/28/Selectmodify.png/1000px-Selectmodify.png 2x" alt="Selectmodify.png" width="500" height="280" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3089849375" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 742"></a></p>
<p>8.Put a check in modify password</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Selectmodifypswrd.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/f/f4/Selectmodifypswrd.png/500px-Selectmodifypswrd.png" srcset="/images/thumb/f/f4/Selectmodifypswrd.png/750px-Selectmodifypswrd.png 1.5x, /images/thumb/f/f4/Selectmodifypswrd.png/1000px-Selectmodifypswrd.png 2x" alt="Selectmodifypswrd.png" width="500" height="281" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2824743283" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 743"></a></p>
<p>9.Under old password enter the same code you received from support</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Entercode2.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/1/1f/Entercode2.png/500px-Entercode2.png" srcset="/images/thumb/1/1f/Entercode2.png/750px-Entercode2.png 1.5x, /images/thumb/1/1f/Entercode2.png/1000px-Entercode2.png 2x" alt="Entercode2.png" width="500" height="281" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4243331947" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 744"></a></p>
<p>10.Now enter your new password twice</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Newpasswordtwice.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/f/f0/Newpasswordtwice.png/500px-Newpasswordtwice.png" srcset="/images/thumb/f/f0/Newpasswordtwice.png/750px-Newpasswordtwice.png 1.5x, /images/thumb/f/f0/Newpasswordtwice.png/1000px-Newpasswordtwice.png 2x" alt="Newpasswordtwice.png" width="500" height="281" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2564004195" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 745"></a></p>
<p>11.Then select save and your password reset is now complete</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Selectsave.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/4/44/Selectsave.png/500px-Selectsave.png" srcset="/images/thumb/4/44/Selectsave.png/750px-Selectsave.png 1.5x, /images/thumb/4/44/Selectsave.png/1000px-Selectsave.png 2x" alt="Selectsave.png" width="500" height="281" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3532763363" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 746"></a></p>
<h2>Dahua Password Reset Instructions</h2>
<p>Read More : <a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/323/dss-express-v8-user-manual/">DSS Express V8 User Manual</a></p>
<h1><span id="Reset_Dahua_Device_Password_Using_DMSS" class="mw-headline">Reset Dahua Device Password Using DMSS</span></h1>
<h2><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>
<p>These instructions will show how to reset the password of a Dahua device using the mobile app DMSS</p>
<table id="TABLE_1" class="wikitable">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><b>PLEASE NOTE: An email address must have been entered during Device Initialization for the Password Reset option for this to work</b></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table id="TABLE_2" class="wikitable">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><b>PLEASE NOTE: If you receive an error message like this:</b><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Reset_Dahua_Device_Password_Using_DMSS_-_Error.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/e/e8/Reset_Dahua_Device_Password_Using_DMSS_-_Error.jpg/500px-Reset_Dahua_Device_Password_Using_DMSS_-_Error.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/e/e8/Reset_Dahua_Device_Password_Using_DMSS_-_Error.jpg/750px-Reset_Dahua_Device_Password_Using_DMSS_-_Error.jpg 1.5x, /images/e/e8/Reset_Dahua_Device_Password_Using_DMSS_-_Error.jpg 2x" alt="Reset Dahua Device Password Using DMSS - Error.jpg" width="500" height="326" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1573733785" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 747"></a></p>
<p>You will not be able to reset the device using this method.</p>
<p>Please try alternate password reset options: <a title="Password Reset" href="https://dahuawiki.com/Password_Reset" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">How To Reset the password for a Dahua device</a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h2><span id="Video_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Video Instructions</span></h2>
<div class="embedvideo autoResize">
<div class="embedvideowrap"><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/Fu7g82AOMAY?" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></div>
</div>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>Dahua device, connected to network</li>
<li>DMSS</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<h3><span id="QR_Code" class="mw-headline">QR Code</span></h3>
<p>1. Locate the QR Code reset for the device.</p>
<p>This can be found at both the local interface of a NVR/XVR, or the web interface for NVR/XVR/IP camera:</p>
<p>SystemUI: &#8211; At Live View, right click to access the Log In prompt</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/0/0f/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_1.jpg/800px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_1.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/0/0f/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_1.jpg/1200px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/0/0f/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_1.jpg/1600px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_1.jpg 2x" alt="Password Reset NVR DMSS - 1.jpg" width="800" height="447" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1188636448" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 748"></a></p>
<p>&#8211; Click Forgot Pattern (if enabled) &gt; Forgot Password option</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_2.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/7d/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_2.jpg/800px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_2.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/7/7d/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_2.jpg/1200px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_2.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/7/7d/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_2.jpg/1600px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_2.jpg 2x" alt="Password Reset NVR DMSS - 2.jpg" width="800" height="447" data-pagespeed-url-hash="744089578" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 749"></a></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_3.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/c0/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_3.jpg/800px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_3.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/c/c0/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_3.jpg/1200px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_3.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/c/c0/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_3.jpg/1600px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_3.jpg 2x" alt="Password Reset NVR DMSS - 3.jpg" width="800" height="447" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2516926776" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 750"></a></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_4.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/6/6c/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_4.jpg/800px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_4.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/6/6c/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_4.jpg/1200px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_4.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/6/6c/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_4.jpg/1600px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_4.jpg 2x" alt="Password Reset NVR DMSS - 4.jpg" width="800" height="447" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2338217111" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 751"></a></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_5.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/5/51/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_5.jpg/800px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_5.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/5/51/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_5.jpg/1200px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_5.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/5/51/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_5.jpg/1600px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_5.jpg 2x" alt="Password Reset NVR DMSS - 5.jpg" width="800" height="447" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3225893185" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 752"></a></p>
<p>WebUI: &#8211; Type IP address of device into browser &#8211; at Login prompt click &#8211; Forgot password</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Reset_Dahua_Device_Password_Using_DMSS_-_1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/a/a3/Reset_Dahua_Device_Password_Using_DMSS_-_1.jpg/800px-Reset_Dahua_Device_Password_Using_DMSS_-_1.jpg" srcset="/images/a/a3/Reset_Dahua_Device_Password_Using_DMSS_-_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/a/a3/Reset_Dahua_Device_Password_Using_DMSS_-_1.jpg 2x" alt="Reset Dahua Device Password Using DMSS - 1.jpg" width="800" height="517" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3138529793" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 753"></a></p>
<p>2. Click OK to the prompt</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Reset_Dahua_Device_Password_Using_DMSS_-_2.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/3/38/Reset_Dahua_Device_Password_Using_DMSS_-_2.jpg/800px-Reset_Dahua_Device_Password_Using_DMSS_-_2.jpg" srcset="/images/3/38/Reset_Dahua_Device_Password_Using_DMSS_-_2.jpg 1.5x, /images/3/38/Reset_Dahua_Device_Password_Using_DMSS_-_2.jpg 2x" alt="Reset Dahua Device Password Using DMSS - 2.jpg" width="800" height="518" data-pagespeed-url-hash="903869798" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 754"></a></p>
<p>3. The QR Code will be displayed on screen</p>
<p>The email address on file will be partially shown</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Reset_Dahua_Device_Password_Using_DMSS_-_3.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/9/9b/Reset_Dahua_Device_Password_Using_DMSS_-_3.jpg/800px-Reset_Dahua_Device_Password_Using_DMSS_-_3.jpg" srcset="/images/9/9b/Reset_Dahua_Device_Password_Using_DMSS_-_3.jpg 1.5x, /images/9/9b/Reset_Dahua_Device_Password_Using_DMSS_-_3.jpg 2x" alt="Reset Dahua Device Password Using DMSS - 3.jpg" width="800" height="523" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4007847320" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 755"></a></p>
<p>The next step will involve scanning the QR code using the DMSS Mobile App</p>
<h3><span id="DMSS" class="mw-headline">DMSS</span></h3>
<p>1. Launch the DMSS App</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_6.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/e/e0/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_6.jpg/800px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_6.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/e/e0/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_6.jpg/1200px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_6.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/e/e0/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_6.jpg/1600px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_6.jpg 2x" alt="Password Reset NVR DMSS - 6.jpg" width="800" height="447" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2735057794" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 756"></a></p>
<p>Select <b>Me</b></p>
<p>2. Select <b>Tool Manager</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_7.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/f/fa/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_7.jpg/800px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_7.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/f/fa/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_7.jpg/1200px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_7.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/f/fa/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_7.jpg/1600px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_7.jpg 2x" alt="Password Reset NVR DMSS - 7.jpg" width="800" height="447" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1959729907" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 757"></a></p>
<p>3. Select <b>Password Resetting</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_8.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/0/01/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_8.jpg/800px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_8.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/0/01/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_8.jpg/1200px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_8.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/0/01/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_8.jpg/1600px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_8.jpg 2x" alt="Password Reset NVR DMSS - 8.jpg" width="800" height="447" data-pagespeed-url-hash="931577737" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 758"></a></p>
<p>4. Scan the QR code found in the previous step using the mobile phone</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_9.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/d/d1/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_9.jpg/800px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_9.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/d/d1/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_9.jpg/1200px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_9.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/d/d1/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_9.jpg/1600px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_9.jpg 2x" alt="Password Reset NVR DMSS - 9.jpg" width="800" height="447" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3680682075" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 759"></a></p>
<p>5. A confirmation will display a successful reset.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_10.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/1/1c/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_10.jpg/800px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_10.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/1/1c/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_10.jpg/1200px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_10.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/1/1c/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_10.jpg/1600px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_10.jpg 2x" alt="Password Reset NVR DMSS - 10.jpg" width="800" height="447" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1727221701" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 760"></a></p>
<p>The email address on file will receive an email shortly containing a security code</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_11.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/8/89/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_11.jpg/800px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_11.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/8/89/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_11.jpg/1200px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_11.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/8/89/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_11.jpg/1600px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_11.jpg 2x" alt="Password Reset NVR DMSS - 11.jpg" width="800" height="447" data-pagespeed-url-hash="677367481" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 761"></a></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_12.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/b/b1/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_12.jpg/800px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_12.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/b/b1/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_12.jpg/1200px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_12.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/b/b1/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_12.jpg/1600px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_12.jpg 2x" alt="Password Reset NVR DMSS - 12.jpg" width="800" height="447" data-pagespeed-url-hash="467949929" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 762"></a></p>
<p>Enter this code at the Forgot Password interface</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_13.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/8/80/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_13.jpg/800px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_13.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/8/80/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_13.jpg/1200px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_13.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/8/80/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_13.jpg/1600px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_13.jpg 2x" alt="Password Reset NVR DMSS - 13.jpg" width="800" height="447" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3298164136" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 763"></a></p>
<p>Click <b>Next</b></p>
<p>The device will prompt you to enter a new password</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_14.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/c3/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_14.jpg/800px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_14.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/c/c3/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_14.jpg/1200px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_14.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/c/c3/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_14.jpg/1600px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_14.jpg 2x" alt="Password Reset NVR DMSS - 14.jpg" width="800" height="447" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2629730849" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 764"></a></p>
<p>You can log in using the new password</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_15.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/4/41/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_15.jpg/800px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_15.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/4/41/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_15.jpg/1200px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_15.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/4/41/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_15.jpg/1600px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_15.jpg 2x" alt="Password Reset NVR DMSS - 15.jpg" width="800" height="447" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1519899497" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 765"></a></p>
<h1><span id="Reset_Dahua_Device_Password_Using_ConfigTool" class="mw-headline">Reset Dahua Device Password Using ConfigTool</span></h1>
<h2><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>
<p>These instructions will show how to reset the password of a Dahua device using ConfigTool on a local computer</p>
<table id="TABLE_1" class="wikitable">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><b>PLEASE NOTE: These instructions can not be completed without assistance from Dahua Technical Support. Please contact Dahua Technical Support via one of the methods <a class="external text" href="https://dahuawiki.com/Support" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">HERE</a></b></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>Dahua IP camera, connected to network</li>
<li>Local computer , with ConfigTool installed</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>1. Open ConfigTool</p>
<p>Select &#8220;Password Reset&#8221; on the left.</p>
<p>Find the device in the list, and verify it has the XML reset option under &#8220;Support&#8221;.</p>
<p>Click the <b>Reset</b> button on the right</p>
<table id="TABLE_2" class="wikitable">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><b>You can select Multiple cameras per export file. Please select all the IP Cameras then click on &#8220;Batch Reset&#8221; to make a single XML file.</b></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:XMLPasswordReset1.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/c0/XMLPasswordReset1.png/1000px-XMLPasswordReset1.png" srcset="/images/c/c0/XMLPasswordReset1.png 1.5x, /images/c/c0/XMLPasswordReset1.png 2x" alt="XMLPasswordReset1.png" width="1000" height="617" data-pagespeed-url-hash="782566015" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 766"></a></p>
<p>2. Click <b>Agree</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:XMLPasswordReset2.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/a/ad/XMLPasswordReset2.png/1000px-XMLPasswordReset2.png" srcset="/images/a/ad/XMLPasswordReset2.png 1.5x, /images/a/ad/XMLPasswordReset2.png 2x" alt="XMLPasswordReset2.png" width="1000" height="614" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2149304827" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 767"></a></p>
<p>3. Select the <b>Reset Mode</b> drop-down and then select <b>XML File</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:XMLPasswordReset3.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/9/97/XMLPasswordReset3.png/1000px-XMLPasswordReset3.png" srcset="/images/9/97/XMLPasswordReset3.png 1.5x, /images/9/97/XMLPasswordReset3.png 2x" alt="XMLPasswordReset3.png" width="1000" height="618" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3203900224" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 768"></a></p>
<p>4. Click <b>OK</b> to confirm XML password reset method</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:XMLPasswordReset4.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/b/bf/XMLPasswordReset4.png/1000px-XMLPasswordReset4.png" srcset="/images/b/bf/XMLPasswordReset4.png 1.5x, /images/b/bf/XMLPasswordReset4.png 2x" alt="XMLPasswordReset4.png" width="1000" height="618" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2224694275" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 769"></a></p>
<p>5. The default location the XML file will be saved to is displayed. Click <b>Browse Path</b> to select a new location. Click <b>Next</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:XMLPasswordReset5.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/0/0f/XMLPasswordReset5.png/1000px-XMLPasswordReset5.png" srcset="/images/0/0f/XMLPasswordReset5.png 1.5x, /images/0/0f/XMLPasswordReset5.png 2x" alt="XMLPasswordReset5.png" width="1000" height="617" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2208583459" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 770"></a></p>
<p>6. The ExportFile XML file will be created. Click <b>OK</b> to continue</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:XMLPasswordReset6.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/3/30/XMLPasswordReset6.png/1000px-XMLPasswordReset6.png" srcset="/images/3/30/XMLPasswordReset6.png 1.5x, /images/3/30/XMLPasswordReset6.png 2x" alt="XMLPasswordReset6.png" width="1000" height="617" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3511819843" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 771"></a></p>
<p>7. This file will be used in the password reset process. Contact Dahua technical support via one of the methods <a class="external text" href="https://dahuawiki.com/Support" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">HERE</a> for the result file. Once you recieve the Result file, select <b>Open</b> and choose the file on your file system. Click <b>Next</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:XMLPasswordReset7.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/3/32/XMLPasswordReset7.png/1000px-XMLPasswordReset7.png" srcset="/images/3/32/XMLPasswordReset7.png 1.5x, /images/3/32/XMLPasswordReset7.png 2x" alt="XMLPasswordReset7.png" width="1000" height="617" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1192936013" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 772"></a></p>
<p>8. If the Result file is accepted, it will allow you to set the new password. Input a new password in the <b>New Password</b> and <b>Confirm Password</b> fields. Click <b>Finish</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:XMLPasswordReset8.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/5/5f/XMLPasswordReset8.png/1000px-XMLPasswordReset8.png" srcset="/images/5/5f/XMLPasswordReset8.png 1.5x, /images/5/5f/XMLPasswordReset8.png 2x" alt="XMLPasswordReset8.png" width="1000" height="617" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3338229873" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 773"></a></p>
<p>9. If the password is successfully reset, you will see a Green Check Mark next to the camera in the list</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:XMLPasswordReset9.PNG" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/4/45/XMLPasswordReset9.PNG/1000px-XMLPasswordReset9.PNG" srcset="/images/4/45/XMLPasswordReset9.PNG 1.5x, /images/4/45/XMLPasswordReset9.PNG 2x" alt="XMLPasswordReset9.PNG" width="1000" height="617" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2157456560" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 774"></a></p>
<h1><span id="Reset_Dahua_IP_Camera_Password_Using_DMSS" class="mw-headline">Reset Dahua IP Camera Password Using DMSS</span></h1>
<h2><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>
<p>These instructions will show how to reset the password of a Dahua IP Camera using the mobile app DMSS</p>
<table id="TABLE_1" class="wikitable">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><b>PLEASE NOTE: These instructions will only work if Email Recovery was setup during device initialization. If this was not set up for the device, please try another password reset option<br />
<a title="Password Reset" href="https://dahuawiki.com/Password_Reset#IP_Camera" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Password Reset for Dahua IP Camera</a></b></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>Dahua IP camera, connected to network</li>
<li>Local computer</li>
<li>DMSS mobile app</li>
<li>Email recovery setup for device</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Video_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Video Instructions</span></h2>
<div class="embedvideo autoResize">
<div class="embedvideowrap"><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/Fu7g82AOMAY?" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></div>
</div>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<h4><span id="WebUI_of_IP_Camera" class="mw-headline">WebUI of IP Camera</span></h4>
<p>1. Type the IP of the IP camera into a web browser</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Reset_IPC_Password_-_WebUI_-_1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/c2/Reset_IPC_Password_-_WebUI_-_1.jpg/600px-Reset_IPC_Password_-_WebUI_-_1.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/c/c2/Reset_IPC_Password_-_WebUI_-_1.jpg/900px-Reset_IPC_Password_-_WebUI_-_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/c/c2/Reset_IPC_Password_-_WebUI_-_1.jpg 2x" alt="Reset IPC Password - WebUI - 1.jpg" width="600" height="473" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2228564238" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 775"></a></p>
<p>2. Click the &#8216;Forgot password?&#8217; option</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Reset_IPC_Password_-_WebUI_-_2.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/a/ad/Reset_IPC_Password_-_WebUI_-_2.jpg/600px-Reset_IPC_Password_-_WebUI_-_2.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/a/ad/Reset_IPC_Password_-_WebUI_-_2.jpg/900px-Reset_IPC_Password_-_WebUI_-_2.jpg 1.5x, /images/a/ad/Reset_IPC_Password_-_WebUI_-_2.jpg 2x" alt="Reset IPC Password - WebUI - 2.jpg" width="600" height="425" data-pagespeed-url-hash="946267080" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 776"></a></p>
<p>3. A prompt will appear to confirm the reset</p>
<p>Select OK</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Reset_IPC_Password_-_WebUI_-_3.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/d/d5/Reset_IPC_Password_-_WebUI_-_3.jpg/600px-Reset_IPC_Password_-_WebUI_-_3.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/d/d5/Reset_IPC_Password_-_WebUI_-_3.jpg/900px-Reset_IPC_Password_-_WebUI_-_3.jpg 1.5x, /images/d/d5/Reset_IPC_Password_-_WebUI_-_3.jpg 2x" alt="Reset IPC Password - WebUI - 3.jpg" width="600" height="425" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3497771111" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 777"></a></p>
<p>4. A QR code will be displayed.</p>
<p>This code must be scanned using the mobile app DMSS on a mobile phone</p>
<h3><span id="DMSS" class="mw-headline">DMSS</span></h3>
<p>1. Launch the DMSS App</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_6.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/e/e0/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_6.jpg/800px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_6.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/e/e0/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_6.jpg/1200px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_6.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/e/e0/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_6.jpg/1600px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_6.jpg 2x" alt="Password Reset NVR DMSS - 6.jpg" width="800" height="447" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2735057794" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 756"></a></p>
<p>Select <b>Me</b></p>
<p>2. Select <b>Tool Manager</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_7.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/f/fa/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_7.jpg/800px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_7.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/f/fa/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_7.jpg/1200px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_7.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/f/fa/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_7.jpg/1600px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_7.jpg 2x" alt="Password Reset NVR DMSS - 7.jpg" width="800" height="447" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1959729907" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 757"></a></p>
<p>3. Select <b>Password Resetting</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_8.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/0/01/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_8.jpg/800px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_8.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/0/01/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_8.jpg/1200px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_8.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/0/01/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_8.jpg/1600px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_8.jpg 2x" alt="Password Reset NVR DMSS - 8.jpg" width="800" height="447" data-pagespeed-url-hash="931577737" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 758"></a></p>
<p>4. Scan the QR code found in the previous step using the mobile phone</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_9.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/d/d1/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_9.jpg/800px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_9.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/d/d1/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_9.jpg/1200px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_9.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/d/d1/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_9.jpg/1600px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_9.jpg 2x" alt="Password Reset NVR DMSS - 9.jpg" width="800" height="447" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3680682075" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 759"></a></p>
<p>5. A confirmation will display a successful reset.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_10.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/1/1c/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_10.jpg/800px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_10.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/1/1c/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_10.jpg/1200px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_10.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/1/1c/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_10.jpg/1600px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_10.jpg 2x" alt="Password Reset NVR DMSS - 10.jpg" width="800" height="447" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1727221701" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 760"></a></p>
<p>The email address on file will receive an email shortly containing a security code</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_11.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/8/89/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_11.jpg/800px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_11.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/8/89/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_11.jpg/1200px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_11.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/8/89/Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_11.jpg/1600px-Password_Reset_NVR_DMSS_-_11.jpg 2x" alt="Password Reset NVR DMSS - 11.jpg" width="800" height="447" data-pagespeed-url-hash="677367481" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 761"></a></p>
<p>The Security Code will be sent to the email that was setup during device initialization, the email will be shown partially below the QR code</p>
<p>Enter this code at Security Code field</p>
<p>Click Next</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Reset_IPC_Password_-_WebUI_-_4.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/77/Reset_IPC_Password_-_WebUI_-_4.jpg/600px-Reset_IPC_Password_-_WebUI_-_4.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/7/77/Reset_IPC_Password_-_WebUI_-_4.jpg/900px-Reset_IPC_Password_-_WebUI_-_4.jpg 1.5x, /images/7/77/Reset_IPC_Password_-_WebUI_-_4.jpg 2x" alt="Reset IPC Password - WebUI - 4.jpg" width="600" height="425" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1647397255" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 784"></a></p>
<p>Enter a new password for the camera</p>
<p>Click <b>Save</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Password_Reset_IPC_DMSS_-_1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/5/5b/Password_Reset_IPC_DMSS_-_1.jpg/800px-Password_Reset_IPC_DMSS_-_1.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/5/5b/Password_Reset_IPC_DMSS_-_1.jpg/1200px-Password_Reset_IPC_DMSS_-_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/5/5b/Password_Reset_IPC_DMSS_-_1.jpg/1600px-Password_Reset_IPC_DMSS_-_1.jpg 2x" alt="Password Reset IPC DMSS - 1.jpg" width="800" height="447" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3587286238" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 785"></a></p>
<h1><span id="How_To_Reset_VTH_Password_via_Computer" class="mw-headline">How To Reset VTH Password via Computer</span></h1>
<h3><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h3>
<p>This guide will show you how to reset the password of a Dahua VTH over a local network using <a title="Software/Dahua Toolbox/VDPConfig" href="https://dahuawiki.com/Software/Dahua_Toolbox/VDPConfig" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">VDP Config</a>.</p>
<table id="TABLE_1" class="wikitable">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><b>PLEASE NOTE: These instructions can not be completed without assistance from Dahua Technical Support. Please contact Dahua Technical Support via one of the methods <a class="external text" href="https://dahuawiki.com/Support" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">HERE</a>once you have completed Step 9</b></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h3><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h3>
<ul>
<li>Windows PC.</li>
<li>Dahua video intercom device on the same LAN as the PC</li>
<li><a title="Software/Dahua Toolbox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/Software/Dahua_Toolbox" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Dahua Toolbox</a></li>
<li><a title="Software/Dahua Toolbox/VDPConfig" href="https://dahuawiki.com/Software/Dahua_Toolbox/VDPConfig" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">VDP Config</a></li>
</ul>
<h3><span id="Video_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Video Instructions</span></h3>
<div class="embedvideo autoResize">
<div class="embedvideowrap"><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/2AgxaEHG80k?" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></div>
</div>
<h3><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h3>
<p>1. Open DahuaToolbox and click Open next to VDPConfig</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Upgrade_Firmware_-_VDPConfig_-_1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/f/f3/Upgrade_Firmware_-_VDPConfig_-_1.jpg/600px-Upgrade_Firmware_-_VDPConfig_-_1.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/f/f3/Upgrade_Firmware_-_VDPConfig_-_1.jpg/900px-Upgrade_Firmware_-_VDPConfig_-_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/f/f3/Upgrade_Firmware_-_VDPConfig_-_1.jpg 2x" alt="Upgrade Firmware - VDPConfig - 1.jpg" width="600" height="438" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3162772073" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 786"></a></p>
<p>2. Discover the device in VDPConfig &#8211; <a title="Software/Dahua Toolbox/VDPConfig/Discover Device" href="https://dahuawiki.com/Software/Dahua_Toolbox/VDPConfig/Discover_Device" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">How To Discover A Device Using VDPConfig</a></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Modify_IP_-_VDPConfig_-_1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/f/f9/Modify_IP_-_VDPConfig_-_1.jpg/600px-Modify_IP_-_VDPConfig_-_1.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/f/f9/Modify_IP_-_VDPConfig_-_1.jpg/900px-Modify_IP_-_VDPConfig_-_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/f/f9/Modify_IP_-_VDPConfig_-_1.jpg 2x" alt="Modify IP - VDPConfig - 1.jpg" width="600" height="421" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3535127447" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 787"></a></p>
<p>3. Select System Settings section</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/a/a3/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_1.jpg/600px-VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_1.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/a/a3/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_1.jpg/900px-VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/a/a3/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_1.jpg 2x" alt="VTH Password Reset XML - 1.jpg" width="600" height="419" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2159527391" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 788"></a></p>
<p>4. Click Device Password</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_2.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/c7/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_2.jpg/600px-VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_2.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/c/c7/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_2.jpg/900px-VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_2.jpg 1.5x, /images/c/c7/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_2.jpg 2x" alt="VTH Password Reset XML - 2.jpg" width="600" height="419" data-pagespeed-url-hash="21825875" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 789"></a></p>
<p>5. Select the device(s) you wish to reset the password for on the left using the checkbox</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_3.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/9/9c/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_3.jpg/600px-VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_3.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/9/9c/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_3.jpg/900px-VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_3.jpg 1.5x, /images/9/9c/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_3.jpg 2x" alt="VTH Password Reset XML - 3.jpg" width="600" height="419" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3567505351" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 790"></a></p>
<p>6. Click <b>Reset Password</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_4.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/6/67/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_4.jpg/600px-VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_4.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/6/67/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_4.jpg/900px-VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_4.jpg 1.5x, /images/6/67/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_4.jpg 2x" alt="VTH Password Reset XML - 4.jpg" width="600" height="419" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2939280533" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 791"></a></p>
<p>7. Confirm the prompt</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_5.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/c8/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_5.jpg/600px-VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_5.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/c/c8/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_5.jpg/900px-VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_5.jpg 1.5x, /images/c/c8/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_5.jpg 2x" alt="VTH Password Reset XML - 5.jpg" width="600" height="419" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1579624000" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 792"></a></p>
<p>8. Use the dropdown box next to Reset Mode to select <b>XML File</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_6.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/c8/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_6.jpg/600px-VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_6.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/c/c8/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_6.jpg/900px-VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_6.jpg 1.5x, /images/c/c8/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_6.jpg 2x" alt="VTH Password Reset XML - 6.jpg" width="600" height="419" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2054830452" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 793"></a></p>
<p>The default Export Path will be displayed where the XML will be saved. Click <b>BrowsePath</b> to modify this location.</p>
<p>Click <b>Next</b> to proceed</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_7.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/d/d6/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_7.jpg/600px-VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_7.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/d/d6/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_7.jpg/900px-VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_7.jpg 1.5x, /images/d/d6/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_7.jpg 2x" alt="VTH Password Reset XML - 7.jpg" width="600" height="419" data-pagespeed-url-hash="694867844" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 794"></a></p>
<p>A prompt will confirm a successful reset and generation of the XML file.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_8.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/e/ed/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_8.jpg/600px-VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_8.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/e/ed/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_8.jpg/900px-VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_8.jpg 1.5x, /images/e/ed/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_8.jpg 2x" alt="VTH Password Reset XML - 8.jpg" width="600" height="419" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1384518852" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 795"></a></p>
<table id="TABLE_2" class="wikitable">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><b>PLEASE NOTE: The next steps require the assistance of Dahua Technical Support to complete the process. Please contact Dahua Technical Support via one of the methods once you have generated an XML file <a class="external text" href="https://dahuawiki.com/Support" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">HERE</a></b></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>9. Navigate to the location where the XML file was exported to. default file name is ExportFile.xml</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_9.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/9/92/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_9.jpg/600px-VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_9.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/9/92/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_9.jpg/900px-VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_9.jpg 1.5x, /images/9/92/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_9.jpg 2x" alt="VTH Password Reset XML - 9.jpg" width="600" height="419" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4236951678" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 796"></a></p>
<p>10. Send the exported xml file as an attachment to the email address: support_rpwd@dahuatech.com</p>
<p>Then 2 or 3 minutes later, you will receive an email with the attached XML file</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_10.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/a/a2/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_10.jpg/600px-VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_10.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/a/a2/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_10.jpg/900px-VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_10.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/a/a2/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_10.jpg/1200px-VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_10.jpg 2x" alt="VTH Password Reset XML - 10.jpg" width="600" height="259" data-pagespeed-url-hash="711716420" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 797"></a></p>
<p>Save the results.XML file to the computer</p>
<p>11. In VDPConfig at the Reset Password interface click Open</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_11.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/71/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_11.jpg/600px-VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_11.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/7/71/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_11.jpg/900px-VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_11.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/7/71/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_11.jpg/1200px-VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_11.jpg 2x" alt="VTH Password Reset XML - 11.jpg" width="600" height="259" data-pagespeed-url-hash="437035993" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 798"></a></p>
<p>12. Select the results.xml file click Open</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_12.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/3/3a/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_12.jpg/600px-VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_12.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/3/3a/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_12.jpg/900px-VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_12.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/3/3a/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_12.jpg/1200px-VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_12.jpg 2x" alt="VTH Password Reset XML - 12.jpg" width="600" height="259" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2198515019" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 799"></a></p>
<p>13. Click <b>Next</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_13.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/6/65/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_13.jpg/600px-VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_13.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/6/65/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_13.jpg/900px-VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_13.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/6/65/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_13.jpg/1200px-VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_13.jpg 2x" alt="VTH Password Reset XML - 13.jpg" width="600" height="259" data-pagespeed-url-hash="621808835" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 800"></a></p>
<p>14. Once the reset is successful it will prompt to create a new password for the device.</p>
<p>Enter the new password and again to confirm</p>
<p>Click <b>Complete</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_14.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/f/fd/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_14.jpg/600px-VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_14.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/f/fd/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_14.jpg/900px-VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_14.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/f/fd/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_14.jpg/1200px-VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_14.jpg 2x" alt="VTH Password Reset XML - 14.jpg" width="600" height="259" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2063050676" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 801"></a></p>
<p>A green checkmark next to the device will confirm a successful password reset</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_15.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/8/86/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_15.jpg/600px-VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_15.jpg" srcset="/images/8/86/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_15.jpg 1.5x, /images/8/86/VTH_Password_Reset_XML_-_15.jpg 2x" alt="VTH Password Reset XML - 15.jpg" width="600" height="418" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3219810668" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 802"></a></p>
<h1><span id="How_to_Reset_Dahua_V-Radio_Wireless_Bridge_Using_Reset_Tool" class="mw-headline">How to Reset Dahua V-Radio Wireless Bridge Using Reset Tool</span></h1>
<h2><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>
<p>These instructions will show you how to reset a Dahua Wireless Bridge using the reset tool. Upon completion of these instructions, your wireless bridge will be at the following:</p>
<ul>
<li>Default IP: 192.168.1.36</li>
<li>User Name: admin</li>
<li>Password: admin</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<div class="thumb tright">
<div class="thumbinner"><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Wireless_Bridge_L1.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="thumbimage" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/e/ef/Wireless_Bridge_L1.png/300px-Wireless_Bridge_L1.png" srcset="/images/e/ef/Wireless_Bridge_L1.png 1.5x, /images/e/ef/Wireless_Bridge_L1.png 2x" alt="Wireless Bridge L1.png" width="300" height="183" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1706106785" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 803"></a></p>
<div class="thumbcaption">
<div class="magnify"></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<ul>
<li>DH-PFWB2-60n</li>
<li>DH-PFWB2-30n</li>
<li>DH-PFWB2-90n</li>
<li>DH-PFWB5-30n</li>
<li>DH-PFWB5-10n</li>
<li>DH-PFWB5-90n</li>
<li>DH-PFWB5-30ac</li>
<li>DH-PFWB5-10ac</li>
<li>DH-PFWB5-90ac</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li><a class="external text" href="https://dahuawiki.com/images/Files/Software/Wireless_Bridge_Reset_Tool/Reset-Tool-for-Dahua-V-Raido-Wireless-Bridges.zip" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Dahua V-Radio Wireless Bridge Reset Tool</a></li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Bridge Serial Number</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>A laptop or PC directly connected to the Wireless Bridge&#8217;s POE injector</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>JRE &#8211; Java Runtime Environment. You can find &#8220;jre-8u171-windows-i586.exe&#8221; in the zip file</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Video_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Video Instructions</span></h2>
<div class="embedvideo autoResize">
<div class="embedvideowrap"><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/EXAMPLE?" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></div>
</div>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>1. Connect the wireless bridge and computer as seen below</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Wireless_Bridge_L1.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/e/ef/Wireless_Bridge_L1.png/400px-Wireless_Bridge_L1.png" srcset="/images/e/ef/Wireless_Bridge_L1.png 1.5x, /images/e/ef/Wireless_Bridge_L1.png 2x" alt="Wireless Bridge L1.png" width="400" height="245" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2541136092" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 804"></a></p>
<p>2. Right click the network icon in the taskbar on the computer</p>
<p>Select &#8220;Open Network and Sharing Center&#8221;</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Network_Setup_1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/9/9a/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Network_Setup_1.jpg/600px-Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Network_Setup_1.jpg" srcset="/images/9/9a/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Network_Setup_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/9/9a/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Network_Setup_1.jpg 2x" alt="Reset Wireless Bridge - Network Setup 1.jpg" width="600" height="94" data-pagespeed-url-hash="266792161" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 805"></a></p>
<p>3. Click &#8220;Change adapter settings&#8221; on the left side of the screen</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Network_Setup_2.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/76/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Network_Setup_2.jpg/600px-Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Network_Setup_2.jpg" srcset="/images/7/76/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Network_Setup_2.jpg 1.5x, /images/7/76/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Network_Setup_2.jpg 2x" alt="Reset Wireless Bridge - Network Setup 2.jpg" width="600" height="467" data-pagespeed-url-hash="831294044" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 806"></a></p>
<p>4. Select the network adapter that is connected to the device</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Network_Setup_3.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/ce/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Network_Setup_3.jpg/600px-Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Network_Setup_3.jpg" srcset="/images/c/ce/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Network_Setup_3.jpg 1.5x, /images/c/ce/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Network_Setup_3.jpg 2x" alt="Reset Wireless Bridge - Network Setup 3.jpg" width="600" height="468" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2991791653" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 807"></a></p>
<p>5. Right click, select Properties</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Network_Setup_4.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/9/9d/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Network_Setup_4.jpg/600px-Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Network_Setup_4.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/9/9d/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Network_Setup_4.jpg/900px-Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Network_Setup_4.jpg 1.5x, /images/9/9d/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Network_Setup_4.jpg 2x" alt="Reset Wireless Bridge - Network Setup 4.jpg" width="600" height="411" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1578437322" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 808"></a></p>
<p>5. Select &#8216;Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) in the list then click &#8220;Properties&#8221; button</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Network_Setup_5.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/c3/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Network_Setup_5.jpg/600px-Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Network_Setup_5.jpg" srcset="/images/c/c3/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Network_Setup_5.jpg 1.5x, /images/c/c3/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Network_Setup_5.jpg 2x" alt="Reset Wireless Bridge - Network Setup 5.jpg" width="600" height="468" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2761120215" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 809"></a></p>
<p>6. Select &#8220;Use the following IP address&#8221; then enter a static IP for the computer that will match the wireless device once it is reset</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Network_Setup_6.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/d/db/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Network_Setup_6.jpg/600px-Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Network_Setup_6.jpg" srcset="/images/d/db/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Network_Setup_6.jpg 1.5x, /images/d/db/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Network_Setup_6.jpg 2x" alt="Reset Wireless Bridge - Network Setup 6.jpg" width="600" height="471" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2653592422" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 810"></a></p>
<p>For this guide we will set the computer to the following information in Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) Properties:</p>
<ul>
<li>IP address: 192.168.1.20</li>
<li>Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0</li>
<li>Default gateway: 192.168.1.1</li>
</ul>
<p>7. Open Reset Tool by clicking Reset Tool. jar</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/9/93/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_1.jpg/600px-Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_1.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/9/93/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_1.jpg/900px-Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/9/93/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_1.jpg 2x" alt="Reset Wireless Bridge - Reset Tool 1.jpg" width="600" height="499" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2766795075" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 811"></a></p>
<p>8. The Status will show &#8220;Ready&#8221;</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_2.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/5/53/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_2.jpg/600px-Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_2.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/5/53/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_2.jpg/900px-Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_2.jpg 1.5x, /images/5/53/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_2.jpg 2x" alt="Reset Wireless Bridge - Reset Tool 2.jpg" width="600" height="525" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1456783095" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 812"></a></p>
<p>9. With the Reset Tool open on the computer, reboot the wireless bridge (power off/on). The Reset Tool will scan for the wireless bridge automatically</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_3.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/5/58/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_3.jpg/600px-Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_3.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/5/58/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_3.jpg/900px-Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_3.jpg 1.5x, /images/5/58/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_3.jpg 2x" alt="Reset Wireless Bridge - Reset Tool 3.jpg" width="600" height="539" data-pagespeed-url-hash="570591112" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 813"></a></p>
<p>10. Click &#8220;Reset&#8221; to begin the reset process</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_4.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/5/5b/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_4.jpg/600px-Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_4.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/5/5b/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_4.jpg/900px-Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_4.jpg 1.5x, /images/5/5b/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_4.jpg 2x" alt="Reset Wireless Bridge - Reset Tool 4.jpg" width="600" height="533" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1330720158" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 814"></a></p>
<p>11. The Reset Tool will attempt to connect to the device</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_5.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/b/be/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_5.jpg/600px-Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_5.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/b/be/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_5.jpg/900px-Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_5.jpg 1.5x, /images/b/be/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_5.jpg 2x" alt="Reset Wireless Bridge - Reset Tool 5.jpg" width="600" height="546" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3143020787" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 815"></a></p>
<p>12. The Enter PIN code prompt will appear. The PIN code will be the last 4 numbers of the S/N (serial number) which can be found on the actual device.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_6.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/e/e2/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_6.jpg/600px-Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_6.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/e/e2/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_6.jpg/900px-Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_6.jpg 1.5x, /images/e/e2/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_6.jpg 2x" alt="Reset Wireless Bridge - Reset Tool 6.jpg" width="600" height="517" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3456553830" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 816"></a></p>
<p>13. At the Enter PIN code prompt, enter the last 4 numbers of the Serial Number for the device then click Enter</p>
<p>Note: You must finish all steps of the Reset function within 60s or you have to reboot the device and attempt again.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_7.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/9/9f/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_7.jpg/600px-Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_7.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/9/9f/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_7.jpg/900px-Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_7.jpg 1.5x, /images/9/9f/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_7.jpg 2x" alt="Reset Wireless Bridge - Reset Tool 7.jpg" width="600" height="515" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3375490078" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 817"></a></p>
<p>14. After entering the PIN code the wireless bridge will be reset to factory default settings</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_8.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/5/5b/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_8.jpg/600px-Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_8.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/5/5b/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_8.jpg/900px-Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_8.jpg 1.5x, /images/5/5b/Reset_Wireless_Bridge_-_Reset_Tool_8.jpg 2x" alt="Reset Wireless Bridge - Reset Tool 8.jpg" width="600" height="546" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4209101390" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 818"></a></p>
<ul>
<li>Default IP: 192.168.1.36</li>
<li>User Name: admin</li>
<li>Password: admin</li>
</ul>
<h1><span id="DHI-ASI7213X-T1:_Password_Reset_via_Email" class="mw-headline">DHI-ASI7213X-T1: Password Reset via Email</span></h1>
<h2><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>
<p>These instructions will show how to reset the password of the DHI-ASI7213X-T1 using ConfigTool on a local computer</p>
<table id="TABLE_1" class="wikitable">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><b>PLEASE NOTE: These instructions can not be completed without assistance from Dahua Technical Support. Please contact Dahua Technical Support via one of the methods <a class="external text" href="https://dahuawiki.com/Support" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">HERE</a></b></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>DHI-ASI7213X-T1 setup, connected to network</li>
<li>Local computer , with ConfigTool installed</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Video_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Video Instructions</span></h2>
<div class="embedvideo autoResize">
<div class="embedvideowrap"><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/I7KlsJTC3R0?" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></div>
</div>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>1. Open ConfigTool</p>
<p>Under the Password Reset section</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/e/e7/DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-1.jpg/800px-DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-1.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/e/e7/DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-1.jpg/1200px-DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-1.jpg 1.5x, /images/e/e7/DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-1.jpg 2x" alt="DHI-ASI7213X-T1 Password Reset via Email -1.jpg" width="800" height="484" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3220496953" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 819"></a></p>
<p>Find the device in the list</p>
<p>Click the <b>Reset</b> button</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-2.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/0/07/DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-2.jpg/800px-DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-2.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/0/07/DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-2.jpg/1200px-DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-2.jpg 1.5x, /images/0/07/DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-2.jpg 2x" alt="DHI-ASI7213X-T1 Password Reset via Email -2.jpg" width="800" height="484" data-pagespeed-url-hash="240918829" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 820"></a></p>
<p>2. Click Agree to the prompts</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-3.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/a/a8/DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-3.jpg/800px-DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-3.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/a/a8/DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-3.jpg/1200px-DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-3.jpg 1.5x, /images/a/a8/DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-3.jpg 2x" alt="DHI-ASI7213X-T1 Password Reset via Email -3.jpg" width="800" height="484" data-pagespeed-url-hash="970036046" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 821"></a></p>
<p>Click OK to confirm XML password reset method</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-4.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/c3/DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-4.jpg/800px-DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-4.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/c/c3/DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-4.jpg/1200px-DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-4.jpg 1.5x, /images/c/c3/DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-4.jpg 2x" alt="DHI-ASI7213X-T1 Password Reset via Email -4.jpg" width="800" height="484" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3430891303" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 822"></a></p>
<p>Click OK</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-5.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/2/2d/DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-5.jpg/800px-DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-5.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/2/2d/DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-5.jpg/1200px-DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-5.jpg 1.5x, /images/2/2d/DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-5.jpg 2x" alt="DHI-ASI7213X-T1 Password Reset via Email -5.jpg" width="800" height="484" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1648575452" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 823"></a></p>
<p>The default location the XML file will be saved to is displayed</p>
<p>Click Browse Path to select a new location</p>
<p>Click Next</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-6.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/f/f9/DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-6.jpg/800px-DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-6.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/f/f9/DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-6.jpg/1200px-DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-6.jpg 1.5x, /images/f/f9/DHI-ASI7213X-T1_Password_Reset_via_Email_-6.jpg 2x" alt="DHI-ASI7213X-T1 Password Reset via Email -6.jpg" width="800" height="484" data-pagespeed-url-hash="599161339" title="Dahua Password Reset Instructions 824"></a></p>
<p>The ExportFile XML file will be created</p>
<p>3. Send the exported xml file as an attachment to the email address: <b>support_gpwd@htmicrochip.com</b></p>
<p>Then 2 or 3 minutes later, you will receive an email with the attached XML file</p>
<p>Import the new XML file to config tool to finish the password reset operation.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/dahua-password-reset-instructions/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		
		
		<media:content url="https://www.youtube.com/embed/Fu7g82AOMAY" medium="video" width="1280" height="720">
			<media:player url="https://www.youtube.com/embed/Fu7g82AOMAY" />
			<media:title type="plain">How to Reset Your Password on a Dahua NVR</media:title>
			<media:description type="html"><![CDATA[This video will show how to reset your password on a Dahua NVR/DVR]]></media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/Dahua-Password-Reset-Instructions.jpg" />
			<media:rating scheme="urn:simple">nonadult</media:rating>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/dss-pro-install-and-configure-instructions/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/dss-pro-install-and-configure-instructions/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 24 May 2023 12:47:28 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Access Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[analytic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Dahua]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Dahua Device]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Config]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DSS Express]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DSS Express V8]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DSS Pro]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Intelligent Analysis]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Intercom]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[LiveView]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Local Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pc client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SmartPSS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Step by Step]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[System Requirements]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video wall]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=327</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[DSS Pro is a comprehensive and expandable Dahua VMS for flexible, scalable, reliable and powerful central management. With client-server architecture, ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/dss-pro-install-and-configure-instructions/#more-327" aria-label="Read more about DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>DSS Pro is a comprehensive and expandable Dahua VMS for flexible, scalable, reliable and powerful central management. With client-server architecture, DSS Pro provides central management, information sharing, convenient connections, and multi-service cooperation. The software provides basic functions such as user permission management, device management, alarm management, and central storage, but also delivers advanced features of video wall and map configuration, access control features, video intercom, attendance, and analytic functions such as face detection and object detection. It also integrates add-ons such as business intelligence and traffic surveillance.</p>
<h1 class="firstHeading">DSS Server Installation</h1>
<p>This guide will show how to download and install DSS Pro.</p>
<blockquote>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Read Next : </span></h2>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/323/dss-express-v8-user-manual/">DSS Express V8 User Manual</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/294/smartpss-installation-and-user-guide/">SmartPSS Installation and User guide</a></li>
</ol>
</blockquote>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<h3><span id="Install_Server_Software" class="mw-headline">Install Server Software</span></h3>
<p>1.Download and run the Install package for DSS Pro</p>
<p>Check the box to agree to the Software agreement.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Server_Installation_-_1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/8/8b/DSS_Server_Installation_-_1.jpg/600px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_1.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/8/8b/DSS_Server_Installation_-_1.jpg/900px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/8/8b/DSS_Server_Installation_-_1.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Server Installation - 1.jpg" width="600" height="379" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1051511316" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 969"></a></p>
<p>Click <b>Next</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Server_Installation_-_2.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/d/d1/DSS_Server_Installation_-_2.jpg/600px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_2.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/d/d1/DSS_Server_Installation_-_2.jpg/900px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_2.jpg 1.5x, /images/d/d1/DSS_Server_Installation_-_2.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Server Installation - 2.jpg" width="600" height="379" data-pagespeed-url-hash="260748781" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 970"></a></p>
<p>2. Select <i>Main Server</i> when you first install</p>
<p>If you are installing the server in a distributed network, select <i>Sub Server</i></p>
<p>Click <b>Next</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Server_Installation_-_3.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/ce/DSS_Server_Installation_-_3.jpg/600px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_3.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/c/ce/DSS_Server_Installation_-_3.jpg/900px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_3.jpg 1.5x, /images/c/ce/DSS_Server_Installation_-_3.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Server Installation - 3.jpg" width="600" height="379" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4180347149" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 971"></a></p>
<p>3. Select the installation path</p>
<p>&#8211; Make sure there is enough space on the disk for the server software &#8211; It is suggested to install in a non-system disk</p>
<p>Click <b>Install</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Server_Installation_-_4.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/b/bd/DSS_Server_Installation_-_4.jpg/600px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_4.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/b/bd/DSS_Server_Installation_-_4.jpg/900px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_4.jpg 1.5x, /images/b/bd/DSS_Server_Installation_-_4.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Server Installation - 4.jpg" width="600" height="379" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3282255680" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 972"></a></p>
<p>The process may take 4-8 minutes.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Server_Installation_-_5.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/2/24/DSS_Server_Installation_-_5.jpg/600px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_5.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/2/24/DSS_Server_Installation_-_5.jpg/900px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_5.jpg 1.5x, /images/2/24/DSS_Server_Installation_-_5.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Server Installation - 5.jpg" width="600" height="379" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1953362026" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 973"></a></p>
<p>Once fully installed click <b>Run</b> to start DSS Pro server</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Server_Installation_-_6.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/5/59/DSS_Server_Installation_-_6.jpg/600px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_6.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/5/59/DSS_Server_Installation_-_6.jpg/900px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_6.jpg 1.5x, /images/5/59/DSS_Server_Installation_-_6.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Server Installation - 6.jpg" width="600" height="379" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2885855595" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 974"></a></p>
<h3><span id="DSS_Pro_Server_configuration" class="mw-headline">DSS Pro Server configuration</span></h3>
<p>The DSS Professional Server software will display the Config Wizard on first startup</p>
<p>All network cards for the server will be displayed.</p>
<p>Select the network card and click Next Step</p>
<p><i>Please note the license key can only be bound to one network card, if you change the network card the license key will be void.</i></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Server_Installation_-_7.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/a/a7/DSS_Server_Installation_-_7.jpg/600px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_7.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/a/a7/DSS_Server_Installation_-_7.jpg/900px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_7.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/a/a7/DSS_Server_Installation_-_7.jpg/1200px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_7.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Server Installation - 7.jpg" width="600" height="413" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3450047771" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 975"></a></p>
<p>Disable or enable TLS1.0</p>
<p><i>It is recommended to disable TLS1.0 due to serious security vulnerability in the TLS1.0 protocol</i></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Server_Installation_-_8.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/8/81/DSS_Server_Installation_-_8.jpg/600px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_8.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/8/81/DSS_Server_Installation_-_8.jpg/900px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_8.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/8/81/DSS_Server_Installation_-_8.jpg/1200px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_8.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Server Installation - 8.jpg" width="600" height="413" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3102942689" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 976"></a></p>
<p>Click <b>Finish</b></p>
<p>DSS Server software is now installed.</p>
<h1 class="firstHeading">DSS Sub Server Installation</h1>
<p>This guide will show how to install and setup a DSS Pro Sub Server.</p>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>DSS Pro V8 installed as a Main Server on another computer on the same network:</li>
</ul>
<p><a title="DSS/V8/DSS Pro/Instruction/DSS Server Installation" href="https://dahuawiki.com/DSS/V8/DSS_Pro/Instruction/DSS_Server_Installation" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DSS Pro Main Server Installation</a></p>
<ul>
<li>DSS Pro V8 Client installed:</li>
</ul>
<p><a title="DSS/V8/DSS Pro/Instruction/DSS Client Installation" href="https://dahuawiki.com/DSS/V8/DSS_Pro/Instruction/DSS_Client_Installation" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DSS Pro Client Installation</a></p>
<ul>
<li>DSS Pro V8 installer downloaded:</li>
</ul>
<ul class="fa-ul">
<li></li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div>Build Date: 12-10-2022</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div>Patch Build Date: 03-17-2023</div>
<ul>
<li>A computer that meets DSS Pro Requirements:</li>
</ul>
<p><a title="DSS/V8/DSS Pro" href="https://dahuawiki.com/DSS/V8/DSS_Pro#Requirements" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DSS Pro system Requirements</a></p>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>1. Download and run the installer package for DSS Pro.<br />
Check the box to agree to the Software License Agreement and then click on <b>Next</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSProSubServerInstall1.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/c/c2/DSSProSubServerInstall1.png" alt="DSSProSubServerInstall1.png" width="800" height="505" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2932022398" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 977"></a></p>
<p>2. Select the option for <b>Sub</b> under &#8220;Select server type&#8221;.<br />
Then click on <b>Next</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSProSubServerInstall2.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/6/6c/DSSProSubServerInstall2.png" alt="DSSProSubServerInstall2.png" width="800" height="504" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2943702730" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 978"></a></p>
<p>3. Choose the installation path or leave it as default.<br />
Then click on <b>Install</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSProSubServerInstall3.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/9/93/DSSProSubServerInstall3.png" alt="DSSProSubServerInstall3.png" width="800" height="504" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2756393253" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 979"></a></p>
<p>4. Wait as the software is installed</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSProSubServerInstall4.PNG" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/e/e5/DSSProSubServerInstall4.PNG" alt="DSSProSubServerInstall4.PNG" width="800" height="502" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2423962848" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 980"></a></p>
<p>5. When the installation is complete, click on <b>Run</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSProSubServerInstall5.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/2/21/DSSProSubServerInstall5.png" alt="DSSProSubServerInstall5.png" width="800" height="503" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3863660339" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 981"></a></p>
<p>6. After the DSS Pro software starts up, check on the box next to the network card you want to use for the Sub Server to communicate with the Main Server and the rest of the network.<br />
Then click on <b>Next Step</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSProSubServerInstall6.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/0/09/DSSProSubServerInstall6.png/800px-DSSProSubServerInstall6.png" srcset="/images/0/09/DSSProSubServerInstall6.png 1.5x, /images/0/09/DSSProSubServerInstall6.png 2x" alt="DSSProSubServerInstall6.png" width="800" height="491" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1236368417" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 982"></a></p>
<p>7. Enter the local IP address of the DSS Pro Main Server that is already running in the <b>Center IP</b> field.<br />
Then enter the HTTPS port of the DSS Pro Main Server in the <b>HTTPS Visiting Port</b> field.<br />
And click on <b>Finish</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSProSubServerInstall7.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/9/9e/DSSProSubServerInstall7.png/800px-DSSProSubServerInstall7.png" srcset="/images/9/9e/DSSProSubServerInstall7.png 1.5x, /images/9/9e/DSSProSubServerInstall7.png 2x" alt="DSSProSubServerInstall7.png" width="800" height="491" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1128000693" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 983"></a></p>
<p>8. Wait for all the Sub Server&#8217;s services to start up.<br />
It will says &#8220;Running&#8221; at the top right when they have all started</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSProSubServerInstall8.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/a/a7/DSSProSubServerInstall8.png/800px-DSSProSubServerInstall8.png" srcset="/images/a/a7/DSSProSubServerInstall8.png 1.5x, /images/a/a7/DSSProSubServerInstall8.png 2x" alt="DSSProSubServerInstall8.png" width="800" height="559" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1130953297" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 984"></a></p>
<p>9. Log into the Client of the DSS Pro Main Server and click on the Setting icon on the left</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSProSubServerInstall9.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/0/02/DSSProSubServerInstall9.png/1300px-DSSProSubServerInstall9.png" srcset="/images/0/02/DSSProSubServerInstall9.png 1.5x, /images/0/02/DSSProSubServerInstall9.png 2x" alt="DSSProSubServerInstall9.png" width="1300" height="709" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2029135162" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 985"></a></p>
<p>10. Select <b>System Deployment</b> at the bottom</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSProSubServerInstall10.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/74/DSSProSubServerInstall10.png/1300px-DSSProSubServerInstall10.png" srcset="/images/7/74/DSSProSubServerInstall10.png 1.5x, /images/7/74/DSSProSubServerInstall10.png 2x" alt="DSSProSubServerInstall10.png" width="1300" height="711" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1472438304" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 986"></a></p>
<p>11. You should see the Sub Server&#8217;s IP address listed with &#8220;Sub Server&#8221; under &#8220;Type&#8221;.<br />
Enable the slider next to it under &#8220;Operation&#8221;</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSProSubServerInstall11.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/b/b8/DSSProSubServerInstall11.png/1300px-DSSProSubServerInstall11.png" srcset="/images/b/b8/DSSProSubServerInstall11.png 1.5x, /images/b/b8/DSSProSubServerInstall11.png 2x" alt="DSSProSubServerInstall11.png" width="1300" height="711" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3976642748" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 987"></a></p>
<p>12. The DSS Pro Sub Server&#8217;s services will all restart.<br />
Once all the services are running again, you should see &#8220;Running&#8221; under Server Status</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSProSubServerInstall12.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/a/a2/DSSProSubServerInstall12.png/1300px-DSSProSubServerInstall12.png" srcset="/images/a/a2/DSSProSubServerInstall12.png 1.5x, /images/a/a2/DSSProSubServerInstall12.png 2x" alt="DSSProSubServerInstall12.png" width="1300" height="709" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2821325506" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 988"></a></p>
<p>13. Click on the Gear icon to the right of the Sub Server</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSProSubServerInstall13.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/5/5c/DSSProSubServerInstall13.png/1300px-DSSProSubServerInstall13.png" srcset="/images/5/5c/DSSProSubServerInstall13.png 1.5x, /images/5/5c/DSSProSubServerInstall13.png 2x" alt="DSSProSubServerInstall13.png" width="1300" height="709" data-pagespeed-url-hash="444287439" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 989"></a></p>
<p>14. Click on the drop-down below &#8220;Server Type&#8221; and either choose <b>Sub Server</b> to keep it as a standard Sub Server that only helps distribute the load from connected devices, or select <b>Standby Server</b> so that the Standby Server takes over if another Sub Server goes down. (Which requires another Sub Server to be setup in addition to the Standby Server.)<br />
Then click on <b>OK</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSProSubServerInstall14.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/2/26/DSSProSubServerInstall14.png/1300px-DSSProSubServerInstall14.png" srcset="/images/2/26/DSSProSubServerInstall14.png 1.5x, /images/2/26/DSSProSubServerInstall14.png 2x" alt="DSSProSubServerInstall14.png" width="1300" height="710" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4227162156" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 990"></a></p>
<p>15. Click on <b>Allocate Resources</b> at the top</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSProSubServerInstall15.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/8/88/DSSProSubServerInstall15.png/1300px-DSSProSubServerInstall15.png" srcset="/images/8/88/DSSProSubServerInstall15.png 1.5x, /images/8/88/DSSProSubServerInstall15.png 2x" alt="DSSProSubServerInstall15.png" width="1300" height="709" data-pagespeed-url-hash="437489088" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 991"></a></p>
<p>16. Drag an added device from the list on the left to either the Main Server or Sub Server to choose which server manages that device&#8217;s resources.<br />
Repeat this process for all devices in the list.<br />
Alternatively you can select <b>Auto Allocation</b> and the system will automatically choose which server manages each device&#8217;s resources.<br />
When you are done, click <b>OK</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSProSubServerInstall16.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/0/01/DSSProSubServerInstall16.png/1300px-DSSProSubServerInstall16.png" srcset="/images/0/01/DSSProSubServerInstall16.png 1.5x, /images/0/01/DSSProSubServerInstall16.png 2x" alt="DSSProSubServerInstall16.png" width="1300" height="710" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3992963277" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 992"></a></p>
<h1 class="firstHeading">DSS Server Configuration</h1>
<p>This guide will show how to configure DSS Pro server settings, such as external IP mapping, port mapping , and the ability to start and restart the server and server services.</p>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>DSS Express V8 Pro server installed &#8211; <a title="DSS/V8/DSS Pro/Instruction/DSS Server Installation" href="https://dahuawiki.com/DSS/V8/DSS_Pro/Instruction/DSS_Server_Installation" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">How To Install DSS Pro Server</a></li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>Click DSS Professional Server icon to open the Server software for configuration</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Server_desktop_icon.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/f/f9/DSS_Pro_Server_desktop_icon.jpg" alt="DSS Pro Server desktop icon.jpg" width="116" height="156" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1922389398" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 993"></a></p>
<p>DSS Professional Server</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Server_Installation_-_9.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/5/59/DSS_Server_Installation_-_9.jpg/600px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_9.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/5/59/DSS_Server_Installation_-_9.jpg/900px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_9.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/5/59/DSS_Server_Installation_-_9.jpg/1200px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_9.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Server Installation - 9.jpg" width="600" height="419" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1772578009" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 994"></a></p>
<p>Server status is displayed on the top right corner of the window</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:ServerStarting.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/1/12/ServerStarting.png" alt="ServerStarting.png" width="20" height="20" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1672603979" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 995"></a> Server Starting <a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:ServerOnline.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/d/d1/ServerOnline.png" alt="ServerOnline.png" width="20" height="20" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2273661517" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 996"></a> Running <a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:ServerOffline.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/f/f3/ServerOffline.png" alt="ServerOffline.png" width="20" height="20" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3713676709" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 997"></a> Server Offline <a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:ServerException.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/f/f7/ServerException.png" alt="ServerException.png" width="20" height="20" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2511398013" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 998"></a> Exception</p>
<p>Use the buttons on the top left of the window to control the server services &#8211; <b>Restart All</b>, <b>Stop All</b> and <b>Refresh</b> all services are available</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Services.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/1/18/DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Services.jpg/300px-DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Services.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/1/18/DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Services.jpg/450px-DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Services.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/1/18/DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Services.jpg/600px-DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Services.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Server Configuration - Services.jpg" width="300" height="44" data-pagespeed-url-hash="381303907" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 999"></a></p>
<p>Use the buttons on the top right of the window for different DSS server functions:</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Server_Configuration_-_1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/ca/DSS_Server_Configuration_-_1.jpg/300px-DSS_Server_Configuration_-_1.jpg" srcset="/images/c/ca/DSS_Server_Configuration_-_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/c/ca/DSS_Server_Configuration_-_1.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Server Configuration - 1.jpg" width="300" height="78" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1025605524" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1000"></a></p>
<table id="TABLE_1" class="wikitable">
<tbody>
<tr>
<th></th>
<th>Function</th>
<th></th>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>User Manual &#8211; Open User Manual for DSS</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Language &#8211; Select English or Chinese</td>
<td><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Language.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/d/df/DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Language.jpg/300px-DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Language.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/d/df/DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Language.jpg/450px-DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Language.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/d/df/DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Language.jpg/600px-DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Language.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Server Configuration - Language.jpg" width="300" height="136" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4198545527" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1001"></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Security &#8211; Disable or enable TLS1.0</td>
<td><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Security_Config.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/c9/DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Security_Config.jpg/300px-DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Security_Config.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/c/c9/DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Security_Config.jpg/450px-DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Security_Config.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/c/c9/DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Security_Config.jpg/600px-DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Security_Config.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Server Configuration - Security Config.jpg" width="300" height="195" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2129774868" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1002"></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>Setting &#8211; Map the IP of DSS Pro server to an external IP address</td>
<td><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Setting.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/3/38/DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Setting.jpg/300px-DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Setting.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/3/38/DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Setting.jpg/450px-DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Setting.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/3/38/DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Setting.jpg/600px-DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Setting.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Server Configuration - Setting.jpg" width="300" height="250" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4198772991" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1003"></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>About &#8211; Click to Display Version information of DSS Server</td>
<td><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Information.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/cf/DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Information.jpg/300px-DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Information.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/c/cf/DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Information.jpg/450px-DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Information.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/c/cf/DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Information.jpg/600px-DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Information.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Server Configuration - Information.jpg" width="300" height="154" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1072315389" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1004"></a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Click the <a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Btn_draw_dis.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/1/10/Btn_draw_dis.png" alt="Btn draw dis.png" width="20" height="20" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1391281068" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1005"></a> to modify the service port number. Server will automatically restart after modification.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Server_Installation_-_10.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/5/50/DSS_Server_Installation_-_10.jpg/600px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_10.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/5/50/DSS_Server_Installation_-_10.jpg/900px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_10.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/5/50/DSS_Server_Installation_-_10.jpg/1200px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_10.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Server Installation - 10.jpg" width="600" height="419" data-pagespeed-url-hash="157530312" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1006"></a></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Server_Installation_-_11.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/d/d9/DSS_Server_Installation_-_11.jpg/600px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_11.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/d/d9/DSS_Server_Installation_-_11.jpg/900px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_11.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/d/d9/DSS_Server_Installation_-_11.jpg/1200px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_11.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Server Installation - 11.jpg" width="600" height="369" data-pagespeed-url-hash="768131199" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1007"></a></p>
<h1 class="firstHeading">DSS Server Parameters</h1>
<p>This guide will show how to configure System parameters for DSS Pro server such as</p>
<ul>
<li>Message Retention Period</li>
<li>Time Sync</li>
<li>HTTPS setup</li>
<li>Login Mode</li>
<li>Remote Log</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>DSS Pro V8 installed</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>1.Login to DSS Pro Client and then go to System Parameters menu.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Server_System_Parameters_-_1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/a/a3/DSS_Server_System_Parameters_-_1.jpg/800px-DSS_Server_System_Parameters_-_1.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/a/a3/DSS_Server_System_Parameters_-_1.jpg/1200px-DSS_Server_System_Parameters_-_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/a/a3/DSS_Server_System_Parameters_-_1.jpg/1600px-DSS_Server_System_Parameters_-_1.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Server System Parameters - 1.jpg" width="800" height="416" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2581034969" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1008"></a></p>
<h4><span id="Message_Retention_Period" class="mw-headline"><b>Message Retention Period</b></span></h4>
<p>Set the retention period for different types of message/records from the server.</p>
<p>Click in the Retention Period field to adjust the Retention Period for the Message Type</p>
<p>Records beyond the defined retention period will be automatically deleted.</p>
<p>Click <b>Save</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Server_System_Parameters_-_Message_Retention_Period.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/6/61/DSS_Server_System_Parameters_-_Message_Retention_Period.jpg/800px-DSS_Server_System_Parameters_-_Message_Retention_Period.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/6/61/DSS_Server_System_Parameters_-_Message_Retention_Period.jpg/1200px-DSS_Server_System_Parameters_-_Message_Retention_Period.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/6/61/DSS_Server_System_Parameters_-_Message_Retention_Period.jpg/1600px-DSS_Server_System_Parameters_-_Message_Retention_Period.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Server System Parameters - Message Retention Period.jpg" width="800" height="440" data-pagespeed-url-hash="300727271" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1009"></a></p>
<h4><span id="Time_Sync" class="mw-headline"><b>Time Sync</b></span></h4>
<p>Set the time for devices to sync time with DSS</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Server_System_Parameters_-_Time_Sync.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/6/66/DSS_Server_System_Parameters_-_Time_Sync.jpg/800px-DSS_Server_System_Parameters_-_Time_Sync.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/6/66/DSS_Server_System_Parameters_-_Time_Sync.jpg/1200px-DSS_Server_System_Parameters_-_Time_Sync.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/6/66/DSS_Server_System_Parameters_-_Time_Sync.jpg/1600px-DSS_Server_System_Parameters_-_Time_Sync.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Server System Parameters - Time Sync.jpg" width="800" height="619" data-pagespeed-url-hash="904157810" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1010"></a></p>
<p>1. <b>Schedule Time Sync</b> &#8211; enter a start time in time sync for each day and the interval</p>
<p>2. <b>Sync Time When Device Comes Online</b> &#8211; syncs device time when the devices goes online</p>
<p>3. <b>NTP Time Sync</b> &#8211; If there is an NPT server in the system you can enable this function to let DSS sync time with the NTP server</p>
<h1 class="firstHeading">Backup and Restore</h1>
<p>This guide will show how to backup and restore settings for DSS Pro.</p>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>DSS Pro V8 Server and Client</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>1.Login to DSS Pro Client and then go to Configurations &gt; Device menu.</p>
<p>From Home Select the Configuration menu</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/3/39/DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/3/39/DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/3/39/DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro Client Home Configurations.jpg" width="800" height="436" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2850962655" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1011"></a></p>
<p>2. Click on <b>Backup and Restore</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_V8_Pro_-_Backup_and_Restore_-_1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/3/3c/DSS_V8_Pro_-_Backup_and_Restore_-_1.jpg/800px-DSS_V8_Pro_-_Backup_and_Restore_-_1.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/3/3c/DSS_V8_Pro_-_Backup_and_Restore_-_1.jpg/1200px-DSS_V8_Pro_-_Backup_and_Restore_-_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/3/3c/DSS_V8_Pro_-_Backup_and_Restore_-_1.jpg/1600px-DSS_V8_Pro_-_Backup_and_Restore_-_1.jpg 2x" alt="DSS V8 Pro - Backup and Restore - 1.jpg" width="800" height="433" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3514294913" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1012"></a></p>
<p>3. Under Manual Backup</p>
<p>1. Backup Path &#8211; Select a location to save the backup file to</p>
<p>2. Click <b>Backup Now</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_V8_Pro_-_Backup_and_Restore_-_2.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/0/06/DSS_V8_Pro_-_Backup_and_Restore_-_2.jpg/800px-DSS_V8_Pro_-_Backup_and_Restore_-_2.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/0/06/DSS_V8_Pro_-_Backup_and_Restore_-_2.jpg/1200px-DSS_V8_Pro_-_Backup_and_Restore_-_2.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/0/06/DSS_V8_Pro_-_Backup_and_Restore_-_2.jpg/1600px-DSS_V8_Pro_-_Backup_and_Restore_-_2.jpg 2x" alt="DSS V8 Pro - Backup and Restore - 2.jpg" width="800" height="433" data-pagespeed-url-hash="196587116" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1013"></a></p>
<p>3. Enter the Login and Encryption (if enabled) Password for the server</p>
<p>Click <b>OK</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_V8_Pro_-_Backup_and_Restore_-_3.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/a/ae/DSS_V8_Pro_-_Backup_and_Restore_-_3.jpg" alt="DSS V8 Pro - Backup and Restore - 3.jpg" width="442" height="488" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3262770146" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1014"></a></p>
<p>The Backup file will process</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_V8_Pro_-_Backup_and_Restore_-_4.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/7c/DSS_V8_Pro_-_Backup_and_Restore_-_4.jpg/800px-DSS_V8_Pro_-_Backup_and_Restore_-_4.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/7/7c/DSS_V8_Pro_-_Backup_and_Restore_-_4.jpg/1200px-DSS_V8_Pro_-_Backup_and_Restore_-_4.jpg 1.5x, /images/7/7c/DSS_V8_Pro_-_Backup_and_Restore_-_4.jpg 2x" alt="DSS V8 Pro - Backup and Restore - 4.jpg" width="800" height="383" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4216563079" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1015"></a></p>
<p>A prompt will confirm a successful backup</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_V8_Pro_-_Backup_and_Restore_-_5.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/1/15/DSS_V8_Pro_-_Backup_and_Restore_-_5.jpg/800px-DSS_V8_Pro_-_Backup_and_Restore_-_5.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/1/15/DSS_V8_Pro_-_Backup_and_Restore_-_5.jpg/1200px-DSS_V8_Pro_-_Backup_and_Restore_-_5.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/1/15/DSS_V8_Pro_-_Backup_and_Restore_-_5.jpg/1600px-DSS_V8_Pro_-_Backup_and_Restore_-_5.jpg 2x" alt="DSS V8 Pro - Backup and Restore - 5.jpg" width="800" height="214" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3361768591" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1016"></a></p>
<h1 class="firstHeading">License Activation</h1>
<h1><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h1>
<p>This guide will show how to activate the DSS Pro license.</p>
<p>Four ways to activate license:</p>
<ul>
<li>Normal offline activation</li>
<li>Normal online activation</li>
<li>Upgrade from Express through offline activation</li>
<li>Upgrade from Express through online activation</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>DSS Express V8 Pro installed</li>
<li>License Key that you received from your Sales Rep</li>
</ul>
<p>Example:</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_PRO_V8_Example_License.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/9/99/DSS_PRO_V8_Example_License.jpg" alt="DSS PRO V8 Example License.jpg" width="860" height="472" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3111300233" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1017"></a></p>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<h3><span id="Normal_Offline_Activation" class="mw-headline">Normal Offline Activation</span></h3>
<p>1.Login to DSS Pro Client and then go to License menu.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/3/39/DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/3/39/DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/3/39/DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro Client Home Configurations.jpg" width="800" height="436" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2850962655" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1011"></a></p>
<p>Copy the License Key from the key file obtained and then click <b>Activate Now</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_PRO_V8_-_Normal_Online_Activate_License_1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/8/81/DSS_PRO_V8_-_Normal_Online_Activate_License_1.jpg/900px-DSS_PRO_V8_-_Normal_Online_Activate_License_1.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/8/81/DSS_PRO_V8_-_Normal_Online_Activate_License_1.jpg/1350px-DSS_PRO_V8_-_Normal_Online_Activate_License_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/8/81/DSS_PRO_V8_-_Normal_Online_Activate_License_1.jpg/1800px-DSS_PRO_V8_-_Normal_Online_Activate_License_1.jpg 2x" alt="DSS PRO V8 - Normal Online Activate License 1.jpg" width="900" height="491" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2981749682" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1019"></a></p>
<p>The software will confirm the license and restart</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_PRO_V8_-_Normal_Online_Activate_License_2.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/3/3f/DSS_PRO_V8_-_Normal_Online_Activate_License_2.jpg/900px-DSS_PRO_V8_-_Normal_Online_Activate_License_2.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/3/3f/DSS_PRO_V8_-_Normal_Online_Activate_License_2.jpg/1350px-DSS_PRO_V8_-_Normal_Online_Activate_License_2.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/3/3f/DSS_PRO_V8_-_Normal_Online_Activate_License_2.jpg/1800px-DSS_PRO_V8_-_Normal_Online_Activate_License_2.jpg 2x" alt="DSS PRO V8 - Normal Online Activate License 2.jpg" width="900" height="491" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2681366315" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1020"></a></p>
<h3><span id="Normal_Online_Activation" class="mw-headline">Normal Online Activation</span></h3>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_PRO_-_Online_Activate_License.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/4/49/DSS_PRO_-_Online_Activate_License.jpg/800px-DSS_PRO_-_Online_Activate_License.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/4/49/DSS_PRO_-_Online_Activate_License.jpg/1200px-DSS_PRO_-_Online_Activate_License.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/4/49/DSS_PRO_-_Online_Activate_License.jpg/1600px-DSS_PRO_-_Online_Activate_License.jpg 2x" alt="DSS PRO - Online Activate License.jpg" width="800" height="280" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2662432395" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1021"></a></p>
<p>The procedure for applying for an activation code is similar to offline activation, if your server is connected to the Internet, you can click <b>Activate Now</b> button and wait for activation.</p>
<h3><span id="Normal_Offline_Activation_2" class="mw-headline">Normal Offline Activation</span></h3>
<p>Coming Soon</p>
<h3><span id="Upgrade_from_Express" class="mw-headline">Upgrade from Express</span></h3>
<p>Coming Soon</p>
<h1 class="firstHeading">DSS Client Installation</h1>
<h1><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h1>
<p>This guide will show how to download and install DSS Pro Client software.</p>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>DSS Express Pro server installed</li>
<li>Windows computer</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<h3><span id="Download_and_Install_DSS_Client" class="mw-headline">Download and Install DSS Client</span></h3>
<p>1. You can Download the Install package for DSS Pro PC Client, from the DSS Pro server itself.</p>
<p>There are two methods:</p>
<ul>
<li>open DSS Server click <b>Open Administrator Client</b></li>
</ul>
<p>OR</p>
<ul>
<li>Input the address of DSS Server in browser</li>
</ul>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Client_Installation_-_2.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/a/a4/DSS_Client_Installation_-_2.jpg/600px-DSS_Client_Installation_-_2.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/a/a4/DSS_Client_Installation_-_2.jpg/900px-DSS_Client_Installation_-_2.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/a/a4/DSS_Client_Installation_-_2.jpg/1200px-DSS_Client_Installation_-_2.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Client Installation - 2.jpg" width="600" height="419" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3284754814" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1022"></a></p>
<p>Both will direct you to the server page, here you can</p>
<p>Select which client you need to download PC or Mobile Click <b>Download</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Client_Installation_-_1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/9/9c/DSS_Client_Installation_-_1.jpg/600px-DSS_Client_Installation_-_1.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/9/9c/DSS_Client_Installation_-_1.jpg/900px-DSS_Client_Installation_-_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/9/9c/DSS_Client_Installation_-_1.jpg/1200px-DSS_Client_Installation_-_1.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Client Installation - 1.jpg" width="600" height="338" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1289122219" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1023"></a></p>
<p>2. Run the DSS Pro Client installer</p>
<p>Check the box to agree to the Software agreement.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Client_Installation_-_3.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/8/87/DSS_Client_Installation_-_3.jpg/600px-DSS_Client_Installation_-_3.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/8/87/DSS_Client_Installation_-_3.jpg/900px-DSS_Client_Installation_-_3.jpg 1.5x, /images/8/87/DSS_Client_Installation_-_3.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Client Installation - 3.jpg" width="600" height="379" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3836785125" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1024"></a></p>
<p>Click <b>Next</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Client_Installation_-_4.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/6/66/DSS_Client_Installation_-_4.jpg/600px-DSS_Client_Installation_-_4.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/6/66/DSS_Client_Installation_-_4.jpg/900px-DSS_Client_Installation_-_4.jpg 1.5x, /images/6/66/DSS_Client_Installation_-_4.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Client Installation - 4.jpg" width="600" height="379" data-pagespeed-url-hash="125505706" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1025"></a></p>
<p>3. Select the installation path</p>
<p>Click <b>Install</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Client_Installation_-_5.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/0/05/DSS_Client_Installation_-_5.jpg/600px-DSS_Client_Installation_-_5.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/0/05/DSS_Client_Installation_-_5.jpg/900px-DSS_Client_Installation_-_5.jpg 1.5x, /images/0/05/DSS_Client_Installation_-_5.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Client Installation - 5.jpg" width="600" height="379" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2341343671" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1026"></a></p>
<p>The installation process will begin</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Client_Installation_-_6.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/5/52/DSS_Client_Installation_-_6.jpg/600px-DSS_Client_Installation_-_6.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/5/52/DSS_Client_Installation_-_6.jpg/900px-DSS_Client_Installation_-_6.jpg 1.5x, /images/5/52/DSS_Client_Installation_-_6.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Client Installation - 6.jpg" width="600" height="379" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4283232972" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1027"></a></p>
<p>Once fully installed click <b>Run</b> to start DSS Pro Client</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Client_Installation_-_7.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/c6/DSS_Client_Installation_-_7.jpg/600px-DSS_Client_Installation_-_7.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/c/c6/DSS_Client_Installation_-_7.jpg/900px-DSS_Client_Installation_-_7.jpg 1.5x, /images/c/c6/DSS_Client_Installation_-_7.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Client Installation - 7.jpg" width="600" height="379" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1051634286" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1028"></a></p>
<h3><span id="First_Time_DSS_Pro_Client_Configuration" class="mw-headline">First Time DSS Pro Client Configuration</span></h3>
<p>The DSS Client needs to be configured to connect to the desired DSS Pro server</p>
<p>Auto Search will display any DSS servers discovered on the local network</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Client_Installation_-_Setup_-_1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/3/31/DSS_Client_Installation_-_Setup_-_1.jpg/600px-DSS_Client_Installation_-_Setup_-_1.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/3/31/DSS_Client_Installation_-_Setup_-_1.jpg/900px-DSS_Client_Installation_-_Setup_-_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/3/31/DSS_Client_Installation_-_Setup_-_1.jpg/1200px-DSS_Client_Installation_-_Setup_-_1.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Client Installation - Setup - 1.jpg" width="600" height="385" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3410813821" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1029"></a></p>
<p>Click <b>Fill in server information</b> to Manually Add the DSS Pro Server by IP</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Client_Installation_-_Setup_-_2.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/6/65/DSS_Client_Installation_-_Setup_-_2.jpg/600px-DSS_Client_Installation_-_Setup_-_2.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/6/65/DSS_Client_Installation_-_Setup_-_2.jpg/900px-DSS_Client_Installation_-_Setup_-_2.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/6/65/DSS_Client_Installation_-_Setup_-_2.jpg/1200px-DSS_Client_Installation_-_Setup_-_2.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Client Installation - Setup - 2.jpg" width="600" height="385" data-pagespeed-url-hash="735178693" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1030"></a></p>
<p>Enter the IP of the server Enter the Login port, default 443</p>
<p>Click <b>OK</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Client_Installation_-_Setup_-_3.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/6/6c/DSS_Client_Installation_-_Setup_-_3.jpg/600px-DSS_Client_Installation_-_Setup_-_3.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/6/6c/DSS_Client_Installation_-_Setup_-_3.jpg/900px-DSS_Client_Installation_-_Setup_-_3.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/6/6c/DSS_Client_Installation_-_Setup_-_3.jpg/1200px-DSS_Client_Installation_-_Setup_-_3.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Client Installation - Setup - 3.jpg" width="600" height="385" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1230142813" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1031"></a></p>
<p>Create a Password for the system user for DSS Pro</p>
<p>Enter a password twice to confirm</p>
<p>Click <b>Next Step</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Client_Installation_-_Setup_-_4.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/e/e9/DSS_Client_Installation_-_Setup_-_4.jpg/600px-DSS_Client_Installation_-_Setup_-_4.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/e/e9/DSS_Client_Installation_-_Setup_-_4.jpg/900px-DSS_Client_Installation_-_Setup_-_4.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/e/e9/DSS_Client_Installation_-_Setup_-_4.jpg/1200px-DSS_Client_Installation_-_Setup_-_4.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Client Installation - Setup - 4.jpg" width="600" height="385" data-pagespeed-url-hash="387693071" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1032"></a></p>
<p>Set up security questions for password recovery</p>
<p>Click <b>OK</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Client_Installation_-_Setup_-_5.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/0/01/DSS_Client_Installation_-_Setup_-_5.jpg/600px-DSS_Client_Installation_-_Setup_-_5.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/0/01/DSS_Client_Installation_-_Setup_-_5.jpg/900px-DSS_Client_Installation_-_Setup_-_5.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/0/01/DSS_Client_Installation_-_Setup_-_5.jpg/1200px-DSS_Client_Installation_-_Setup_-_5.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Client Installation - Setup - 5.jpg" width="600" height="385" data-pagespeed-url-hash="247187739" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1033"></a></p>
<h1 class="firstHeading">Add Device</h1>
<p>This guide will show how to add a Dahua device to DSS Pro.</p>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>DSS Pro V8 Server and Client</li>
<li>Dahua Device connected to the network</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>1.Login to DSS Pro Client and then go to Configurations &gt; Device menu.</p>
<p>From Home Select the Configuration menu</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/3/39/DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/3/39/DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/3/39/DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro Client Home Configurations.jpg" width="800" height="436" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2850962655" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1011"></a></p>
<p>2. Click on <b>Device</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Client_Configuration_Device.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/0/05/DSS_Pro_Client_Configuration_Device.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_Client_Configuration_Device.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/0/05/DSS_Pro_Client_Configuration_Device.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_Client_Configuration_Device.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/0/05/DSS_Pro_Client_Configuration_Device.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_Client_Configuration_Device.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro Client Configuration Device.jpg" width="800" height="438" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3818427207" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1035"></a></p>
<p>4. Click on <b>Add</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/6/68/DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_1.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_1.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/6/68/DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_1.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/6/68/DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_1.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_1.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro Add Device - 1.jpg" width="800" height="438" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1363709028" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1036"></a></p>
<p>5. Select the adding mode and then enter device information. In this example, we are using IP address mode. For P2P and Auto-register, it must be setup first from recorder or IP Camera. Click <b>Add</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_2.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/7f/DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_2.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_2.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/7/7f/DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_2.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_2.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/7/7f/DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_2.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_2.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro Add Device - 2.jpg" width="800" height="438" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2125170740" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1037"></a></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_3.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/e/ef/DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_3.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_3.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/e/ef/DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_3.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_3.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/e/ef/DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_3.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_3.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro Add Device - 3.jpg" width="800" height="432" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1009567644" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1038"></a></p>
<p>6. Enter Device Name, select Device Type, and use the dropdown box to select the Time Zone. Click <b>OK</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_4.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/8/8c/DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_4.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_4.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/8/8c/DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_4.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_4.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/8/8c/DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_4.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_4.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro Add Device - 4.jpg" width="800" height="432" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2961430631" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1039"></a></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_5.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/4/45/DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_5.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_5.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/4/45/DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_5.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_5.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/4/45/DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_5.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_5.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro Add Device - 5.jpg" width="800" height="432" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2245572837" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1040"></a></p>
<p><b>The device is now added to DSS.</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_6.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/b/bb/DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_6.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_6.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/b/bb/DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_6.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_6.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/b/bb/DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_6.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_Add_Device_-_6.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro Add Device - 6.jpg" width="800" height="251" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1169148522" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1041"></a></p>
<p><a title="DSS/V8/DSS Pro" href="https://dahuawiki.com/DSS/V8/DSS_Pro#Instructions" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><b>&gt; Return to DSS Pro instructions</b></a></p>
<h3><span id="Troubleshooting_Tips" class="mw-headline">Troubleshooting Tips</span></h3>
<p>In the event that your device added but can&#8217;t see any cameras added to the software, please follow this following steps.</p>
<p>1. Click on the Edit button on your device.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Channel_Features_Selection_-_1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/8/8e/DSS_Pro_Channel_Features_Selection_-_1.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_Channel_Features_Selection_-_1.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/8/8e/DSS_Pro_Channel_Features_Selection_-_1.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_Channel_Features_Selection_-_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/8/8e/DSS_Pro_Channel_Features_Selection_-_1.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_Channel_Features_Selection_-_1.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro Channel Features Selection - 1.jpg" width="800" height="252" data-pagespeed-url-hash="142007541" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1042"></a></p>
<p>2. Go to <b>Video Channels</b>. And then click on <b>Get Info</b>.</p>
<p>You can also use the dropdown box under Features to manually select the device features</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Channel_Features_Selection_-_2.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/a/ac/DSS_Pro_Channel_Features_Selection_-_2.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_Channel_Features_Selection_-_2.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/a/ac/DSS_Pro_Channel_Features_Selection_-_2.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_Channel_Features_Selection_-_2.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/a/ac/DSS_Pro_Channel_Features_Selection_-_2.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_Channel_Features_Selection_-_2.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro Channel Features Selection - 2.jpg" width="800" height="433" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4143754501" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1043"></a></p>
<p>3. The software will refresh the connection to the device and retrieve the camera channels that added to recorder. Once populated, click <b>OK</b>.</p>
<h1 class="firstHeading">Import Device</h1>
<p>This guide will show how to multiple Dahua devices at once to DSS Pro using the Import feature.</p>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>DSS Pro V8 Server and Client</li>
<li>Dahua Devices connected to the network</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>1.Login to DSS Pro Client and then go to Configurations &gt; Device menu.</p>
<p>From Home Select the Configuration menu</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/3/39/DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/3/39/DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/3/39/DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro Client Home Configurations.jpg" width="800" height="436" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2850962655" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1011"></a></p>
<p>2. Click on <b>Device</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Client_Configuration_Device.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/0/05/DSS_Pro_Client_Configuration_Device.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_Client_Configuration_Device.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/0/05/DSS_Pro_Client_Configuration_Device.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_Client_Configuration_Device.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/0/05/DSS_Pro_Client_Configuration_Device.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_Client_Configuration_Device.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro Client Configuration Device.jpg" width="800" height="438" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3818427207" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1035"></a></p>
<p>3. Click Import</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/9/90/DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_1.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_1.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/9/90/DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_1.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/9/90/DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_1.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_1.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro Import Device - 1.jpg" width="800" height="125" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4291466154" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1046"></a></p>
<p>4. Click <b>Template Download</b> to download an example import template file that can be used.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_2.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/6/6a/DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_2.jpg/600px-DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_2.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/6/6a/DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_2.jpg/900px-DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_2.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/6/6a/DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_2.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_2.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro Import Device - 2.jpg" width="600" height="409" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3276144537" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1047"></a></p>
<p>Open the template file in Excel and modify as required.</p>
<p>Template requirements/example:</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_3.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/ce/DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_3.jpg/900px-DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_3.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/c/ce/DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_3.jpg/1350px-DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_3.jpg 1.5x, /images/c/ce/DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_3.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro Import Device - 3.jpg" width="900" height="198" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3741995072" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1048"></a></p>
<p><b>Click to Select File</b> &#8211; Click this to upload the completed template file with all device information.</p>
<h1 class="firstHeading">Channel Features Selection</h1>
<p>This guide will show how to configure advanced features for channels, important such as for devices with features such as Intelligent Alarms such as Face Detection or ANPR cameras.</p>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>DSS Pro V8 Server and Client</li>
<li>Device(s) connected to the network, added to DSS Pro</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>1.Login to DSS Pro Client and then go to Configurations &gt; Device menu.</p>
<p>From Home Select the Configuration menu</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/3/39/DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/3/39/DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/3/39/DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro Client Home Configurations.jpg" width="800" height="436" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2850962655" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1011"></a></p>
<p>2. Click on <b>Device</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Client_Configuration_Device.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/0/05/DSS_Pro_Client_Configuration_Device.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_Client_Configuration_Device.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/0/05/DSS_Pro_Client_Configuration_Device.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_Client_Configuration_Device.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/0/05/DSS_Pro_Client_Configuration_Device.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_Client_Configuration_Device.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro Client Configuration Device.jpg" width="800" height="438" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3818427207" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1035"></a></p>
<p>3. Click the <a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Btn_draw_dis.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/1/10/Btn_draw_dis.png" alt="Btn draw dis.png" width="20" height="20" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1391281068" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1005"></a> next to the device/channel to modify the features for</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_V8_-_Channel_Features_Selection_-_1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/c6/DSS_Pro_V8_-_Channel_Features_Selection_-_1.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_V8_-_Channel_Features_Selection_-_1.jpg" srcset="/images/c/c6/DSS_Pro_V8_-_Channel_Features_Selection_-_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/c/c6/DSS_Pro_V8_-_Channel_Features_Selection_-_1.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro V8 - Channel Features Selection - 1.jpg" width="800" height="517" data-pagespeed-url-hash="100303366" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1052"></a></p>
<p>4. Select <b>Video Channel</b></p>
<p>Click the dropdown box under Features then click to select the features to enable for this channel, for example Intelligent Alarm</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_V8_-_Channel_Features_Selection_-_2.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/77/DSS_Pro_V8_-_Channel_Features_Selection_-_2.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_V8_-_Channel_Features_Selection_-_2.jpg" srcset="/images/7/77/DSS_Pro_V8_-_Channel_Features_Selection_-_2.jpg 1.5x, /images/7/77/DSS_Pro_V8_-_Channel_Features_Selection_-_2.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro V8 - Channel Features Selection - 2.jpg" width="800" height="515" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4278092337" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1053"></a></p>
<p>Click <b>OK</b> to save</p>
<h1 class="firstHeading">Device Configuration</h1>
<p>This guide will show how to configure device settings, such as for devices added to DSS Pro.</p>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>DSS Pro V8 Server and Client</li>
<li>Device(s) connected to the network, added to DSS Pro</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>1.Login to DSS Pro Client and then go to Configurations &gt; Device menu.</p>
<p>From Home Select the Configuration menu</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/3/39/DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/3/39/DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/3/39/DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro Client Home Configurations.jpg" width="800" height="436" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2850962655" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1011"></a></p>
<p>2. Click on <b>Device</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Client_Configuration_Device.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/0/05/DSS_Pro_Client_Configuration_Device.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_Client_Configuration_Device.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/0/05/DSS_Pro_Client_Configuration_Device.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_Client_Configuration_Device.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/0/05/DSS_Pro_Client_Configuration_Device.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_Client_Configuration_Device.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro Client Configuration Device.jpg" width="800" height="438" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3818427207" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1035"></a></p>
<p>3. Click Device Configuration</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Device_Configuration_-_1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/0/06/DSS_Pro_Device_Configuration_-_1.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_Device_Configuration_-_1.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/0/06/DSS_Pro_Device_Configuration_-_1.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_Device_Configuration_-_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/0/06/DSS_Pro_Device_Configuration_-_1.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_Device_Configuration_-_1.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro Device Configuration - 1.jpg" width="800" height="436" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2162578138" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1056"></a></p>
<p>Devices that are added to DSS Pro will appear in the Device Tree in the center</p>
<p>4. Expand the device tree and select the channel to configure (for example, the video channel)</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Device_Configuration_-_2.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/e/e2/DSS_Pro_Device_Configuration_-_2.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_Device_Configuration_-_2.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/e/e2/DSS_Pro_Device_Configuration_-_2.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_Device_Configuration_-_2.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/e/e2/DSS_Pro_Device_Configuration_-_2.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_Device_Configuration_-_2.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro Device Configuration - 2.jpg" width="800" height="436" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2723399496" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1057"></a></p>
<p>5. Configure Device settings as desired:</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Device_Configuration_-_3.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/5/5e/DSS_Pro_Device_Configuration_-_3.jpg/700px-DSS_Pro_Device_Configuration_-_3.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/5/5e/DSS_Pro_Device_Configuration_-_3.jpg/1050px-DSS_Pro_Device_Configuration_-_3.jpg 1.5x, /images/5/5e/DSS_Pro_Device_Configuration_-_3.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro Device Configuration - 3.jpg" width="700" height="780" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2033430900" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1058"></a></p>
<table id="TABLE_1" class="wikitable">
<tbody>
<tr>
<th>Feature</th>
<th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>① Configuration</td>
<td>Configure Smart Plan / Intelligent Analysis settings for the device*</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>② Event Information</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>③ Recording Information</td>
<td>Add or remove record plans for devices. Click <a title="DSS/V8/DSS Pro/Instruction/Local Recording Schedule" href="https://dahuawiki.com/DSS/V8/DSS_Pro/Instruction/Local_Recording_Schedule" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">here</a> for how-to setup Recording Schedules.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>④ Record Retrieval</td>
<td>Configure backup so videos on the device can be automatically uploaded to DSS for redundancy. Click <a title="DSS/V8/DSS Pro/Instruction/Device Configuration" href="https://dahuawiki.com/DSS/V8/DSS_Pro/Instruction/Device_Configuration#Add_Retrieval_Plan" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">here</a> for instructions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>⑤ Recording Storage Config</td>
<td>Configure the video retention period for the device&#8217;s recorded video. Click <a title="DSS/V8/DSS Pro/Instruction/Device Configuration" href="https://dahuawiki.com/DSS/V8/DSS_Pro/Instruction/Device_Configuration#Recording_Storage_Config" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">here</a> for instructions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>⑥ Channel Bind</td>
<td>Bind a video channel with an alarm input channel, ANPR channel, access control, or another video channel to view associated video when an event occurs. Click <a title="DSS/V8/DSS Pro/Instruction/Device Configuration" href="https://dahuawiki.com/DSS/V8/DSS_Pro/Instruction/Device_Configuration#Channel_Bind" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">here</a> for instructions.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><i>* For supported devices</i></p>
<h3><span id="Add_Retrieval_Plan" class="mw-headline">Add Retrieval Plan</span></h3>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_-_Record_Retrieval_-_1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/8/8a/DSS_Pro_-_Record_Retrieval_-_1.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_-_Record_Retrieval_-_1.jpg" srcset="/images/8/8a/DSS_Pro_-_Record_Retrieval_-_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/8/8a/DSS_Pro_-_Record_Retrieval_-_1.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro - Record Retrieval - 1.jpg" width="800" height="749" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4133163913" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1059"></a></p>
<ul>
<li>Toggle to enable/disable</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>Use the dropdown box for <b>Recording Retrieval Length</b> to select 1, 2, 3, Days</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>Configure the schedule to select</li>
</ul>
<p>Click <b>OK</b></p>
<p><i>Note: Up to 3 days of recordings can be backed up to DSS Server</i></p>
<h3><span id="Recording_Storage_Config" class="mw-headline">Recording Storage Config</span></h3>
<p>For videos stored on the DSS server you can configure video retention period. When the storage space runs out, new recorded videos will overwrite the oldest videos automatically.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_-_Device_Config_-_Recording_Storage_Config_-_1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/2/2c/DSS_Pro_-_Device_Config_-_Recording_Storage_Config_-_1.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_-_Device_Config_-_Recording_Storage_Config_-_1.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/2/2c/DSS_Pro_-_Device_Config_-_Recording_Storage_Config_-_1.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_-_Device_Config_-_Recording_Storage_Config_-_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/2/2c/DSS_Pro_-_Device_Config_-_Recording_Storage_Config_-_1.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro - Device Config - Recording Storage Config - 1.jpg" width="800" height="944" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3995999191" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1060"></a></p>
<ul>
<li>Toggle to enable/disable</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>Enter a Retention Period (in Days)</li>
</ul>
<p>Click <b>OK</b></p>
<p><i>Note: Retention Period is 0-180 Days</i></p>
<h1 class="firstHeading">Add Device LPR</h1>
<p>This guide will cover how to add LPR camera to DSS Pro V8.</p>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>DSS Pro V8 Server</li>
<li>DSS Pro V8 Client</li>
<li>Dahua License Plate Recognition Camera</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>1. Open the DSS Pro V8 Client.<br />
From the Home page select the Wrench icon on the left</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:VehicleEntranceExit1.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/e/e1/VehicleEntranceExit1.png/1200px-VehicleEntranceExit1.png" srcset="/images/thumb/e/e1/VehicleEntranceExit1.png/1800px-VehicleEntranceExit1.png 1.5x, /images/e/e1/VehicleEntranceExit1.png 2x" alt="VehicleEntranceExit1.png" width="1200" height="652" data-pagespeed-url-hash="19307690" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1061"></a></p>
<p>2. Under &#8220;Basic Config&#8221; select <b>Device</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:VehicleEntranceExit2.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/5/52/VehicleEntranceExit2.png/1200px-VehicleEntranceExit2.png" srcset="/images/thumb/5/52/VehicleEntranceExit2.png/1800px-VehicleEntranceExit2.png 1.5x, /images/5/52/VehicleEntranceExit2.png 2x" alt="VehicleEntranceExit2.png" width="1200" height="651" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1601310095" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1062"></a></p>
<p>3. Select <b>Add Device</b> on the left.<br />
Then select the <b>Add</b> option at the top</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:VehicleEntranceExit3.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/1/13/VehicleEntranceExit3.png/1200px-VehicleEntranceExit3.png" srcset="/images/thumb/1/13/VehicleEntranceExit3.png/1800px-VehicleEntranceExit3.png 1.5x, /images/1/13/VehicleEntranceExit3.png 2x" alt="VehicleEntranceExit3.png" width="1200" height="650" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3354808044" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1063"></a></p>
<p>4. Under &#8220;Add Mode&#8221; click on the drop-down and select the appropriate option for how the DSS will connect to the License Plate Recognition Camera</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:VehicleEntranceExit4.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/e/ea/VehicleEntranceExit4.png/1200px-VehicleEntranceExit4.png" srcset="/images/thumb/e/ea/VehicleEntranceExit4.png/1800px-VehicleEntranceExit4.png 1.5x, /images/e/ea/VehicleEntranceExit4.png 2x" alt="VehicleEntranceExit4.png" width="1200" height="652" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2565391520" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1064"></a></p>
<p>5. Under &#8220;Device Category&#8221; click on the drop-down and select <b>ANPR</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:VehicleEntranceExit5.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/4/4c/VehicleEntranceExit5.png/1200px-VehicleEntranceExit5.png" srcset="/images/thumb/4/4c/VehicleEntranceExit5.png/1800px-VehicleEntranceExit5.png 1.5x, /images/4/4c/VehicleEntranceExit5.png 2x" alt="VehicleEntranceExit5.png" width="1200" height="651" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3151560462" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1065"></a></p>
<p>6. Enter the information for connecting to the camera.<br />
(In this case IP Address was selected as the Add Mode.)<br />
Then select <b>Add</b> at the bottom</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:VehicleEntranceExit6.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/b/bb/VehicleEntranceExit6.png/1200px-VehicleEntranceExit6.png" srcset="/images/thumb/b/bb/VehicleEntranceExit6.png/1800px-VehicleEntranceExit6.png 1.5x, /images/b/bb/VehicleEntranceExit6.png 2x" alt="VehicleEntranceExit6.png" width="1200" height="652" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2788844089" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1066"></a></p>
<p>7. Enter a name for the camera under &#8220;Device Name&#8221;.<br />
Then click on the drop-down below &#8220;Device Type&#8221; and select <b>Access ANPR Camera</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:VehicleEntranceExit7.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/70/VehicleEntranceExit7.png/1200px-VehicleEntranceExit7.png" srcset="/images/thumb/7/70/VehicleEntranceExit7.png/1800px-VehicleEntranceExit7.png 1.5x, /images/7/70/VehicleEntranceExit7.png 2x" alt="VehicleEntranceExit7.png" width="1200" height="651" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1291971111" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1067"></a></p>
<p>8. Click on the drop-down below &#8220;Device Series&#8221; and select <b>Dahua ITC</b><br />
Make sure the number of channels and the Timezone are correct.<br />
When you are done, select <b>OK</b> at the bottom</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:VehicleEntranceExit8.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/c6/VehicleEntranceExit8.png/1200px-VehicleEntranceExit8.png" srcset="/images/thumb/c/c6/VehicleEntranceExit8.png/1800px-VehicleEntranceExit8.png 1.5x, /images/c/c6/VehicleEntranceExit8.png 2x" alt="VehicleEntranceExit8.png" width="1200" height="650" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1494101395" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1068"></a></p>
<p>9. You should see the camera listed in your device list at the top.<br />
If it does not show an Online Status of &#8220;Online&#8221; immediately, select the <b>Refresh</b> option at the top until it does</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:VehicleEntranceExit9.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/2/28/VehicleEntranceExit9.png/1200px-VehicleEntranceExit9.png" srcset="/images/thumb/2/28/VehicleEntranceExit9.png/1800px-VehicleEntranceExit9.png 1.5x, /images/2/28/VehicleEntranceExit9.png 2x" alt="VehicleEntranceExit9.png" width="1200" height="650" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2080270337" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1069"></a></p>
<h1 class="firstHeading">Liveview Playback</h1>
<p>This guide will show the options that available for Playback in DSS Pro V8 Client.</p>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>DSS Pro V8 Server and Client</li>
<li>Dahua Device connected to the network</li>
<li>Dahua Device added to DSS Pro V8 &#8211; <i>Click <a title="DSS/V8/DSS Pro/Instruction/Add Device" href="https://dahuawiki.com/DSS/V8/DSS_Pro/Instruction/Add_Device" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">here</a> for how-to add device instruction.</i></li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>1.Login to DSS Pro Client and click on <b>Monitoring Center</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_Client_Home_Licensed.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/b/bf/DSS_Express_Client_Home_Licensed.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_Client_Home_Licensed.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/b/bf/DSS_Express_Client_Home_Licensed.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_Client_Home_Licensed.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/b/bf/DSS_Express_Client_Home_Licensed.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_Client_Home_Licensed.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express Client Home Licensed.jpg" width="700" height="378" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2157925575" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1070"></a></p>
<p>2. Click on <b>Playback</b> and select the camera channel under <b>Resources</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Playback_Main.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/2/25/DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Playback_Main.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Playback_Main.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/2/25/DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Playback_Main.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Playback_Main.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/2/25/DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Playback_Main.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Playback_Main.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Monitoring Playback Main.jpg" width="700" height="376" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1160084424" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1071"></a></p>
<p>Below is the operation menu that available under Playback.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Playback.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/d/d0/DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Playback.jpg/1200px-DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Playback.jpg" srcset="/images/d/d0/DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Playback.jpg 1.5x, /images/d/d0/DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Playback.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Monitoring Playback.jpg" width="1200" height="557" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1560586217" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1072"></a></p>
<h3><span id="SMD_Search" class="mw-headline">SMD Search</span></h3>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Playback_SMD.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/e/e6/DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Playback_SMD.jpg/1200px-DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Playback_SMD.jpg" srcset="/images/e/e6/DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Playback_SMD.jpg 1.5x, /images/e/e6/DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Playback_SMD.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Monitoring Playback SMD.jpg" width="1200" height="519" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3154806035" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1073"></a></p>
<p><b>If you would like to download video footage, please click <a title="DSS/V8/DSS Pro/Instruction/Download" href="https://dahuawiki.com/DSS/V8/DSS_Pro/Instruction/Download" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">here</a> for instructions.</b></p>
<h1 class="firstHeading">Download</h1>
<h1><span id="DSS_Pro_V8_-_Download_Center" class="mw-headline">DSS Pro V8 &#8211; Download Center</span></h1>
<h2><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>
<p>This guide will show how to download recorded video using DSS Pro V8 Client.</p>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>DSS Pro V8 Server and Client</li>
<li>Dahua Device connected to the network</li>
<li>Dahua Device added to DSS Pro V8 &#8211; <i>Click <a title="DSS/V8/DSS Pro/Instruction/Add Device" href="https://dahuawiki.com/DSS/V8/DSS_Pro/Instruction/Add_Device" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">here</a> for how-to add device instruction.</i></li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>1. Go to Home, and then click on <b>Download Center</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/5/57/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/5/57/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/5/57/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Home Download Center.jpg" width="700" height="378" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3177599096" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1074"></a></p>
<p>2. Select the Camera channel, choose the <b>Date and Time</b> for video footage you wish to review, and click <b>Search</b>.</p>
<pre> NOTE: under <b>Position</b> option, you need to select where the recording is saved. <b>Store on Device</b> is searching playback file from the recorder and <b>Store on Server</b> is searching playback file from DSS Storage.
</pre>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Search.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/4/4c/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Search.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Search.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/4/4c/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Search.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Search.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/4/4c/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Search.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Search.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Home Download Center Search.jpg" width="700" height="379" data-pagespeed-url-hash="92244" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1075"></a></p>
<p>3. Select the time period from the timeline. It will prompt user to enter the device password.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Password.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/4/43/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Password.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Password.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/4/43/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Password.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Password.jpg 1.5x, /images/4/43/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Password.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Home Download Center Password.jpg" width="700" height="373" data-pagespeed-url-hash="936044728" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1076"></a></p>
<p>4. Enter the date and time you world like to download, and you can also choose the video format by clicking on the <b>Transcode</b>. By default the format will be .dav.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Transcode.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/b/b1/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Transcode.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Transcode.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/b/b1/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Transcode.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Transcode.jpg 1.5x, /images/b/b1/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Transcode.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Home Download Center Transcode.jpg" width="700" height="456" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3972053196" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1077"></a></p>
<p>5. Your download will begin.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Downloading.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/5/5b/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Downloading.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Downloading.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/5/5b/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Downloading.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Downloading.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/5/5b/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Downloading.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Downloading.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Home Download Center Downloading.jpg" width="700" height="377" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4191999761" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1078"></a></p>
<p>6. You can modify the storage path through the local settings.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Recording_Path.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/6/62/DSS_Express_V8_Recording_Path.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Recording_Path.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/6/62/DSS_Express_V8_Recording_Path.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Recording_Path.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/6/62/DSS_Express_V8_Recording_Path.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Recording_Path.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Recording Path.jpg" width="700" height="377" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2847708615" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1079"></a></p>
<h1 class="firstHeading">User Management</h1>
<p>This guide will show how to add Users and Roles for DSS Pro.</p>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>DSS Pro V8 Server and Client installed</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<h3><span id="Create_Role" class="mw-headline">Create Role</span></h3>
<p>1.Login to DSS Pro Client</p>
<p>From Home Click <b>User</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/c8/DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_1.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_1.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/c/c8/DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_1.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/c/c8/DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_1.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_1.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro - User Management - 1.jpg" width="800" height="500" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3224228600" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1080"></a></p>
<p>2. To add a Role</p>
<p>Select Role</p>
<p>Click <b>Add</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_2.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/e/e1/DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_2.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_2.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/e/e1/DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_2.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_2.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/e/e1/DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_2.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_2.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro - User Management - 2.jpg" width="800" height="438" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1287564983" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1081"></a></p>
<p>3. Enter the role name (if required copy the permissions from another role)</p>
<p>Select the corresponding permissions</p>
<p>Device Permissions &#8211; Select which devices are visible to the role Control Permissions &#8211; Select which device control options for the role Menu Permissions &#8211; Select which menu permissions for the role</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_3.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/0/0b/DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_3.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_3.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/0/0b/DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_3.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_3.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/0/0b/DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_3.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_3.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro - User Management - 3.jpg" width="800" height="438" data-pagespeed-url-hash="851130412" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1082"></a></p>
<p>Click <b>OK</b> to save all changes.</p>
<h3><span id="Create_User" class="mw-headline">Create User</span></h3>
<p>1. To add a User</p>
<p>Select User</p>
<p>Click <b>Add</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_4.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/2/26/DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_4.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_4.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/2/26/DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_4.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_4.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/2/26/DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_4.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_4.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro - User Management - 4.jpg" width="800" height="438" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1288509822" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1083"></a></p>
<p>2. Enter the basic user information, such as username and password</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_5.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/9/91/DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_5.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_5.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/9/91/DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_5.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_5.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/9/91/DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_5.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_5.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro - User Management - 5.jpg" width="800" height="438" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2453946261" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1084"></a></p>
<p>You can also select which other options you want for the user, such as Password Changing/Expiration policy</p>
<p>3. Click the +</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_6.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/74/DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_6.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_6.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/7/74/DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_6.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_6.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/7/74/DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_6.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_6.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro - User Management - 6.jpg" width="800" height="438" data-pagespeed-url-hash="866578102" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1085"></a></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_7.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/8/8c/DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_7.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_7.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/8/8c/DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_7.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_7.jpg 1.5x, /images/8/8c/DSS_Pro_-_User_Management_-_7.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro - User Management - 7.jpg" width="800" height="763" data-pagespeed-url-hash="181914701" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1086"></a></p>
<h1 class="firstHeading">Local Disk Configuration</h1>
<p>This guide will show how to setup and configure local disks for DSS Pro.</p>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>DSS Pro V8 Server and Client</li>
<li>HDD installed to DSS Pro</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>1.Login to DSS Pro Client and then go to Configurations &gt; Device menu.</p>
<p>From Home Select the Configuration menu</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/3/39/DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/3/39/DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/3/39/DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro Client Home Configurations.jpg" width="800" height="436" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2850962655" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1011"></a></p>
<p>2. Click on <b>Storage</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Local_Disk_Configuration_-_1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/3/3d/DSS_Pro_Local_Disk_Configuration_-_1.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_Local_Disk_Configuration_-_1.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/3/3d/DSS_Pro_Local_Disk_Configuration_-_1.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_Local_Disk_Configuration_-_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/3/3d/DSS_Pro_Local_Disk_Configuration_-_1.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_Local_Disk_Configuration_-_1.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro Local Disk Configuration - 1.jpg" width="800" height="433" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3140785734" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1088"></a></p>
<p>3. Click on &#8220;Server Disk&#8221;. and then choose your drive and click on the Initialize button.</p>
<p><b>NOTE: This will format your HDD, all files inside that drive will be removed.</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Home_Storage_Init.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/5/54/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Storage_Init.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Storage_Init.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/5/54/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Storage_Init.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Storage_Init.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/5/54/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Storage_Init.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Storage_Init.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Home Storage Init.jpg" width="700" height="173" data-pagespeed-url-hash="570680271" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1089"></a></p>
<p>4. Once the drive is initialized, click on Settings button to assign disk type. There are 3 types for storage, they are <b>Video, Picture (Snapshot), and ANPR Picture (for LPR camera).</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Home_Storage_Settings.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/d/d3/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Storage_Settings.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Storage_Settings.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/d/d3/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Storage_Settings.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Storage_Settings.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/d/d3/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Storage_Settings.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Storage_Settings.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Home Storage Settings.jpg" width="700" height="173" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4043784820" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1090"></a></p>
<p>5. Once completed, your storage is now ready.</p>
<p>Please click <a title="DSS/V8/DSS Pro/Instruction/Local Recording Schedule" href="https://dahuawiki.com/DSS/V8/DSS_Pro/Instruction/Local_Recording_Schedule" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">here</a> on how to schedule a recording to DSS Storage.</p>
<h1 class="firstHeading">Net Disk Configuration</h1>
<p>This guide will show how to setup and configure a Net Disk for DSS Pro.</p>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>DSS Pro V8 Server and Client</li>
<li>Net disk &#8211; in this guide the <a title="EVS" href="https://dahuawiki.com/EVS" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">EVS</a> will be used</li>
</ul>
<p><i>It is recommended to setup/configure EVS first before adding as a Net Disk to DSS</i></p>
<p>Click <a title="EVS/Set Up As Network Disk" href="https://dahuawiki.com/EVS/Set_Up_As_Network_Disk" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">here</a> for instructions on how to setup the EVS as a Net Disk</p>
<ul>
<li>Use Ethernet cable to connect DSS (Port 3/4) and EVS (Port 1)</li>
<li>If you need to configure RAID, you should configure it on EVS first</li>
<li>The IP address of the EVS device network port and the IP of the DSS device network port should be in the same network segment (for example 192.168.1.x for Both Devices)</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>1.Login to DSS Pro Client and then go to Configurations &gt; Device menu.</p>
<p>From Home Select the Configuration menu</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/3/39/DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/3/39/DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/3/39/DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro Client Home Configurations.jpg" width="800" height="436" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2850962655" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1011"></a></p>
<p>2. Click on <b>Storage</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Local_Disk_Configuration_-_1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/3/3d/DSS_Pro_Local_Disk_Configuration_-_1.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_Local_Disk_Configuration_-_1.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/3/3d/DSS_Pro_Local_Disk_Configuration_-_1.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_Local_Disk_Configuration_-_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/3/3d/DSS_Pro_Local_Disk_Configuration_-_1.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_Local_Disk_Configuration_-_1.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro Local Disk Configuration - 1.jpg" width="800" height="433" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3140785734" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1088"></a></p>
<p>3. Click <b>Add NetDisk</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Net_Disk_Configuration_-_1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/5/59/DSS_Pro_Net_Disk_Configuration_-_1.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_Net_Disk_Configuration_-_1.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/5/59/DSS_Pro_Net_Disk_Configuration_-_1.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_Net_Disk_Configuration_-_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/5/59/DSS_Pro_Net_Disk_Configuration_-_1.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_Net_Disk_Configuration_-_1.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro Net Disk Configuration - 1.jpg" width="800" height="500" data-pagespeed-url-hash="987140591" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1093"></a></p>
<p>4. Enter the information of the Net DIsk</p>
<p>Click Add</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Net_Disk_Configuration_-_2.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/e/e7/DSS_Pro_Net_Disk_Configuration_-_2.jpg" alt="DSS Pro Net Disk Configuration - 2.jpg" width="620" height="422" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1876025431" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1094"></a></p>
<p>5. Initialize/Config/Format the disk using the Operation functions</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Net_Disk_Configuration_-_3.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/d/d5/DSS_Pro_Net_Disk_Configuration_-_3.jpg" alt="DSS Pro Net Disk Configuration - 3.jpg" width="310" height="341" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3230485320" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1095"></a></p>
<h1 class="firstHeading">Disk Group Operation</h1>
<h1><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h1>
<p>This guide will show how to setup and configure a Disk group for DSS Pro.</p>
<p>Disks that are added to DSS Pro can be grouped together to create a Disk Group.</p>
<p>You can then configure devices added to DSS Pro to record to specific Disk Groups.</p>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>DSS Pro V8 Server and Client</li>
<li>Devices added to DSS Pro</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>1.Login to DSS Pro Client and then go to Configurations &gt; Device menu.</p>
<p>From Home Select the Configuration menu</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/3/39/DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/3/39/DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/3/39/DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_Client_Home_Configurations.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro Client Home Configurations.jpg" width="800" height="436" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2850962655" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1011"></a></p>
<p>2. Click on <b>Storage</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Local_Disk_Configuration_-_1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/3/3d/DSS_Pro_Local_Disk_Configuration_-_1.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_Local_Disk_Configuration_-_1.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/3/3d/DSS_Pro_Local_Disk_Configuration_-_1.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_Local_Disk_Configuration_-_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/3/3d/DSS_Pro_Local_Disk_Configuration_-_1.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_Local_Disk_Configuration_-_1.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro Local Disk Configuration - 1.jpg" width="800" height="433" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3140785734" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1088"></a></p>
<p>3. Click <b>Add</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Disk_Group_Operation_-_1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/4/4b/DSS_Pro_Disk_Group_Operation_-_1.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_Disk_Group_Operation_-_1.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/4/4b/DSS_Pro_Disk_Group_Operation_-_1.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_Disk_Group_Operation_-_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/4/4b/DSS_Pro_Disk_Group_Operation_-_1.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_Disk_Group_Operation_-_1.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro Disk Group Operation - 1.jpg" width="800" height="190" data-pagespeed-url-hash="125451838" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1098"></a></p>
<p>4. Enter a disk group name</p>
<p>Select the disks to add to the group</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Disk_Group_Operation_-_2.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/8/82/DSS_Pro_Disk_Group_Operation_-_2.jpg" alt="DSS Pro Disk Group Operation - 2.jpg" width="429" height="539" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3169196357" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1099"></a></p>
<p>5. Select the channels to record to this disk group</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Disk_Group_Operation_-_3.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/2/2b/DSS_Pro_Disk_Group_Operation_-_3.jpg" alt="DSS Pro Disk Group Operation - 3.jpg" width="399" height="539" data-pagespeed-url-hash="167272010" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1100"></a></p>
<p>Click <b>OK</b> to save</p>
<h1 class="firstHeading">Local Recording Schedule</h1>
<p>This guide will show how to setup local recording in DSS Express V8.</p>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>DSS Pro V8 Server and Client</li>
<li>DSS Local Storage has been setup. &#8211; Click <a class="new" title="DSS/V8/DSS Pro/Instruction/Storage (page does not exist)" href="https://dahuawiki.com/index.php?title=DSS/V8/DSS_Pro/Instruction/Storage&amp;action=edit&amp;redlink=1" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">here</a> for how-to setup local storage instruction.</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>1.Login to DSS Pro Client and then go to Configuration menu.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/74/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/7/74/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/7/74/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Home Configuration.jpg" width="700" height="397" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2614966253" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1101"></a></p>
<p>2. Click on <b>Device</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Home_Device.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/b/b1/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Device.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Device.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/b/b1/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Device.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Device.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/b/b1/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Device.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Device.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Home Device.jpg" width="700" height="378" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2935398434" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1102"></a></p>
<p>3. Click on <b>Device Configuration</b> menu.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/e/ed/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/e/ed/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/e/ed/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Device Config.jpg" width="700" height="378" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3713667411" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1103"></a></p>
<p>4. Select your Camera Channel from device root. You will see option for Recording Information. Click on <b>Add Record Plan</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Record_Plan.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/b/bd/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Record_Plan.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Record_Plan.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/b/bd/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Record_Plan.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Record_Plan.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/b/bd/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Record_Plan.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Record_Plan.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Device Config Record Plan.jpg" width="700" height="378" data-pagespeed-url-hash="72706809" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1104"></a></p>
<p>5. Under Record Plan, make sure you Enable it, and then select the Stream type and create your recording schedule. By default, it is set to 24/7 recording. To modify the Time Template, click under Time Template Selection, and click on <b>Create Time Template</b>.</p>
<p>Once everything set, click <b>OK</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Timetemplate.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/b/b9/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Timetemplate.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Timetemplate.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/b/b9/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Timetemplate.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Timetemplate.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/b/b9/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Timetemplate.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Timetemplate.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Device Config Timetemplate.jpg" width="700" height="380" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3053984390" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1105"></a></p>
<p>6. Your device will now record to DSS Local Storage.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Record_Plan_Set.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/6/67/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Record_Plan_Set.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Record_Plan_Set.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/6/67/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Record_Plan_Set.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Record_Plan_Set.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/6/67/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Record_Plan_Set.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Record_Plan_Set.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Device Config Record Plan Set.jpg" width="700" height="379" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2272277896" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1106"></a></p>
<p>Please click <a title="DSS/V8/DSS Pro/Instruction/Playback" href="https://dahuawiki.com/DSS/V8/DSS_Pro/Instruction/Playback" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">here</a> on how to review recorded video from DSS Local Storage.</p>
<h1 class="firstHeading">DSS Agile 8 Setup</h1>
<h2><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>
<p>This article will cover how to setup DSS Agile 8 with DSS Pro V8</p>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>DSS Pro V8 Server Setup and Running</li>
<li>DSS Agile V8 Downloaded and Installed on an Android or iOS device</li>
<li>All Default DSS Pro V8 Ports forwarded on the network: <a title="DSS" href="https://dahuawiki.com/DSS#Default_Ports" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">List of Ports to Forward</a></li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>1. Open the DSS Agile 8 app on your mobile device.<br />
Select <b>Agree</b> to accept the Software License Agreement and Privacy Policy</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSAgile8Setup1.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/8/80/DSSAgile8Setup1.png/300px-DSSAgile8Setup1.png" srcset="/images/8/80/DSSAgile8Setup1.png 1.5x, /images/8/80/DSSAgile8Setup1.png 2x" alt="DSSAgile8Setup1.png" width="300" height="600" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1539441577" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1107"></a></p>
<p>2. Swipe the screen from right to left to flip through the introduction images.<br />
Then select <b>Get Started</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSAgile8Setup2.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/1/15/DSSAgile8Setup2.png/300px-DSSAgile8Setup2.png" srcset="/images/1/15/DSSAgile8Setup2.png 1.5x, /images/1/15/DSSAgile8Setup2.png 2x" alt="DSSAgile8Setup2.png" width="300" height="600" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3932374094" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1108"></a></p>
<p>3. Enter the following information:<br />
&#8211; <b>Username</b><br />
&#8211; <b>Password</b><br />
&#8211; <b>Server Address</b><br />
&#8211; <b>Port</b> (The HTTPS Client Login Port)</p>
<p>Then select <b>Login</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSAgile8Setup3.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/9/98/DSSAgile8Setup3.png/300px-DSSAgile8Setup3.png" srcset="/images/9/98/DSSAgile8Setup3.png 1.5x, /images/9/98/DSSAgile8Setup3.png 2x" alt="DSSAgile8Setup3.png" width="300" height="600" data-pagespeed-url-hash="608156339" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1109"></a></p>
<p>4. If your mobile device was able to connect and login to your DSS Pro V8 server you will see the following page.<br />
Draw the login pattern so you can quickly login to the server in the future.<br />
(If you don&#8217;t want an unlock pattern select &#8220;Skip&#8221; at the top left and skip to Step 6.)</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSAgile8Setup4.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/d/d0/DSSAgile8Setup4.png/300px-DSSAgile8Setup4.png" srcset="/images/d/d0/DSSAgile8Setup4.png 1.5x, /images/d/d0/DSSAgile8Setup4.png 2x" alt="DSSAgile8Setup4.png" width="300" height="600" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2133451695" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1110"></a></p>
<p>5. Confirm the same pattern from Step 4</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSAgile8Setup5.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/6/6d/DSSAgile8Setup5.png/300px-DSSAgile8Setup5.png" srcset="/images/6/6d/DSSAgile8Setup5.png 1.5x, /images/6/6d/DSSAgile8Setup5.png 2x" alt="DSSAgile8Setup5.png" width="300" height="600" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3278282761" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1111"></a></p>
<p>6. You are now connected to your DSS Pro V8 Server</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSAgile8Setup6.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/1/1d/DSSAgile8Setup6.png/300px-DSSAgile8Setup6.png" srcset="/images/1/1d/DSSAgile8Setup6.png 1.5x, /images/1/1d/DSSAgile8Setup6.png 2x" alt="DSSAgile8Setup6.png" width="300" height="600" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4171581485" title="DSS Pro Install and Configure Instructions 1112"></a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/dss-pro-install-and-configure-instructions/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>DSS Express V8 User Manual</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/dss-express-v8-user-manual/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/dss-express-v8-user-manual/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 24 May 2023 08:12:37 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Dahua]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Dahua Device]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DahuaWiki]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Config]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DSS Express]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DSS Express V8]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[onvif]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SmartPSS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Step by Step]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=323</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[DSS Express V8 User Manual, DSS (Digital Surveillance System) is an all-in-one Central Management System (CMS) / Video Management System ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="DSS Express V8 User Manual" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/dss-express-v8-user-manual/#more-323" aria-label="Read more about DSS Express V8 User Manual">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>DSS Express V8 User Manual, DSS (Digital Surveillance System) is an all-in-one Central Management System (CMS) / Video Management System (VMS) that encompasses a wide range of features and functions within video surveillance. It manages IP cameras and recorders and is able to connect to third-party cameras via the standard ONVIF protocol.</p>
<h1 class="firstHeading">DSS/V8/DSS Express/Instruction/Server Config</h1>
<div id="mw-page-header-links">
<div id="p-namespaces" class="mw-portlet" role="navigation"></div>
</div>
<div class="visual-clear">Description</div>
<div class="mw-body-content">
<div id="mw-content-text" class="mw-content-ltr" dir="ltr" lang="en">
<p>This guide will show how to configure DSS Express server settings, such as external IP mapping, port mapping , and the ability to start and restart the server and server services.</p>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>DSS Express V8 server installed</li>
</ul>
<p>Read More : <a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/294/smartpss-installation-and-user-guide/">SmartPSS Installation and User guide</a></p>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>Click DSS Express Server icon to open the Server software for configuration</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_Server_Desktop_Icon.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/8/81/DSS_Express_Server_Desktop_Icon.jpg" alt="DSS Express Server Desktop Icon.jpg" width="101" height="112" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2867862457" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1242"></a></p>
<p>DSS Express Server</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Server_Installation_-_9.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/5/59/DSS_Server_Installation_-_9.jpg/600px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_9.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/5/59/DSS_Server_Installation_-_9.jpg/900px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_9.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/5/59/DSS_Server_Installation_-_9.jpg/1200px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_9.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Server Installation - 9.jpg" width="600" height="419" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1772578009" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1243"></a></p>
<p>Server status is displayed on the top right corner of the window</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:ServerStarting.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/1/12/ServerStarting.png" alt="ServerStarting.png" width="20" height="20" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1672603979" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1244"></a> Server Starting <a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:ServerOnline.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/d/d1/ServerOnline.png" alt="ServerOnline.png" width="20" height="20" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2273661517" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1245"></a> Running <a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:ServerOffline.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/f/f3/ServerOffline.png" alt="ServerOffline.png" width="20" height="20" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3713676709" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1246"></a> Server Offline <a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:ServerException.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/f/f7/ServerException.png" alt="ServerException.png" width="20" height="20" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2511398013" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1247"></a> Exception</p>
<p>Use the buttons on the top left of the window to control the server services &#8211; <b>Restart All</b>, <b>Stop All</b> and <b>Refresh</b> all services are available</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Services.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/1/18/DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Services.jpg/300px-DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Services.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/1/18/DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Services.jpg/450px-DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Services.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/1/18/DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Services.jpg/600px-DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Services.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Server Configuration - Services.jpg" width="300" height="44" data-pagespeed-url-hash="381303907" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1248"></a></p>
<p>Use the buttons on the top right of the window for different DSS server functions:</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Server_Configuration_-_1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/ca/DSS_Server_Configuration_-_1.jpg/300px-DSS_Server_Configuration_-_1.jpg" srcset="/images/c/ca/DSS_Server_Configuration_-_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/c/ca/DSS_Server_Configuration_-_1.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Server Configuration - 1.jpg" width="300" height="78" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1025605524" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1249"></a></p>
<table id="TABLE_1" class="wikitable">
<tbody>
<tr>
<th></th>
<th>Function</th>
<th></th>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>User Manual &#8211; Open User Manual for DSS</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Language &#8211; Select English or Chinese</td>
<td><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Language.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/d/df/DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Language.jpg/300px-DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Language.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/d/df/DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Language.jpg/450px-DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Language.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/d/df/DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Language.jpg/600px-DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Language.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Server Configuration - Language.jpg" width="300" height="136" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4198545527" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1250"></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Security &#8211; Disable or enable TLS1.0</td>
<td><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Security_Config.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/c9/DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Security_Config.jpg/300px-DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Security_Config.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/c/c9/DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Security_Config.jpg/450px-DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Security_Config.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/c/c9/DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Security_Config.jpg/600px-DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Security_Config.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Server Configuration - Security Config.jpg" width="300" height="195" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2129774868" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1251"></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>Setting &#8211; Map the IP of DSS Express server to an external IP address</td>
<td><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Setting.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/3/38/DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Setting.jpg/300px-DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Setting.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/3/38/DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Setting.jpg/450px-DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Setting.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/3/38/DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Setting.jpg/600px-DSS_Server_Configuration_-_Setting.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Server Configuration - Setting.jpg" width="300" height="250" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4198772991" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1252"></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>About &#8211; Click to Display Version information of DSS Server</td>
<td><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_Server_Configuration_Info.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/a/a1/DSS_Express_Server_Configuration_Info.jpg/300px-DSS_Express_Server_Configuration_Info.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/a/a1/DSS_Express_Server_Configuration_Info.jpg/450px-DSS_Express_Server_Configuration_Info.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/a/a1/DSS_Express_Server_Configuration_Info.jpg/600px-DSS_Express_Server_Configuration_Info.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express Server Configuration Info.jpg" width="300" height="151" data-pagespeed-url-hash="897678282" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1253"></a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Click the <a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Btn_draw_dis.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/1/10/Btn_draw_dis.png" alt="Btn draw dis.png" width="20" height="20" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1391281068" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1254"></a> to modify the service port number. Server will automatically restart after modification.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Server_Installation_-_10.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/5/50/DSS_Server_Installation_-_10.jpg/600px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_10.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/5/50/DSS_Server_Installation_-_10.jpg/900px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_10.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/5/50/DSS_Server_Installation_-_10.jpg/1200px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_10.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Server Installation - 10.jpg" width="600" height="419" data-pagespeed-url-hash="157530312" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1255"></a></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Server_Installation_-_11.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/d/d9/DSS_Server_Installation_-_11.jpg/600px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_11.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/d/d9/DSS_Server_Installation_-_11.jpg/900px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_11.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/d/d9/DSS_Server_Installation_-_11.jpg/1200px-DSS_Server_Installation_-_11.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Server Installation - 11.jpg" width="600" height="369" data-pagespeed-url-hash="768131199" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1256"></a></p>
<h1 class="firstHeading">DSS/V8/DSS Express/Instruction/License Activation</h1>
<div id="mw-page-header-links">
<div id="p-namespaces" class="mw-portlet" role="navigation">
<h3>Namespaces</h3>
<ul>
<li id="ca-nstab-main" class="selected"></li>
</ul>
</div>
<div id="p-pagetools" class="mw-portlet" role="navigation">
<h3>Page actions</h3>
<ul>
<li id="ca-view" class="selected"></li>
</ul>
</div>
</div>
<div class="visual-clear"></div>
<div class="mw-body-content">
<div id="contentSub"></div>
<div id="mw-content-text" class="mw-content-ltr" dir="ltr" lang="en">
<h1><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h1>
<p>This guide will show how to activate the DSS Express license.</p>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>DSS Express V8 Server and Client</li>
<li>License Key that you received from your Sales Rep</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>1.Login to DSS Express Client and then go to Configuration menu.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/74/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/7/74/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/7/74/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Home Configuration.jpg" width="700" height="397" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2614966253" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1257"></a></p>
<p>2. Click on <b>License</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Home_License.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/c7/DSS_Express_V8_Home_License.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_License.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/c/c7/DSS_Express_V8_Home_License.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_License.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/c/c7/DSS_Express_V8_Home_License.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_License.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Home License.jpg" width="700" height="378" data-pagespeed-url-hash="943444502" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1258"></a></p>
<p>4. Click on <b>Online Activation</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Online_Activation.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/4/4c/DSS_Express_V8_Online_Activation.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Online_Activation.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/4/4c/DSS_Express_V8_Online_Activation.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Online_Activation.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/4/4c/DSS_Express_V8_Online_Activation.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Online_Activation.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Online Activation.jpg" width="700" height="378" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2902658664" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1259"></a></p>
<p>5. Enter the 16 digits license code that you received from Dahua. Then click on Activate now.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Online_Activation_Key.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/c9/DSS_Express_V8_Online_Activation_Key.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Online_Activation_Key.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/c/c9/DSS_Express_V8_Online_Activation_Key.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Online_Activation_Key.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/c/c9/DSS_Express_V8_Online_Activation_Key.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Online_Activation_Key.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Online Activation Key.jpg" width="700" height="378" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1604647440" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1260"></a></p>
<p>5. Your DSS Express is successfully activated, you will be able to see all available modules and license expiration.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_License_Activated.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/1/1b/DSS_Express_V8_License_Activated.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_License_Activated.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/1/1b/DSS_Express_V8_License_Activated.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_License_Activated.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/1/1b/DSS_Express_V8_License_Activated.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_License_Activated.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 License Activated.jpg" width="700" height="233" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2975373449" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1261"></a></p>
<h1 class="firstHeading">DSS/V8/DSS Express/Instruction/License Activation (Offline)</h1>
<div id="mw-page-header-links">
<div id="p-namespaces" class="mw-portlet" role="navigation">
<h3>Namespaces</h3>
<ul>
<li id="ca-nstab-main" class="selected"></li>
</ul>
</div>
<div id="p-pagetools" class="mw-portlet" role="navigation">
<h3>Page actions</h3>
<ul>
<li id="ca-view" class="selected"></li>
</ul>
</div>
</div>
<div class="visual-clear"></div>
<div class="mw-body-content">
<div id="contentSub"></div>
<div id="mw-content-text" class="mw-content-ltr" dir="ltr" lang="en">
<h1><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h1>
<p>This guide will show how to activate the DSS Pro/Express license.</p>
<p><b>! Note</b>: this guide is for DSS Servers not connected to the Internet.</p>
<p>You will need to have another computer with Internet Access to activate the License.</p>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>DSS Pro / Express V8 Server and Client</li>
<li>License Key that you received from your Sales Rep</li>
<li>Another computer that has Internet Access</li>
<li>USB Drive</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>1.Log into DSS and select <b>[License]</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:LicenseDeactivationV8_1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/e/e5/LicenseDeactivationV8_1.jpg/700px-LicenseDeactivationV8_1.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/e/e5/LicenseDeactivationV8_1.jpg/1050px-LicenseDeactivationV8_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/e/e5/LicenseDeactivationV8_1.jpg 2x" alt="LicenseDeactivationV8 1.jpg" width="700" height="445" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1784327688" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1262"></a></p>
<p>2. Select <b>[Activate Offline]</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSLicenseV8OffAct02.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/8/8f/DSSLicenseV8OffAct02.jpg/700px-DSSLicenseV8OffAct02.jpg" srcset="/images/8/8f/DSSLicenseV8OffAct02.jpg 1.5x, /images/8/8f/DSSLicenseV8OffAct02.jpg 2x" alt="DSSLicenseV8OffAct02.jpg" width="700" height="415" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1498328287" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1263"></a></p>
<p>3. Insert the 16-digit License Key. If you have multiple License Keys, you can add them all together.</p>
<p>After adding all the License Keys, click on <b>[Export]</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSLicenseV8OffAct03.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/9/98/DSSLicenseV8OffAct03.jpg/700px-DSSLicenseV8OffAct03.jpg" srcset="/images/9/98/DSSLicenseV8OffAct03.jpg 1.5x, /images/9/98/DSSLicenseV8OffAct03.jpg 2x" alt="DSSLicenseV8OffAct03.jpg" width="700" height="459" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2930470971" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1264"></a></p>
<p>4. DSS will then generate a <b>LicenseActiveFile.zip</b>.</p>
<p>Copy this file to another PC which has public Internet access.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSLicenseV8OffAct04.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/2/2e/DSSLicenseV8OffAct04.jpg" alt="DSSLicenseV8OffAct04.jpg" width="140" height="178" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1151568457" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1265"></a></p>
<p>5. Click on <b>the blue link</b> to go to DSS License Management Page</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSLicenseV8OffAct05.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/4/4f/DSSLicenseV8OffAct05.jpg/700px-DSSLicenseV8OffAct05.jpg" srcset="/images/4/4f/DSSLicenseV8OffAct05.jpg 1.5x, /images/4/4f/DSSLicenseV8OffAct05.jpg 2x" alt="DSSLicenseV8OffAct05.jpg" width="700" height="121" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1184129451" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1266"></a></p>
<p>6. Select <b>[DSS]</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSLicenseV8OffAct06.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/a/aa/DSSLicenseV8OffAct06.jpg/700px-DSSLicenseV8OffAct06.jpg" srcset="/images/a/aa/DSSLicenseV8OffAct06.jpg 1.5x, /images/a/aa/DSSLicenseV8OffAct06.jpg 2x" alt="DSSLicenseV8OffAct06.jpg" width="700" height="376" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2889079736" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1267"></a></p>
<p>7. Select <b>[Activate License]</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSLicenseV8OffAct07.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/7d/DSSLicenseV8OffAct07.jpg/700px-DSSLicenseV8OffAct07.jpg" srcset="/images/7/7d/DSSLicenseV8OffAct07.jpg 1.5x, /images/7/7d/DSSLicenseV8OffAct07.jpg 2x" alt="DSSLicenseV8OffAct07.jpg" width="700" height="467" data-pagespeed-url-hash="686705627" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1268"></a></p>
<p>8. Upload the LicenseActiveFile.zip.</p>
<p>Dahua DSS License Management System will check the file.</p>
<p>If the License is valid, it will activate it for you.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSLicenseV8OffAct08.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/9/94/DSSLicenseV8OffAct08.jpg/700px-DSSLicenseV8OffAct08.jpg" srcset="/images/9/94/DSSLicenseV8OffAct08.jpg 1.5x, /images/9/94/DSSLicenseV8OffAct08.jpg 2x" alt="DSSLicenseV8OffAct08.jpg" width="700" height="485" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2732366803" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1269"></a></p>
<p>9. Once the License is activated, you will be requested to download a <b>LicenseDat.zip</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSLicenseV8OffAct09.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/d/da/DSSLicenseV8OffAct09.jpg" alt="DSSLicenseV8OffAct09.jpg" width="279" height="286" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2961310310" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1270"></a></p>
<p>10. Copy the <b>LicenseDat.zip</b> back to the PC that has DSS Client.</p>
<p>Click on <b>[Import]</b> and upload the LicenseDat.zip. Then DSS will be activated successfully.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSLicenseV8OffAct10.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/a/a0/DSSLicenseV8OffAct10.jpg" alt="DSSLicenseV8OffAct10.jpg" width="992" height="324" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3356206847" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1271"></a></p>
<p><b>!Note</b>: LicenseActiveFile.zip and LicenseDat.zip are correlated. You cannot use the LicenseDat.zip on another PC rather than the one from which you extract the corresponding LicenseActiveFile.zip.</p>
<h1 class="firstHeading">DSS/V8/DSS Express/Instruction/License Dectivation (Online)</h1>
<div id="mw-page-header-links">
<div id="p-namespaces" class="mw-portlet" role="navigation">
<h3>Namespaces</h3>
<ul>
<li id="ca-nstab-main" class="selected"></li>
</ul>
</div>
<div id="p-pagetools" class="mw-portlet" role="navigation">
<h3>Page actions</h3>
<ul>
<li id="ca-view" class="selected"></li>
</ul>
</div>
</div>
<div class="visual-clear"></div>
<div class="mw-body-content">
<div id="contentSub"></div>
<div id="mw-content-text" class="mw-content-ltr" dir="ltr" lang="en">
<h1><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h1>
<p>This guide will show how to deactivate the DSS Pro/Express license.</p>
<p><b>! Note</b>: this guide is for DSS Servers connected to the Internet.</p>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>DSS Pro/Express V8 Server and Client</li>
<li>License Key that you received from your Sales Rep</li>
<li>The computer on which DSS is running has Internet</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>1.Log into DSS and select <b>[License]</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:LicenseDeactivationV8_1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/e/e5/LicenseDeactivationV8_1.jpg/700px-LicenseDeactivationV8_1.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/e/e5/LicenseDeactivationV8_1.jpg/1050px-LicenseDeactivationV8_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/e/e5/LicenseDeactivationV8_1.jpg 2x" alt="LicenseDeactivationV8 1.jpg" width="700" height="445" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1784327688" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1262"></a></p>
<p>2. Click on <b>[Online Deactivate License]</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:LicenseDeactivationV8_2.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/2/26/LicenseDeactivationV8_2.jpg/700px-LicenseDeactivationV8_2.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/2/26/LicenseDeactivationV8_2.jpg/1050px-LicenseDeactivationV8_2.jpg 1.5x, /images/2/26/LicenseDeactivationV8_2.jpg 2x" alt="LicenseDeactivationV8 2.jpg" width="700" height="382" data-pagespeed-url-hash="795438145" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1273"></a></p>
<p>3. Click on <b>[Deactivate Now]</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:LicenseDeactivationV8_3.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/a/af/LicenseDeactivationV8_3.jpg/700px-LicenseDeactivationV8_3.jpg" srcset="/images/a/af/LicenseDeactivationV8_3.jpg 1.5x, /images/a/af/LicenseDeactivationV8_3.jpg 2x" alt="LicenseDeactivationV8 3.jpg" width="700" height="188" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2299481997" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1274"></a></p>
<p>4. Now, the License Key is deactivated. You could use it on a new installation.</p>
<p>All DSS Modules have become gray.</p>
<h1 class="firstHeading">DSS/V8/DSS Express/Instruction/License Dectivation (Offline)</h1>
<div id="mw-page-header-links">
<div id="p-namespaces" class="mw-portlet" role="navigation">
<h3>Namespaces</h3>
<ul>
<li id="ca-nstab-main" class="selected"></li>
</ul>
</div>
<div id="p-pagetools" class="mw-portlet" role="navigation">
<h3>Page actions</h3>
<ul>
<li id="ca-view" class="selected"></li>
</ul>
</div>
</div>
<div class="visual-clear"></div>
<div class="mw-body-content">
<div id="contentSub"></div>
<div id="mw-content-text" class="mw-content-ltr" dir="ltr" lang="en">
<h1><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h1>
<p>This guide will show how to deactivate the DSS Pro/Express license.</p>
<p><b>! Note</b>: this guide is for DSS Servers not connected to the Internet.</p>
<p>You will need to have another computer with Internet Access to deactivate the License.</p>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>DSS Pro / Express V8 Server and Client</li>
<li>Another computer that has Internet Access</li>
<li>USB Drive</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>1.Log into DSS and select <b>[License]</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:LicenseDeactivationV8_1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/e/e5/LicenseDeactivationV8_1.jpg/700px-LicenseDeactivationV8_1.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/e/e5/LicenseDeactivationV8_1.jpg/1050px-LicenseDeactivationV8_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/e/e5/LicenseDeactivationV8_1.jpg 2x" alt="LicenseDeactivationV8 1.jpg" width="700" height="445" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1784327688" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1262"></a></p>
<p>2. Click on <b>[Offline Deactivate License]</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:LicenseDeactivationV8_4.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/8/86/LicenseDeactivationV8_4.jpg/700px-LicenseDeactivationV8_4.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/8/86/LicenseDeactivationV8_4.jpg/1050px-LicenseDeactivationV8_4.jpg 1.5x, /images/8/86/LicenseDeactivationV8_4.jpg 2x" alt="LicenseDeactivationV8 4.jpg" width="700" height="383" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2682356137" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1276"></a></p>
<p>3. Click on <b>[Export]</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:LicenseDeactivationV8_5.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/c7/LicenseDeactivationV8_5.jpg/700px-LicenseDeactivationV8_5.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/c/c7/LicenseDeactivationV8_5.jpg/1050px-LicenseDeactivationV8_5.jpg 1.5x, /images/c/c7/LicenseDeactivationV8_5.jpg 2x" alt="LicenseDeactivationV8 5.jpg" width="700" height="211" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1904080838" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1277"></a></p>
<p>DSS will generate a LicenseDeactivateFile.zip. Copy this file to another PC that has public Internet access.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:LicenseDeactivationV8_9.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/f/f6/LicenseDeactivationV8_9.jpg" alt="LicenseDeactivationV8 9.jpg" width="257" height="55" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2801658080" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1278"></a></p>
<p>! Note: the moment you click on [Export], DSS stops working. Make sure that you are prepared for this.</p>
<p>4. Click on the blue link to jump to <b>DSS License Management Portal</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:LicenseDeactivationV8_6.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/b/b0/LicenseDeactivationV8_6.jpg/700px-LicenseDeactivationV8_6.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/b/b0/LicenseDeactivationV8_6.jpg/1050px-LicenseDeactivationV8_6.jpg 1.5x, /images/b/b0/LicenseDeactivationV8_6.jpg 2x" alt="LicenseDeactivationV8 6.jpg" width="700" height="124" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1445207603" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1279"></a></p>
<p>5. Select <b>[Deactivate License]</b> on the webpage.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:LicenseDeactivationV8_7.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/a/a7/LicenseDeactivationV8_7.jpg/700px-LicenseDeactivationV8_7.jpg" srcset="/images/a/a7/LicenseDeactivationV8_7.jpg 1.5x, /images/a/a7/LicenseDeactivationV8_7.jpg 2x" alt="LicenseDeactivationV8 7.jpg" width="700" height="407" data-pagespeed-url-hash="757458878" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1280"></a></p>
<p>6. Click on [Upload] and select the LicenseDeactivateFile.zip.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:LicenseDeactivationV8_8.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/f/f3/LicenseDeactivationV8_8.jpg/700px-LicenseDeactivationV8_8.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/f/f3/LicenseDeactivationV8_8.jpg/1050px-LicenseDeactivationV8_8.jpg 1.5x, /images/f/f3/LicenseDeactivationV8_8.jpg 2x" alt="LicenseDeactivationV8 8.jpg" width="700" height="398" data-pagespeed-url-hash="223820522" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1281"></a></p>
<p>DSS License Management Portal will verity the file and deactivate the License Key for you.</p>
<p>7. Now, you can use the License Key on a new installation.</p>
<h1><span id="Add_device_to_DSS_Express_V8" class="mw-headline">Add device to DSS Express V8</span></h1>
<h2><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>
<p>This guide will show how to add Dahua device to DSS Express Software.</p>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>DSS Express V8 Server and Client</li>
<li>Dahua Device connected to the network</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>1.Login to DSS Express Client and then go to Configuration menu.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/74/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/7/74/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/7/74/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Home Configuration.jpg" width="700" height="397" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2614966253" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1257"></a></p>
<p>2. Click on <b>Device</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Home_Device.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/b/b1/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Device.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Device.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/b/b1/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Device.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Device.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/b/b1/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Device.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Device.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Home Device.jpg" width="700" height="378" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2935398434" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1283"></a></p>
<p>4. Click on <b>Add</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Device_Add.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/e/ed/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Add.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Add.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/e/ed/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Add.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Add.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/e/ed/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Add.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Add.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Device Add.jpg" width="700" height="376" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2664312941" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1284"></a></p>
<p>5. Select the adding mode and then enter device information. In this example, we are using IP address mode. For P2P and Auto-register, it must be setup first from recorder or IP Camera. Click <b>Add</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Device_Add_Info.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/9/97/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Add_Info.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Add_Info.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/9/97/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Add_Info.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Add_Info.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/9/97/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Add_Info.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Add_Info.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Device Add Info.jpg" width="700" height="380" data-pagespeed-url-hash="705869318" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1285"></a></p>
<p>5. Enter <b>Device Name</b> and select <b>Device Type</b>. Click <b>OK</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Device_Add_Info_2.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/e/e3/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Add_Info_2.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Add_Info_2.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/e/e3/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Add_Info_2.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Add_Info_2.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/e/e3/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Add_Info_2.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Add_Info_2.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Device Add Info 2.jpg" width="700" height="379" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3960441342" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1286"></a></p>
<p>6. Your device is now added to DSS.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Device_Added.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/1/17/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Added.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Added.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/1/17/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Added.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Added.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/1/17/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Added.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Added.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Device Added.jpg" width="700" height="377" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1161587414" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1287"></a></p>
<p>Tips: In the event that your device added but can&#8217;t see any cameras added to the software, please follow this following steps.</p>
<p>1. Click on the Edit button on your device.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Device_Edit.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/8/88/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Edit.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Edit.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/8/88/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Edit.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Edit.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/8/88/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Edit.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Edit.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Device Edit.jpg" width="700" height="377" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2914011089" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1288"></a></p>
<p>2. Go to <b>Video Channels</b>. And then click on <b>Get Info</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Device_Get_Info.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/d/d6/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Get_Info.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Get_Info.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/d/d6/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Get_Info.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Get_Info.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/d/d6/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Get_Info.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Get_Info.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Device Get Info.jpg" width="700" height="379" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2929594891" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1289"></a></p>
<p>3. The software will refresh the connection to the device and retrieve the camera channels that added to recorder. Once populated, click OK.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Device_Video_Channel.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/e/e5/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Video_Channel.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Video_Channel.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/e/e5/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Video_Channel.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Video_Channel.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/e/e5/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Video_Channel.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Video_Channel.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Device Video Channel.jpg" width="700" height="379" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4154277610" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1290"></a></p>
<h1 class="firstHeading">DSS/V8/DSS Express/Instruction/Import Device</h1>
<div id="mw-page-header-links">
<div id="p-namespaces" class="mw-portlet" role="navigation">
<h3>Namespaces</h3>
<ul>
<li id="ca-nstab-main" class="selected"></li>
</ul>
</div>
<div id="p-pagetools" class="mw-portlet" role="navigation">
<h3>Page actions</h3>
<ul>
<li id="ca-view" class="selected"></li>
</ul>
</div>
</div>
<div class="visual-clear"></div>
<div class="mw-body-content">
<div id="contentSub"></div>
<div id="mw-content-text" class="mw-content-ltr" dir="ltr" lang="en">
<h1><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h1>
<p>This guide will show how to add multiple Dahua devices at once to DSS Express using the Import feature.</p>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>DSS Express V8 Server and Client</li>
<li>Dahua Devices connected to the network</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>1.Login to DSS Express Client and then go to <b>Configurations</b> &gt; <b>Device</b> menu.</p>
<p>From Home Select the Configuration menu</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/74/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/7/74/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/7/74/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Home Configuration.jpg" width="700" height="397" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2614966253" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1257"></a></p>
<p>2. Click on <b>Device</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Home_Device.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/b/b1/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Device.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Device.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/b/b1/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Device.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Device.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/b/b1/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Device.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Device.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Home Device.jpg" width="700" height="378" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2935398434" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1283"></a></p>
<p>3. Click Import</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/9/90/DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_1.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_1.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/9/90/DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_1.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/9/90/DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_1.jpg/1600px-DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_1.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro Import Device - 1.jpg" width="800" height="125" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4291466154" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1293"></a></p>
<p>4. Click <b>Template Download</b> to download an example import template file that can be used.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_2.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/6/6a/DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_2.jpg/600px-DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_2.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/6/6a/DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_2.jpg/900px-DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_2.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/6/6a/DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_2.jpg/1200px-DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_2.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro Import Device - 2.jpg" width="600" height="409" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3276144537" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1294"></a></p>
<p>Open the template file in Excel and modify as required.</p>
<p>Template requirements/example:</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_3.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/ce/DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_3.jpg/900px-DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_3.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/c/ce/DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_3.jpg/1350px-DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_3.jpg 1.5x, /images/c/ce/DSS_Pro_Import_Device_-_3.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro Import Device - 3.jpg" width="900" height="198" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3741995072" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1295"></a></p>
<p><b>Click to Select File</b> &#8211; Click this to upload the completed template file with all device information.</p>
<h1 class="firstHeading">DSS/V8/DSS Express/Instruction/Channel Features</h1>
<div id="mw-page-header-links">
<div id="p-namespaces" class="mw-portlet" role="navigation">
<h3>Namespaces</h3>
<ul>
<li id="ca-nstab-main" class="selected"></li>
</ul>
</div>
<div id="p-pagetools" class="mw-portlet" role="navigation">
<h3>Page actions</h3>
<ul>
<li id="ca-view" class="selected"></li>
</ul>
</div>
</div>
<div class="visual-clear"></div>
<div class="mw-body-content">
<div id="contentSub"></div>
<div id="mw-content-text" class="mw-content-ltr" dir="ltr" lang="en">
<h1><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h1>
<p>This guide will show how to configure advanced features for channels, important such as for devices with features such as Intelligent Alarms such as Face Detection or ANPR cameras.</p>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>DSS Express V8 Server and Client</li>
<li>Device(s) connected to the network, added to DSS Express</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>1.Login to DSS Express Client and then go to <b>Configurations</b> &gt; <b>Device</b> menu.</p>
<p>From Home Select the Configuration menu</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/74/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/7/74/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/7/74/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Home Configuration.jpg" width="700" height="397" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2614966253" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1257"></a></p>
<p>2. Click on <b>Device</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Home_Device.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/b/b1/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Device.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Device.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/b/b1/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Device.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Device.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/b/b1/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Device.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Device.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Home Device.jpg" width="700" height="378" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2935398434" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1283"></a></p>
<p>3. Click the <a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Btn_draw_dis.png" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/1/10/Btn_draw_dis.png" alt="Btn draw dis.png" width="20" height="20" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1391281068" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1254"></a> next to the device/channel to modify the features for</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_V8_-_Channel_Features_Selection_-_1.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/c6/DSS_Pro_V8_-_Channel_Features_Selection_-_1.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_V8_-_Channel_Features_Selection_-_1.jpg" srcset="/images/c/c6/DSS_Pro_V8_-_Channel_Features_Selection_-_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/c/c6/DSS_Pro_V8_-_Channel_Features_Selection_-_1.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro V8 - Channel Features Selection - 1.jpg" width="800" height="517" data-pagespeed-url-hash="100303366" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1299"></a></p>
<p>4. Select <b>Video Channel</b></p>
<p>Click the dropdown box under Features then click to select the features to enable for this channel, for example Intelligent Alarm</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Pro_V8_-_Channel_Features_Selection_-_2.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/77/DSS_Pro_V8_-_Channel_Features_Selection_-_2.jpg/800px-DSS_Pro_V8_-_Channel_Features_Selection_-_2.jpg" srcset="/images/7/77/DSS_Pro_V8_-_Channel_Features_Selection_-_2.jpg 1.5x, /images/7/77/DSS_Pro_V8_-_Channel_Features_Selection_-_2.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Pro V8 - Channel Features Selection - 2.jpg" width="800" height="515" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4278092337" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1300"></a></p>
<p>Click <b>OK</b> to save</p>
<h1><span id="DSS_Express_V8_-_Live_View" class="mw-headline">DSS Express V8 &#8211; Live View</span></h1>
<h2><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>
<p>This guide will show the options that available for Live View in DSS Express V8 Client.</p>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>DSS Express V8 Server and Client</li>
<li>Dahua Device connected to the network</li>
<li>Dahua Device added to DSS Express V8 &#8211; <i>Click <a title="DSS/V8/DSS Express/Instruction/Add Device" href="https://dahuawiki.com/DSS/V8/DSS_Express/Instruction/Add_Device" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">here</a> for how-to add device instruction.</i></li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>1.Login to DSS Express Client and click on <b>Monitoring Center</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_Client_Home_Licensed.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/b/bf/DSS_Express_Client_Home_Licensed.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_Client_Home_Licensed.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/b/bf/DSS_Express_Client_Home_Licensed.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_Client_Home_Licensed.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/b/bf/DSS_Express_Client_Home_Licensed.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_Client_Home_Licensed.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express Client Home Licensed.jpg" width="700" height="378" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2157925575" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1301"></a></p>
<p>2. Select the camera channel under <b>Resources</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Liveview_Main.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/9/9e/DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Liveview_Main.jpg" alt="DSS Express V8 Monitoring Liveview Main.jpg" width="1200" height="606" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3015513040" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1302"></a></p>
<p>Below is the operation menu that available under Live View.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Liveview.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/f/fc/DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Liveview.jpg/1200px-DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Liveview.jpg" srcset="/images/f/fc/DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Liveview.jpg 1.5x, /images/f/fc/DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Liveview.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Monitoring Liveview.jpg" width="1200" height="513" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2376029226" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1303"></a></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Liveview_Event2.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/d/de/DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Liveview_Event2.jpg/1200px-DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Liveview_Event2.jpg" srcset="/images/d/de/DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Liveview_Event2.jpg 1.5x, /images/d/de/DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Liveview_Event2.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Monitoring Liveview Event2.jpg" width="1200" height="524" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1478461674" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1304"></a></p>
<p>Tips: In the event that your device added but can&#8217;t see any cameras added to the software, please follow this following steps.</p>
<p>1. Click on the Edit button on your device.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Device_Edit.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/8/88/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Edit.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Edit.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/8/88/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Edit.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Edit.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/8/88/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Edit.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Edit.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Device Edit.jpg" width="700" height="377" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2914011089" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1288"></a></p>
<p>2. Go to <b>Video Channels</b>. And then click on <b>Get Info</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Device_Get_Info.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/d/d6/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Get_Info.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Get_Info.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/d/d6/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Get_Info.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Get_Info.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/d/d6/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Get_Info.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Get_Info.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Device Get Info.jpg" width="700" height="379" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2929594891" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1289"></a></p>
<p>3. The software will refresh the connection to the device and retrieve the camera channels that added to recorder. Once populated, click OK.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Device_Video_Channel.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/e/e5/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Video_Channel.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Video_Channel.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/e/e5/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Video_Channel.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Video_Channel.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/e/e5/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Video_Channel.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Video_Channel.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Device Video Channel.jpg" width="700" height="379" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4154277610" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1290"></a></p>
<h1><span id="DSS_Express_V8_-_Playback" class="mw-headline">DSS Express V8 &#8211; Playback</span></h1>
<h2><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>
<p>This guide will show the options that available for Playback in DSS Express V8 Client.</p>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>DSS Express V8 Server and Client</li>
<li>Dahua Device connected to the network</li>
<li>Dahua Device added to DSS Express V8 &#8211; <i>Click <a title="DSS/V8/DSS Express/Instruction/Add Device" href="https://dahuawiki.com/DSS/V8/DSS_Express/Instruction/Add_Device" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">here</a> for how-to add device instruction.</i></li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>1.Login to DSS Express Client and click on <b>Monitoring Center</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_Client_Home_Licensed.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/b/bf/DSS_Express_Client_Home_Licensed.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_Client_Home_Licensed.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/b/bf/DSS_Express_Client_Home_Licensed.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_Client_Home_Licensed.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/b/bf/DSS_Express_Client_Home_Licensed.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_Client_Home_Licensed.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express Client Home Licensed.jpg" width="700" height="378" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2157925575" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1301"></a></p>
<p>2. Click on <b>Playback</b> and select the camera channel under <b>Resources</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Playback_Main.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/2/25/DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Playback_Main.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Playback_Main.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/2/25/DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Playback_Main.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Playback_Main.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/2/25/DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Playback_Main.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Playback_Main.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Monitoring Playback Main.jpg" width="700" height="376" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1160084424" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1309"></a></p>
<p>Below is the operation menu that available under Playback.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Playback.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/d/d0/DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Playback.jpg/1200px-DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Playback.jpg" srcset="/images/d/d0/DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Playback.jpg 1.5x, /images/d/d0/DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Playback.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Monitoring Playback.jpg" width="1200" height="557" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1560586217" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1310"></a></p>
<h3><span id="SMD_Search" class="mw-headline">SMD Search</span></h3>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Playback_SMD.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/e/e6/DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Playback_SMD.jpg/1200px-DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Playback_SMD.jpg" srcset="/images/e/e6/DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Playback_SMD.jpg 1.5x, /images/e/e6/DSS_Express_V8_Monitoring_Playback_SMD.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Monitoring Playback SMD.jpg" width="1200" height="519" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3154806035" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1311"></a></p>
<p><b>If you would like to download video footage, please click <a title="DSS/V8/DSS Express/Instruction/Download" href="https://dahuawiki.com/DSS/V8/DSS_Express/Instruction/Download" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">here</a> for instruction.</b></p>
<h1><span id="DSS_Express_V8_-_Download_Center" class="mw-headline">DSS Express V8 &#8211; Download Center</span></h1>
<h2><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>
<p>This guide will show how to download recorded video using DSS Express V8 Client.</p>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>DSS Express V8 Server and Client</li>
<li>Dahua Device connected to the network</li>
<li>Dahua Device added to DSS Express V8 &#8211; <i>Click <a title="DSS/V8/DSS Express/Instruction/Add Device" href="https://dahuawiki.com/DSS/V8/DSS_Express/Instruction/Add_Device" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">here</a> for how-to add device instruction.</i></li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>1. Go to Home, and then click on <b>Download Center</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/5/57/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/5/57/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/5/57/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Home Download Center.jpg" width="700" height="378" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3177599096" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1312"></a></p>
<p>2. Select the Camera channel, choose the <b>Date and Time</b> for video footage you wish to review, and click <b>Search</b>.</p>
<pre> NOTE: under <b>Position</b> option, you need to select where the recording is saved. <b>Store on Device</b> is searching playback file from the recorder and <b>Store on Server</b> is searching playback file from DSS Storage.
</pre>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Search.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/4/4c/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Search.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Search.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/4/4c/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Search.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Search.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/4/4c/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Search.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Search.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Home Download Center Search.jpg" width="700" height="379" data-pagespeed-url-hash="92244" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1313"></a></p>
<p>3. Select the time period from the timeline. It will prompt user to enter the device password.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Password.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/4/43/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Password.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Password.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/4/43/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Password.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Password.jpg 1.5x, /images/4/43/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Password.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Home Download Center Password.jpg" width="700" height="373" data-pagespeed-url-hash="936044728" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1314"></a></p>
<p>4. Enter the date and time you world like to download, and you can also choose the video format by clicking on the <b>Transcode</b>. By default the format will be .dav.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Transcode.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/b/b1/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Transcode.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Transcode.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/b/b1/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Transcode.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Transcode.jpg 1.5x, /images/b/b1/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Transcode.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Home Download Center Transcode.jpg" width="700" height="456" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3972053196" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1315"></a></p>
<p>5. Your download will begin.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Downloading.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/5/5b/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Downloading.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Downloading.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/5/5b/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Downloading.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Downloading.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/5/5b/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Downloading.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Download_Center_Downloading.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Home Download Center Downloading.jpg" width="700" height="377" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4191999761" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1316"></a></p>
<p>6. You can modify the storage path through the local settings.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Recording_Path.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/6/62/DSS_Express_V8_Recording_Path.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Recording_Path.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/6/62/DSS_Express_V8_Recording_Path.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Recording_Path.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/6/62/DSS_Express_V8_Recording_Path.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Recording_Path.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Recording Path.jpg" width="700" height="377" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2847708615" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1317"></a></p>
<h1><span id="DSS_Express_V8_-_Local_Storage" class="mw-headline">DSS Express V8 &#8211; Local Storage</span></h1>
<h2><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>
<p>This guide will show how to setup local recording in DSS Express V8.</p>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>DSS Express V8 Server and Client</li>
<li><b>1 partition per physical HDD</b></li>
<li>Separate physical drives are needed for each recording function.</li>
<li>HDD format recommendation is in NTFS</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>1.Login to DSS Express Client and then go to Configuration menu.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/74/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/7/74/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/7/74/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Home Configuration.jpg" width="700" height="397" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2614966253" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1257"></a></p>
<p>2. Click on <b>Storage</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Home_Storage.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/6/6c/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Storage.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Storage.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/6/6c/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Storage.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Storage.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/6/6c/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Storage.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Storage.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Home Storage.jpg" width="700" height="377" data-pagespeed-url-hash="202804832" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1319"></a></p>
<p>3. Click on &#8220;Server Disk&#8221;. and then choose your drive and click on the Initialize button.</p>
<p><b>NOTE: This will format your HDD, all files inside that drive will be removed.</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Home_Storage_Init.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/5/54/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Storage_Init.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Storage_Init.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/5/54/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Storage_Init.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Storage_Init.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/5/54/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Storage_Init.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Storage_Init.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Home Storage Init.jpg" width="700" height="173" data-pagespeed-url-hash="570680271" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1320"></a></p>
<p>4. Once the drive is initialized, click on Settings button to assign disk type. There are 3 types for storage, they are <b>Video, Picture (Snapshot), and ANPR Picture (for LPR camera).</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Home_Storage_Settings.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/d/d3/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Storage_Settings.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Storage_Settings.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/d/d3/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Storage_Settings.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Storage_Settings.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/d/d3/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Storage_Settings.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Storage_Settings.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Home Storage Settings.jpg" width="700" height="173" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4043784820" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1321"></a></p>
<p>5. Once completed, your storage is now ready.</p>
<p>Please click <a title="DSS/V8/DSS Express/Instruction/Local Recording Schedule" href="https://dahuawiki.com/DSS/V8/DSS_Express/Instruction/Local_Recording_Schedule" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">here</a> on how to schedule a recording to DSS Storage.</p>
<h1><span id="DSS_Express_V8_-_Local_Recording_Schedule" class="mw-headline">DSS Express V8 &#8211; Local Recording Schedule</span></h1>
<h2><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>
<p>This guide will show how to setup local recording in DSS Express V8.</p>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>DSS Express V8 Server and Client</li>
<li>DSS Local Storage has been setup. &#8211; Click <a title="DSS/V8/DSS Express/Instruction/Storage" href="https://dahuawiki.com/DSS/V8/DSS_Express/Instruction/Storage" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">here</a> for how-to setup local storage instruction.</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>1.Login to DSS Express Client and then go to Configuration menu.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/74/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/7/74/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/7/74/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Configuration.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Home Configuration.jpg" width="700" height="397" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2614966253" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1257"></a></p>
<p>2. Click on <b>Device</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Home_Device.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/b/b1/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Device.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Device.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/b/b1/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Device.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Device.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/b/b1/DSS_Express_V8_Home_Device.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Home_Device.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Home Device.jpg" width="700" height="378" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2935398434" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1283"></a></p>
<p>3. Click on <b>Device Configuration</b> menu.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/e/ed/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/e/ed/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/e/ed/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Device Config.jpg" width="700" height="378" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3713667411" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1324"></a></p>
<p>4. Select your Camera Channel from device root. You will see option for Recording Information. Click on <b>Add Record Plan</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Record_Plan.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/b/bd/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Record_Plan.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Record_Plan.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/b/bd/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Record_Plan.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Record_Plan.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/b/bd/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Record_Plan.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Record_Plan.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Device Config Record Plan.jpg" width="700" height="378" data-pagespeed-url-hash="72706809" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1325"></a></p>
<p>5. Under Record Plan, make sure you Enable it, and then select the Stream type and create your recording schedule. By default, it is set to 24/7 recording. To modify the Time Template, click under Time Template Selection, and click on <b>Create Time Template</b>.</p>
<p>Once everything set, click <b>OK</b>.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Timetemplate.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/b/b9/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Timetemplate.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Timetemplate.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/b/b9/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Timetemplate.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Timetemplate.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/b/b9/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Timetemplate.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Timetemplate.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Device Config Timetemplate.jpg" width="700" height="380" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3053984390" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1326"></a></p>
<p>6. Your device will now record to DSS Local Storage.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Record_Plan_Set.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/6/67/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Record_Plan_Set.jpg/700px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Record_Plan_Set.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/6/67/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Record_Plan_Set.jpg/1050px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Record_Plan_Set.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/6/67/DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Record_Plan_Set.jpg/1400px-DSS_Express_V8_Device_Config_Record_Plan_Set.jpg 2x" alt="DSS Express V8 Device Config Record Plan Set.jpg" width="700" height="379" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2272277896" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1327"></a></p>
<p>Please click <a title="DSS/V8/DSS Express/Instruction/Playback" href="https://dahuawiki.com/DSS/V8/DSS_Express/Instruction/Playback" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">here</a> on how to review recorded video from DSS Local Storage.</p>
<h1 class="firstHeading">DSS/V8/DSS Express/Instruction/DSS Upgrade</h1>
<div id="mw-page-header-links">
<div id="p-namespaces" class="mw-portlet" role="navigation">
<h3>Namespaces</h3>
<ul>
<li id="ca-nstab-main" class="selected"></li>
</ul>
</div>
<div id="p-pagetools" class="mw-portlet" role="navigation">
<h3>Page actions</h3>
<ul>
<li id="ca-view" class="selected"></li>
</ul>
</div>
</div>
<div class="visual-clear"></div>
<div class="mw-body-content">
<div id="contentSub"></div>
<div id="mw-content-text" class="mw-content-ltr" dir="ltr" lang="en">
<h2><span id="Cautions_and_Disclaimers" class="mw-headline"><b>Cautions and Disclaimers</b></span></h2>
<ul>
<li>This document shows how to update from DSS V8.0.4 to DSS V8.1</li>
<li>Please note that the following instructions only apply to DSS Baseline. If you are using a customized version of DSS, that will be a <a class="new" title="Case-by-case discussion (page does not exist)" href="https://dahuawiki.com/index.php?title=Case-by-case_discussion&amp;action=edit&amp;redlink=1" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">case-by-case discussion</a> if you want the update. Please consult Tech Support for more information</li>
<li><a class="new" title="Only Baseline DSS Express and DSS Professional can be upgraded in this way (page does not exist)" href="https://dahuawiki.com/index.php?title=Only_Baseline_DSS_Express_and_DSS_Professional_can_be_upgraded_in_this_way&amp;action=edit&amp;redlink=1" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Only Baseline DSS Express and DSS Professional can be upgraded in this way</a></li>
<li>Because DSS is Server-client structure, you need to upgrade DSS Server before upgrading DSS Client</li>
</ul>
<h1><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h1>
<p><b>Part 0: Check the Current DSS Version</b></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSV8Upgrade01.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/f/f6/DSSV8Upgrade01.jpg/750px-DSSV8Upgrade01.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/f/f6/DSSV8Upgrade01.jpg/1125px-DSSV8Upgrade01.jpg 1.5x, /images/f/f6/DSSV8Upgrade01.jpg 2x" alt="DSSV8Upgrade01.jpg" width="750" height="447" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3451638204" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1328"></a></p>
<p>Log into DSS Client and select [About]</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSV8Upgrade02.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/9/93/DSSV8Upgrade02.jpg/500px-DSSV8Upgrade02.jpg" srcset="/images/9/93/DSSV8Upgrade02.jpg 1.5x, /images/9/93/DSSV8Upgrade02.jpg 2x" alt="DSSV8Upgrade02.jpg" width="500" height="335" data-pagespeed-url-hash="739762132" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1329"></a></p>
<p>Here you can see the DSS Server Version. <a class="new" title="Make sure the Installation Package is later than this version (page does not exist)" href="https://dahuawiki.com/index.php?title=Make_sure_the_Installation_Package_is_later_than_this_version&amp;action=edit&amp;redlink=1" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Make sure the Installation Package is later than this version</a>.</p>
<p><b>Part 1: Back up the current system Database</b> – this will prevent data loss in case of update failure</p>
<p>1. Go to the Home menu of DSS – Select [Backup and Restore]</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSV8Upgrade03.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/f/f0/DSSV8Upgrade03.jpg/750px-DSSV8Upgrade03.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/f/f0/DSSV8Upgrade03.jpg/1125px-DSSV8Upgrade03.jpg 1.5x, /images/f/f0/DSSV8Upgrade03.jpg 2x" alt="DSSV8Upgrade03.jpg" width="750" height="451" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2198776798" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1330"></a></p>
<p>2. Click on the folder icon to select the directory where you want to save the backup file. Then, click on [Backup Now]</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSV8Upgrade04.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/5/58/DSSV8Upgrade04.jpg/750px-DSSV8Upgrade04.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/5/58/DSSV8Upgrade04.jpg/1125px-DSSV8Upgrade04.jpg 1.5x, /images/5/58/DSSV8Upgrade04.jpg 2x" alt="DSSV8Upgrade04.jpg" width="750" height="471" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3135585004" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1331"></a></p>
<p>3. Insert the Login Password of DSS Client and Encryption Password twice.</p>
<p>In the end, Click on OK and DSS will export the Backup File automatically.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSV8Upgrade05.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/3/37/DSSV8Upgrade05.jpg/500px-DSSV8Upgrade05.jpg" srcset="/images/3/37/DSSV8Upgrade05.jpg 1.5x, /images/3/37/DSSV8Upgrade05.jpg 2x" alt="DSSV8Upgrade05.jpg" width="500" height="498" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4066389328" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1332"></a></p>
<p>4. When DSS finishes exporting the Backup File, you will receive a prompt message saying Backup successful</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSV8Upgrade06.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/7b/DSSV8Upgrade06.jpg/750px-DSSV8Upgrade06.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/7/7b/DSSV8Upgrade06.jpg/1125px-DSSV8Upgrade06.jpg 1.5x, /images/7/7b/DSSV8Upgrade06.jpg 2x" alt="DSSV8Upgrade06.jpg" width="750" height="379" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2584006842" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1333"></a></p>
<ul>
<li><a class="new" title="For more information about DSS Database Backup and Restore, please refer to: (page does not exist)" href="https://dahuawiki.com/index.php?title=For_more_information_about_DSS_Database_Backup_and_Restore,_please_refer_to:&amp;action=edit&amp;redlink=1" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">For more information about DSS Database Backup and Restore, please refer to:</a></li>
</ul>
<p><a class="external free" href="https://dahuawiki.com/DSS/V8/DSS_Express/Instruction/DSS_Database_Backup_Restore" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://dahuawiki.com/DSS/V8/DSS_Express/Instruction/DSS_Database_Backup_Restore</a></p>
<p><b>Part 2: Upgrade DSS Server</b></p>
<p>5. Go to DSS Service Manager and click on [Stop All] to temporarily pause DSS Services.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSV8Upgrade07.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/75/DSSV8Upgrade07.jpg/750px-DSSV8Upgrade07.jpg" srcset="/images/7/75/DSSV8Upgrade07.jpg 1.5x, /images/7/75/DSSV8Upgrade07.jpg 2x" alt="DSSV8Upgrade07.jpg" width="750" height="524" data-pagespeed-url-hash="740721473" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1334"></a></p>
<p>6. Click on [OK] to continue</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSV8Upgrade08.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/a/a1/DSSV8Upgrade08.jpg/400px-DSSV8Upgrade08.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/a/a1/DSSV8Upgrade08.jpg/600px-DSSV8Upgrade08.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/a/a1/DSSV8Upgrade08.jpg/800px-DSSV8Upgrade08.jpg 2x" alt="DSSV8Upgrade08.jpg" width="400" height="176" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4195938095" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1335"></a></p>
<p>7. Make sure DSS Services are stopped</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSV8Upgrade09.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/d/d3/DSSV8Upgrade09.jpg/750px-DSSV8Upgrade09.jpg" srcset="/images/d/d3/DSSV8Upgrade09.jpg 1.5x, /images/d/d3/DSSV8Upgrade09.jpg 2x" alt="DSSV8Upgrade09.jpg" width="750" height="522" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3112644877" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1336"></a></p>
<p>8. Double click to run the newer version of DSS Installation Package</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSV8Upgrade10.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/f/f0/DSSV8Upgrade10.jpg" alt="DSSV8Upgrade10.jpg" width="232" height="258" data-pagespeed-url-hash="899532281" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1337"></a></p>
<p>9. DSS Package will automatically detect the older version and overwrite the current directory. Click on [OK] to continue</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSV8Upgrade11.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/0/02/DSSV8Upgrade11.jpg/400px-DSSV8Upgrade11.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/0/02/DSSV8Upgrade11.jpg/600px-DSSV8Upgrade11.jpg 1.5x, /images/0/02/DSSV8Upgrade11.jpg 2x" alt="DSSV8Upgrade11.jpg" width="400" height="197" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1153707314" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1338"></a></p>
<p>10. Select [Agree] and click on [Next]</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSV8Upgrade12.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/f/fb/DSSV8Upgrade12.jpg/750px-DSSV8Upgrade12.jpg" srcset="/images/f/fb/DSSV8Upgrade12.jpg 1.5x, /images/f/fb/DSSV8Upgrade12.jpg 2x" alt="DSSV8Upgrade12.jpg" width="750" height="471" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3457396920" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1339"></a></p>
<p>11. As you can see, you cannot manually change the installation path, because DSS Installation Package will automatically detect and overwrite the existing directory of DSS Server</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSV8Upgrade13.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/74/DSSV8Upgrade13.jpg/750px-DSSV8Upgrade13.jpg" srcset="/images/7/74/DSSV8Upgrade13.jpg 1.5x, /images/7/74/DSSV8Upgrade13.jpg 2x" alt="DSSV8Upgrade13.jpg" width="750" height="472" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2753836652" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1340"></a></p>
<p>12. Click on Install and wait for the Upgrade to complete</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSV8Upgrade14.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/5/54/DSSV8Upgrade14.jpg/750px-DSSV8Upgrade14.jpg" srcset="/images/5/54/DSSV8Upgrade14.jpg 1.5x, /images/5/54/DSSV8Upgrade14.jpg 2x" alt="DSSV8Upgrade14.jpg" width="750" height="467" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2596948564" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1341"></a></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSV8Upgrade15.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/2/2c/DSSV8Upgrade15.jpg/750px-DSSV8Upgrade15.jpg" srcset="/images/2/2c/DSSV8Upgrade15.jpg 1.5x, /images/2/2c/DSSV8Upgrade15.jpg 2x" alt="DSSV8Upgrade15.jpg" width="750" height="472" data-pagespeed-url-hash="771865533" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1342"></a></p>
<p>13. Click on [Run] and wait for DSS Services to restart</p>
<p><a class="new" title="!Note: It may take some time for SMC Service to start, depending on the hardware of the Server (page does not exist)" href="https://dahuawiki.com/index.php?title=!Note:_It_may_take_some_time_for_SMC_Service_to_start,_depending_on_the_hardware_of_the_Server&amp;action=edit&amp;redlink=1" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">!Note: It may take some time for SMC Service to start, depending on the hardware of the Server</a></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSV8Upgrade16.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/5/52/DSSV8Upgrade16.jpg/750px-DSSV8Upgrade16.jpg" srcset="/images/5/52/DSSV8Upgrade16.jpg 1.5x, /images/5/52/DSSV8Upgrade16.jpg 2x" alt="DSSV8Upgrade16.jpg" width="750" height="518" data-pagespeed-url-hash="846411322" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1343"></a></p>
<p><b>Part 3: Upgrade DSS Client</b></p>
<p>14. Run DSS Client as usual, and log in.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSV8Upgrade17.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/0/06/DSSV8Upgrade17.jpg" alt="DSSV8Upgrade17.jpg" width="137" height="178" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1496173174" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1344"></a></p>
<p>15. Then DSS Client will tell you to do an Update. Click on [Update Now]</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSV8Upgrade18.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/6/65/DSSV8Upgrade18.jpg/750px-DSSV8Upgrade18.jpg" srcset="/images/6/65/DSSV8Upgrade18.jpg 1.5x, /images/6/65/DSSV8Upgrade18.jpg 2x" alt="DSSV8Upgrade18.jpg" width="750" height="480" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2884217747" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1345"></a></p>
<p>16. DSS Client will automatically download the newer package</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSV8Upgrade19.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/e/e9/DSSV8Upgrade19.jpg/750px-DSSV8Upgrade19.jpg" srcset="/images/e/e9/DSSV8Upgrade19.jpg 1.5x, /images/e/e9/DSSV8Upgrade19.jpg 2x" alt="DSSV8Upgrade19.jpg" width="750" height="474" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2519031837" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1346"></a></p>
<p>17. Then the upgrade will start. DSS Client Installation Package will detect the older version of DSS Client and overwrite it. Click on [OK] to continue</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSV8Upgrade20.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/e/ed/DSSV8Upgrade20.jpg/400px-DSSV8Upgrade20.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/e/ed/DSSV8Upgrade20.jpg/600px-DSSV8Upgrade20.jpg 1.5x, /images/e/ed/DSSV8Upgrade20.jpg 2x" alt="DSSV8Upgrade20.jpg" width="400" height="197" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3163590114" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1347"></a></p>
<p>18. Select [Agree] and [Next]</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSV8Upgrade21.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/e/e6/DSSV8Upgrade21.jpg/750px-DSSV8Upgrade21.jpg" srcset="/images/e/e6/DSSV8Upgrade21.jpg 1.5x, /images/e/e6/DSSV8Upgrade21.jpg 2x" alt="DSSV8Upgrade21.jpg" width="750" height="473" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2337284310" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1348"></a></p>
<p>19. As you can see, DSS Client Installation Package detects the existing DSS Client Directory and is ready to overwrite it</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSV8Upgrade22.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/3/3a/DSSV8Upgrade22.jpg/750px-DSSV8Upgrade22.jpg" srcset="/images/3/3a/DSSV8Upgrade22.jpg 1.5x, /images/3/3a/DSSV8Upgrade22.jpg 2x" alt="DSSV8Upgrade22.jpg" width="750" height="469" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3098925081" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1349"></a></p>
<p>20. Click on [Install] and wait for the update to complete</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSV8Upgrade23.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/9/98/DSSV8Upgrade23.jpg/750px-DSSV8Upgrade23.jpg" srcset="/images/9/98/DSSV8Upgrade23.jpg 1.5x, /images/9/98/DSSV8Upgrade23.jpg 2x" alt="DSSV8Upgrade23.jpg" width="750" height="474" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3598274520" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1350"></a></p>
<p>21. In the end, click on run, log in and use DSS as usual.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSV8Upgrade24.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/9/92/DSSV8Upgrade24.jpg/750px-DSSV8Upgrade24.jpg" srcset="/images/9/92/DSSV8Upgrade24.jpg 1.5x, /images/9/92/DSSV8Upgrade24.jpg 2x" alt="DSSV8Upgrade24.jpg" width="750" height="467" data-pagespeed-url-hash="123875222" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1351"></a></p>
<p>22. You can go to [About] to check the current version of DSS</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSV8Upgrade25.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/a/ab/DSSV8Upgrade25.jpg/750px-DSSV8Upgrade25.jpg" srcset="/images/a/ab/DSSV8Upgrade25.jpg 1.5x, /images/a/ab/DSSV8Upgrade25.jpg 2x" alt="DSSV8Upgrade25.jpg" width="750" height="448" data-pagespeed-url-hash="992149722" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1352"></a></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSV8Upgrade26.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/ca/DSSV8Upgrade26.jpg/500px-DSSV8Upgrade26.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/c/ca/DSSV8Upgrade26.jpg/750px-DSSV8Upgrade26.jpg 1.5x, /images/c/ca/DSSV8Upgrade26.jpg 2x" alt="DSSV8Upgrade26.jpg" width="500" height="326" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2384838710" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1353"></a></p>
<h1 class="firstHeading">DSS/V8/DSS Express/Instruction/DSS Database Backup Restore</h1>
<div id="mw-page-header-links">
<div id="p-namespaces" class="mw-portlet" role="navigation">
<h3>Namespaces</h3>
<ul>
<li id="ca-nstab-main" class="selected"></li>
</ul>
</div>
<div id="p-pagetools" class="mw-portlet" role="navigation">
<h3>Page actions</h3>
<ul>
<li id="ca-view" class="selected"></li>
</ul>
</div>
</div>
<div class="visual-clear"></div>
<div class="mw-body-content">
<div id="contentSub"></div>
<div id="mw-content-text" class="mw-content-ltr" dir="ltr" lang="en">
<h2><span id="Cautions_and_Disclaimers" class="mw-headline"><b>Cautions and Disclaimers</b></span></h2>
<p>You can backup DSS Database before reinstalling DSS on another server. When the installation is complete, you can use the Database backup file to restore DSS configurations, which include Device information, Storage Plan, Event and User.</p>
<p><a class="new" title="DSS Database Backup File can only be used for a DSS Installation Package of the same version. (page does not exist)" href="https://dahuawiki.com/index.php?title=DSS_Database_Backup_File_can_only_be_used_for_a_DSS_Installation_Package_of_the_same_version.&amp;action=edit&amp;redlink=1" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DSS Database Backup File can only be used for a DSS Installation Package of the same version.</a></p>
<p>For example, if you have backed up DSS Database from DSS V8.0.4, then this Database backup file can only be used on DSS V8.0.4. If you want to upgrade to DSS V8.1, you should install V8.0.4 first, restore DSS Database and then perform the upgrade to DSS V8.1.</p>
<h1><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h1>
<p><b>Part 1: backup DSS Database</b></p>
<p>1. Log into DSS Client and select [Backup and Restore]</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSDBK01.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/d/d2/DSSDBK01.jpg/750px-DSSDBK01.jpg" srcset="/images/d/d2/DSSDBK01.jpg 1.5x, /images/d/d2/DSSDBK01.jpg 2x" alt="DSSDBK01.jpg" width="750" height="446" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3620686160" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1354"></a></p>
<p>2. Click on the folder icon to select the directory where you want to save the Database backup file</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSDBK02.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/3/30/DSSDBK02.jpg/750px-DSSDBK02.jpg" srcset="/images/3/30/DSSDBK02.jpg 1.5x, /images/3/30/DSSDBK02.jpg 2x" alt="DSSDBK02.jpg" width="750" height="455" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2907927468" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1355"></a></p>
<p>3. Click on [Backup Now]</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSDBK03.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/8/8b/DSSDBK03.jpg/750px-DSSDBK03.jpg" srcset="/images/8/8b/DSSDBK03.jpg 1.5x, /images/8/8b/DSSDBK03.jpg 2x" alt="DSSDBK03.jpg" width="750" height="450" data-pagespeed-url-hash="454806672" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1356"></a></p>
<p>4. Insert DSS Log in Password and the password to encrypt DSS Database Backup File</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSDBK04.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/8/82/DSSDBK04.jpg/450px-DSSDBK04.jpg" srcset="/images/8/82/DSSDBK04.jpg 1.5x, /images/8/82/DSSDBK04.jpg 2x" alt="DSSDBK04.jpg" width="450" height="437" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2276460467" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1357"></a></p>
<p>5. Wait for DSS to complete the backup</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSDBK05.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/f/f1/DSSDBK05.jpg" alt="DSSDBK05.jpg" width="750" height="445" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3652675873" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1358"></a></p>
<p>6. There will be a prompt when backup is complete</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSDBK06.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/1/1c/DSSDBK06.jpg/750px-DSSDBK06.jpg" srcset="/images/1/1c/DSSDBK06.jpg 1.5x, /images/1/1c/DSSDBK06.jpg 2x" alt="DSSDBK06.jpg" width="750" height="371" data-pagespeed-url-hash="690122131" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1359"></a></p>
<p>7. In the directory you have chosen, there will be a dbk file. Keep this file in a safe place.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSDBK07.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/d/d0/DSSDBK07.jpg" alt="DSSDBK07.jpg" width="186" height="254" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3129279484" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1360"></a></p>
<p><b>Part 2: Restore DSS Database</b></p>
<p>8. Log into DSS Client and select [Backup and Restore]</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSDBK01.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/d/d2/DSSDBK01.jpg/750px-DSSDBK01.jpg" srcset="/images/d/d2/DSSDBK01.jpg 1.5x, /images/d/d2/DSSDBK01.jpg 2x" alt="DSSDBK01.jpg" width="750" height="446" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3620686160" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1354"></a></p>
<p>9. Select [Restore]</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSDBK08.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/f/f3/DSSDBK08.jpg/750px-DSSDBK08.jpg" srcset="/images/f/f3/DSSDBK08.jpg 1.5x, /images/f/f3/DSSDBK08.jpg 2x" alt="DSSDBK08.jpg" width="750" height="363" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3904842961" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1362"></a></p>
<p>10. Click on the folder icon and select the Database Backup File that you want to use</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSDBK09.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/79/DSSDBK09.jpg/750px-DSSDBK09.jpg" srcset="/images/7/79/DSSDBK09.jpg 1.5x, /images/7/79/DSSDBK09.jpg 2x" alt="DSSDBK09.jpg" width="750" height="383" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2861387121" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1363"></a></p>
<p>11. Click on [Restore Now]</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSDBK10.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/c2/DSSDBK10.jpg/750px-DSSDBK10.jpg" srcset="/images/c/c2/DSSDBK10.jpg 1.5x, /images/c/c2/DSSDBK10.jpg 2x" alt="DSSDBK10.jpg" width="750" height="381" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3509850730" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1364"></a></p>
<p>12. Insert DSS Login Password and the Encryption Password for the Database Backup File. Then click on [OK]</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSDBK11.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/6/65/DSSDBK11.jpg/450px-DSSDBK11.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/6/65/DSSDBK11.jpg/675px-DSSDBK11.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/6/65/DSSDBK11.jpg/900px-DSSDBK11.jpg 2x" alt="DSSDBK11.jpg" width="450" height="347" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3877854970" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1365"></a></p>
<p>13. Wait for DSS to complete the restore</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSDBK12.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/c0/DSSDBK12.jpg/750px-DSSDBK12.jpg" srcset="/images/c/c0/DSSDBK12.jpg 1.5x, /images/c/c0/DSSDBK12.jpg 2x" alt="DSSDBK12.jpg" width="750" height="342" data-pagespeed-url-hash="617689504" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1366"></a></p>
<p>14. When the restore is complete, there will be a prompt saying that DSS will restart itself</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSDBK13.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/d/d0/DSSDBK13.jpg/750px-DSSDBK13.jpg" srcset="/images/d/d0/DSSDBK13.jpg 1.5x, /images/d/d0/DSSDBK13.jpg 2x" alt="DSSDBK13.jpg" width="750" height="319" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1101918426" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1367"></a></p>
<p>15. Rest assured. DSS needs some time to restart itself</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSDBK14.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/8/84/DSSDBK14.jpg/750px-DSSDBK14.jpg" srcset="/images/8/84/DSSDBK14.jpg 1.5x, /images/8/84/DSSDBK14.jpg 2x" alt="DSSDBK14.jpg" width="750" height="308" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2899703762" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1368"></a></p>
<p>16. In DSS Service Management Center, you may notice that DSS is starting</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSDBK15.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/4/40/DSSDBK15.jpg/750px-DSSDBK15.jpg" srcset="/images/4/40/DSSDBK15.jpg 1.5x, /images/4/40/DSSDBK15.jpg 2x" alt="DSSDBK15.jpg" width="750" height="521" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3771250546" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1369"></a></p>
<p>17. When DSS starts to run as normal, the restore process is complete. Now your Database is restored.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:DSSDBK16.jpg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/9/98/DSSDBK16.jpg/750px-DSSDBK16.jpg" srcset="/images/9/98/DSSDBK16.jpg 1.5x, /images/9/98/DSSDBK16.jpg 2x" alt="DSSDBK16.jpg" width="750" height="495" data-pagespeed-url-hash="592572204" title="DSS Express V8 User Manual 1370"></a></p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/dss-express-v8-user-manual/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
